Home

SINUS PENTA USER MANUAL

Contents

1. Figure 17 Installation example of a SINUS Penta 564 570
2. S80 S75 S74 cM I EE TS I I i Figure 18 Installation example of a SINUS Penta 574 580 CON I 45 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 6 1 INSTALLATION AND LAY OUT OF THE CONNECTIONS OF A MODULAR INVERTER S65 CIRCUIT 3RFAKFR 0 2 H 4 J 6 8 SEN Le 9 a 0 EJ TIE fff PA
3. 4 DIE DLE a D 1 py I i 7 T Y P 8 Figure 3 Piercing template for size 560 36 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 5 THROUGH PANEL ASSEMBLY AND PIERCING TEMPLATES STAND ALONE MODELS 505 550 The through panel assembly allows to segregate the air flow cooling the power section in order to avoid dissipating power related to inverter loss inside the inverter case The inverters available for through panel assembly are from size 505 to S50 both IP20 and IPOO As a result unless other features are included IP44 rating becomes 40 3 3 5 1 SINUS PENTA S05 For this inverter size no actual through panel assembly is used but the air flow of the power section is segregated from the air flow of the control section by installing two optional mechanical parts to be assembled with five 5 M4 self forming screws Figure 4 Fittings for through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA S05 The equipment height becomes 488 mm with the two additional components see figure on the left below The same figure below also shows t
4. NS c LIOS DIE a NUR A Figure 39 Connection bars for 564 S70 CON O rS 2 321 gt V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 6 CROSS SECTIONS OF THE POWER CABLES AND SIZES THE PROTECTING DEVICES The tables below state the features of the inverter cables and the protecting devices required to protect the system against short circuits For the largest inverter sizes special links with multiple conductors are provided for each phase For example 2x150 in the column relating to the cable cross section means that two 150sqmm parallel conductors are required for each phase Multiple conductors shall have the same length and must run parallel to each others thus ensuring even current delivery at any frequency value Paths having the same length but a different shape deliver uneven current at high frequency Also do not exceed the tightening torque for the terminals to the bar connections For connections to bars the tightening torque relates to the bolt tightening the cable lug to the copper bar The cross section values given in the tabl
5. Figure 38 Connection bars for S64 570 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 71 321 0 2 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Connection bars for S74 S80 S80 pu RT micum u e e l i 1 1 x x SOC x x x xs Np
6. Power f f f Power Dissipated Modules Dimensions Weight dissipated with 50 2 lt P Braking E E 2 Duty Cyce 5 Zal o 8 n o 6 2 5 2 42 dD gt SS 8 loom g oo z 5 82 8 8 2 62 223553203272 gt lt 5 2 i o gt 25 5 502505015 5 EUH T E m az z z a2 gt 25 O 2 x 2 5 LxHxD LxHxD kg kg kg kg kW kW kW kW 0598 2T 4T 1 3 1 2 25 2 5 0 8 10 55 0748 2 4 1 3 1 2 5 2 75 0 9 11 65 0831 2 4 1 3 1 3 0 3 3 1 0 13 9 0250 5 6 1 3 1 1 1 1 3 0 5 5 5 0312 5T 6T 1 3 1 1 3 1 6 0 6 6 7 565 0366 5I 6T 1 3 50 15 18 07 7 6 0399 57 67 1 3 1 2 110 110 110 17 24 0 8 8 8 0457 5T 6T 1 3 1 1 95 2 4 0 9 10 05 0524 5T 6T 1 3 1 2 0 2 6 1 0 10 8 0598 5T 6T 1 3 1 2 4 2 95 1 2 12 45 0748 5T 6T 1 3 1 2 7 3 25 1 3 13 75 s70 0831 5 67 2 3 1 2 660 1 6 39 15 149 When housing the control unit the module depth becomes 560 mm Models including parallel connected inverter modules 575 and S80 Power Power Dissipated Modules Dimensions Weight Dissipated with 50 P T Braking E Duty Cyde 5 Z o uo O gt 2 gt 2 2
7. 38H 95919 11100 Judo TONS ONIS HAAG ANI 33143ANI 3318435411 L 3904 1 7 UI u GSS P 5 F E E P 405 mn gieh w Ald TOHINOJ a a Are a a Aldd We d Aldd Wd ATMS Wr Adde TOMLIN we TAFE acit M n Xd 3vhd ure 27953 n IMAHE o 9 o soin on 2 NE 115110 129110 Ed 15 8 rni o jJ59yHd mand son n 2 ij p 9 m A 2 og 3019358802 418 9 3M r 4 5 4 2 A TE ipgs3 pasg 781 ADONI SMId 2 SDS 2 3ed TH SUSHI 0 8 SH 1 808 HOLA 0 15 NIAE 540 9 EN E I om d inen FO Tdu And Fdo A D Fdo 9 anii uso 418 e M ALIAD T 0961 iM Lr ThA inei LIT 1 E B A Ses nml mi uH are FIT m Bas se uj
8. Value Fast Sampling Analog Inputs 10V f s Min Type Max Unit Input impedance 10 kQ Offset cumulative error and gain with respect to full scale value 0 5 96 Temperature coefficient of the gain error and offset 200 ppm C Digital resolution 12 bit Value of voltage LSB 5 22 mV LSB Common mode maximum voltage over differential inputs 15 15 V Permanent overload over inputs with no damage 30 30 V Input filter cut off frequency 2nd order Butterworth filter 5 1 kHz Sampling time depending on the software being used 0 2 1 2 ms Value Fast Sampling Analog Inputs for Current Measure Min Type Max Unit Input impedance 200 Q Offset cumulative error and gain with respect to full scale value 0 5 96 Temperature coefficient of the gain error and offset 200 ppm C Digital resolution 12 bit Value of current LSB 13 15 Equivalent resolution in 0 20mA acquisition mode 10 5 bit Permanent overload over inputs with no damage 5 5 V Input filter cut off frequency 2nd order Butterworth filter 5 1 kHz Sampling time depending on the software being used 0 2 1 2 ms 251 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 c r INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA Slow Sampling Analog Inputs Configured in 0 10V mode Input impedance Offset cumulative error and gain with respect to full s
9. ENTE ELEME RUE 181 6 2 4 2 Electric Installations uu Sisa te 183 BRAKING UNIT BU 720 960 1440 FOR MODULAR INVERTERS 188 i Inspection upon Receipt of the Goods 188 4 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 3 1 1 Nameplate for BU 720 960 1440 188 6 3 2 EE 189 6 3 3 Nelle am DD EE 189 6 3 4 190 6 3 4 MOWING bs aa la 190 6 3 4 2 STANDARD 191 6 3 4 3 EEEn 192 6 4 KEYPAD REMOTING KITS 201 6 4 1 Remoting the Keypad on the Cobinel 201 6 4 2 Remoting a Keypad Controlling Multiple Inverters 2 201 6 4 2 1 Component Parts 201 6 4 22 Ope rating Condilioris eee iie eee 202 6 4 2
10. 291 Figure 147 Slot A location inside terminal board cover of PENTA 292 Figure 148 Fitting the ES860 Card inside the Inverter een 293 Figure 149 High density connector pin lqyou a eren nennen 294 Figure 150 Typical waveform of signals in three channel 295 Figure 151 Dip switch SW1 setup for Three channel Mode reception 20 296 Figure 152 Typical signal waveform in Five channel 297 Figure 153 Dip switch setup for Five channel Mode 91 298 Figure 154 Position of Jumper and Voltage Regulation Trimmer 298 Figure 155 Recommended Double Shielding Connection Method for Encoder Cable 300 Figure 156 Wiring IP54 inverters with LOC 0 REM key selector switch and emergency push button 304 Figure 157 Disturbance sources in a power drive system equipped with an inverter 309 Figure 158 Example of correct wiring of an inverter inside a cabinet 312 Figure 159 Wiring the toroid filter for the inverter of the SINUS PENTA series 313 0 3 Tables Table 1 Max braking time depending on the d
11. INSTRUCTIONS Wire braking resistors as stated in the tables below Voltage class 2T Applications with a braking duty cycle of 1096 Braking Resistor Inverter Size Braking Unit Recommended Power Wire Cross section Quantity Rating W mann kcmils Ohm 0598 BU1440 2T AT 0 45 48000 120 250 0748 BU1440 2 4 0 45 48000 120 250 0831 BU1440 2 4 0 3 64000 210 400 0964 BU1440 2 4 0 3 64000 210 400 1130 BU1440 2 4 0 3 64000 240 500 1296 BU1440 2 4 0 3 64000 240 500 Applications with a braking duty cycle of 20 Braking Resistors Wire Cross Applicable Resistors section 2 Inverter Size Braking Unit Resistor Wiring Roting mm kcmils Qi Recommended Power Ohm Rating Ohm W 0598 8101440 21 4 2 0 8 100000 parallel connected 0 4 210 400 0748 BU1440 2T 4T 2 0 8 100000 parallel connected 0 4 210 400 0831 BU1440 2T 4T 2 0 6 100000 parallel connected 0 3 2 120 250 0964 BU1440 2T 4T 2 0 6 100000 parallel connected 0 3 2 120 250 1130 BU1440 2T 4T 2 0 6 100000 parallel connected 0 3 2 185 400 1296 BU1440 2T 4T 2 0 6 100000 parallel connected 0 3 2 185 400 Applications with a braking duty cycle of 50 Braking resistor Resultant Wire Cross Applicable Resistors Resistor Wiring Rating section Inverter Size Braking Unit Ohm mm kcmils Qt Recommended Power Rating Ohm W i llel 0598 BUI4402T 4T 4 0 45 4800
12. INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 1 5 BRAKING RESISTORS FOR APPLICATIONS WITH A BRAKING DUTY CYCLE or 20 AND 200 240 SupPPLY VOLTAGE SINUS ous to PENTA 4 BRAKING RESISTANCE WITH 2096 DUTY CYCLE Model Braking Unit p Pap 2T Class o we 0007 internal 25 0 2 1000 350W IP55 2 RE2644100 0008 internal 25 0 2 560 350W IP55 2 RE2635560 0010 internal 25 0 2 560 350W IP55 2 RE2635560 S05 0013 internal 20 0 4 1000 350W IP55 4 RE2644100 2 0015 internal 20 0 4 1000 350W IP55 4 RE2644100 0016 internal 20 0 4 1000 350W IP55 4 RE2644100 0020 internal 20 0 250 1800 IP54 RE3103250 0016 internal 25 0 4 1000 350W IP55 4 RE2644100 0017 internal 25 0 4 1000 350W IP55 4 RE2644100 3 Sid 0020 internal 25 0 250 1800 IP54 RE3103250 0025 internal 10 0 6 750 550W IP33 6 RE3063750 0030 internal 10 0 6 750 550W IP33 6 RE3063750 0035 internal 10 0 6 750 550W IP33 6 RE3063750 0023 internal 15 0 5 750 550W IP33 5 RE3063750 S12 0033 internal 10 0 2 250 1800W IP54 2 RE3103250 0037 internal 10 0 2 250 1800W IP54 2 RE3103250 0038 internal 8 0 2 250 1800W IP54 2 RE3103250 S15 0040 internal 8 2 250 1800W IP54 2 RE3103250 0049 internal 5 5Q 4000W IP20 RE3482500 0060 internal 5 0 50 8000W IP20 RE3762500 0067 internal 5 0 50 8000W IP20 RE3762500 0074 internal 4 2 50 8000W IP20 RE3762500 5 0086 internal 4 2 5Q 8000W IP20 RE3762500 0113 internal 3 0 3 3Q 12000W IP20 RE
13. 119 3 7 1 General Features ore cused ya 119 3 7 2 Direct Connection u ERR Cn 120 3 7 3 Multidrop Network 120 3 7 9 1 Connection iet ia ee EIS HIR 120 3 7 3 2 Test Supply Input nennen eren nennen herr nenne nennen enne 122 3 39 3 Line Terminators 123 3 7 4 How to Use Isolated Serial Board ES822 optional sse 123 3 7 5 The Solare icr tote diete E ES PD REIR 124 3 7 6 Serial communication 124 LEE UE 125 AN Moto Control rrr 126 4 2 Motor re g sum n T REA NE RE FEES ARR IE 128 4 3 Motor 130 5 5 2502050 5 134 5 1 CHOOSING THE PRODUCT 136 5 1 1 Light Application Overload Up to 12096 sss eene 139 5 1 1 1 Technical Sheet for 2T and AT Voltage 139 5 1 1 2 Technical Sheet for 5T and 6T Voltage
14. 106 3 5 5 1 Push Pull Output MDO1 and Wiring Diagrams Terminals 24 26 106 3 5 5 2 Open collector MDO2 Output and Wiring Diagrams Terminals 27 28 108 3 5 5 3 Relay Outputs Terminals 29 34 109 3 5 5 4 Technical Sheet for Digital Oufputs 2 110 3 5 6 Analog Outputs Terminals 10 to 13 111 3 5 6 1 Technical Sheet for Analog 111 3 6 OPERATING AND REMOTING THE 5 112 3 6 1 Indicator Leds on the 112 3 6 2 Key D SL 113 3 6 3 Setting the Operating Mode 114 3 6 3 1 Adjusting the Display Confrrost 114 3 6 3 2 Adjusting the Display Contrast Language Back light and Buzzer 114 3 6 4 Remoting the 2 1 4044100000000000000000000000044600 115 3 6 5 Using the Display keypad for Parameter Transfer 2 2 8 118 3 7 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
15. 248 6 8 7 8 Connection to Isolated Digital Outputs nennen 249 6 8 8 Environmental 250 6 8 9 Electrical Ratings 251 68 91 Andlog npUts 251 6 8 9 2 Digital sh 253 6 9 9 3 Digital Outputs uie Ee ER EP deen deans 253 6 8 9 4 Supply 254 6 9 OPTION BOARDS FOR FIELD BUS SLOT B eene nennen nennen 255 6 9 1 Identification 255 6 9 2 Installing the FieldBus board on the Inverter slot 256 6 9 3 Fieldbus PROFIBUS DP Communications Board sss 259 6 9 3 1 Profibus Fieldbus Connector 2 2 260 6 9 3 2 Configuration of the Profibus DP Communications Board 260 6 9 3 3 Connection to the Fieldbus 262 6 9 4 DeviceNet Fieldbus Communications Board 263 6 9 4 1 DeviceNet Fieldbus Terminals a nennen nennen 264 6 9 4 2 Board Configuraflon 2 eene thee tete sheet ea dee eee kan n tinen a ERE 264 6 9 4 3 Connection
16. Pin location N Name Description Screen Connector frame connected to PE 1 N C 2 N C 3 B Line Positive RxD TxD according to RS 485 specifications 4 RTS Request To Send active high level when sending 5 GND Bus ground isolated from control board OV 5V Bus driver supply isolated from control board circuits 7 N C 8 A Line Negative RxD TxD according to RS 485 specifications 9 6 9 3 2 CONFIGURATION OF THE PROFIBUS DP COMMUNICATIONS BOARD PROFIBUS DP communications board is provided with one dip switch and two rotary switches used to set the operating mode The dip switch located next to the fieldbus connector allows to activate the line terminator The terminator is activated by pushing the lever downwards as shown below Fieldbus terminator on Termination of fieldbus line cut out The termination of the fieldbus line should be cut in only with the first and last device of a chain as explained with Figure 125 The figure shows a common configuration where the first device is the Master PLC Bus Bridge or Repeater but this device can be connected also in central position Anyway the rule stating that termination should always be connected to first or last device is always valid 260 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA profibus plug with 1 cable assembled Profibus cable profibus plug with 2 cables assembled with 2 cables asse
17. supply 2AV GB OVE Driver Unipolar wire Phase W Braking unit board ES841 1mm ES841 MR1 4 ES841 MR1 2 power supply Brake Single optical G B Control unit ES842 op 4 Braking unit pco OP5 command fibre Broke Bi optical FA B Control unit ES842 Braking unit OP3 fault fibre il CAUTIONII Do not remove the cap of connector OP4 in control board ES841 for the braking module R1 24V GATE UNIT SUPPLY OP3 FAULT IGBT SIGNAL OP4 MUST NOT BE CONNECTED AND SEALED OP5 BRAKING IGBT GATE COMMAND CN3 MUST BE NO CONNECTED Figure 86 Gate unit board ES841 for the braking unit 198 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS OP4 BRAKING IGBT GATE COMMAND FAULT IGBT SIGNAL Figure 87 wiring points of the optical fibres in control board ES842 The figure below shows the internal wiring of inverters 565 570 provided with a braking unit 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 199 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 0 2 3 4 J 6 8
18. 5 o t o FN x U 9 2 2 o 8 58 3 59 20 2 23 B85 oo gt gt a X gt 5 5 P 2522 8 OF 145588 8 ots 5 2 D s gs 52 5 026 5 E 936 gt 9 lt gt eo O o gt c lt 9 z LxHxD LxHxD kg kg kg kW kw 0598 2 1 2 2 5 7 5 0748 21 41 1 2 2 75 8 25 0831 2 4 1 2 3 3 99 0250 5T 6T 2 1 3 3 9 0312 5T T 2 1 6 4 8 0366 5T 6T 2 230 1400 730x1400 1 8 5 4 564 0399 5 6 2 x480 x560 118 338 2 6 3 0457 5T 6T 2 24 72 0524 5T 6T 2 2 6 7 8 0598 5 61 1 2 2 95 8 85 0748 5 6 1 2 3 25 9 75 0831 5T 6T 1 2 3 9 11 7 9 When housing the control unit or the auxiliary power supply unit the module depth is 560 mm One inverter module must be provided with an integrated auxiliary power supply unit Models including parallel connected inverter modules S74 Power Dissipat Modules Dimensions Weight ower Dissipoted at Inom lt o o o x k ES o gt gt zu 2 a 2 oc 2 5 2 0 9 ose 52 25 se l52 2 51 4 6 6 z550t 5950 3 S gt o 5 gt 0 gt o 0 gt 2 2 D z Z 2 046 32 0 9 lt 5 g 22 o z c o lt gt z
19. OF gt wmm zi H 3P H 3 Jerie BOT 95 95 FAN fies 244 SJA PI A3 P m mos y ee 2 au 25841 hal ESEN 25841 FRE DUAL FIBER OPTIC CokYECTIR res Bl A zz av rp I JPA ez ZIAZIO FFAS 24v CU 7 1 a 5 4 apama DUAL CONIECIOR AST gt uM 24 0 Nn mm eget CONTROL e 51 B2 CONTROL SACK 17 18 1 nm WIRE m i i SON z x ru B luu c e S al A PES HELDT CA3 9 1 n 1 uL SG 701 mm PLASTIC FIBER 5 NFS FR INFR ER a MILLI F MODLU TZA DAL mm PLASTIC FIBER OPTIC Figure 36 Internal wiring for inverters S64 ANTRIEBSTECHNIK V WALTHER FLENDER CON I 67 321 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 0 3 4 3 LAY OUT OF THE POWER TERMINALS SYMBOLS 41 R 42 5 43 T Inputs for three phase supply the
20. 4 247 Figure 117 Connecting the incremental encoder to fast inputs XMDI7 and XMDI8 248 Figure 118 Signal sent from a 24V Push pull frequency 248 Figure 119 Connection of a PNP output for relay 1 eene 249 Figure 120 Connection of an NPN output for relay control sse eene 249 Figure 121 Location of the slot B inside the terminal board cover of the Sinus PENTA inverters 256 Figure 122 Checking contacts in the slot nennen nnne 257 Figure 123 Fastening the communications board to the slot 258 Figure 124 PROFIBUS DP fieldbus communications 259 Figure 125 5 261 Figure 126 Example of the rotary switch position to set Profibus address 19 261 Figure 127 DeviceNet Fieldbus communications board 263 Figure 128 Outline of the topology of a DeviceNet trunk 265 Figure 129 CANopen fieldbus communications 267 Figure 130 Example of the position of the rotary switches for 125kbits s and Device Address 29 268 Figure 131 Ethernet Fieldbus Communications 270 Figure 132 Cable of Cat 5 for Ethernet an
21. WEE saq Mv 7851 Eres Ere HM 8 8 Hus 3915535 NE n 2 568 m 5 NC ERI rin 9 7 phus ann E TIME n su fL Annua THE 8 5 RT 22 2221 9383 210815 L 159 9 T 4 30d EEL Dn Tm pend d3w0d dare oT x 9 ER MB SB T 2 Figure 88 Internal wiring of inverters S65 provided with a braking unit 200 321 WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK W SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 4 KEYPAD REMOTING KITS 6 4 1 REMOTING THE KEYPAD ON THE CABINET The inverter keypad may be remoted A special kit is supplied which includes the following plastic frame allowing to install the keypad on the front wall of the cabinet keypad jig allowing to install the keypad on the front door of the cabinet seal between keypad frame and cabinet remoting cable length 5 If the kit supplied is properly assembled degree of protection IP54 is obtained for the front panel in the cabinet For any details on how to remote the keypad see section 1 5 Operating and Remoting the Keypad 6 4 2 REMOTING A KEYPAD CONTROLLING MULTIPLE INVERTERS The keypad remoting kit is used to connect a standard SINUS PENTA keypad to one or multiple inverters manufactured by Walther Flender AT GmbH via an RS485 link using protocol MODBUS RTU The k
22. 86 3 5 1 3 Grounding Screened Cable 9 87 3 5 2 Control Board Signals and 88 3 5 2 1 Display and Indicator 89 3522 s ua u aD asya 92 3 5 3 Digital Inputs Terminals 1450221 95 2531 Start 2 95 3 5 3 2 Enable Terminal 15 eene 96 3 5 3 3 Reset Terminal 96 3 5 3 4 Connecting the Encoder and Frequency Input terminals 19 to 21 97 3 5 3 5 Technical Sheet for Digital 98 3 5 4 Analog Inputs Terminals 1 to 9 99 3 5 4 1 Single ended Reference Input terminal 2 99 3 5 4 2 Differential Auxiliary Inputs Terminals 5 8 101 3 5 4 3 Motor Thermal Protection Input PTC Terminals 7 8 sess 103 3 5 4 4 Technical Sheet for Analog 105 3 5 5 Digital Outputs Terminals 244034
23. PLACE AND DATE Casalfiumanese 05 03 2007 BOMBARDAT Elettronica Santerno Spa Stabilimenti e uffici Divisione R amp D Ufficio Milano Cap Soc 2 500 000 i v Societ soggetta all attivit di Di Vittorio 5 5 Selice 47 Trieste 99 Codice Fiscale e Partita Iva direzione e coordinamento di 40020 Casalfiumanese Bo Italia 40060 Imola Bo 20064 Gorgonzola Mi 02686440284 Carraro Spa Tel 39 0542 668611 Tel 39 0542 687711 Tel 39 02 95138126 R E A PD 328951 GRUPPO Fax 39 0542 668600 Fax 39 0542 687722 Tel 39 02 95179254 Cod Mecc PD 054138 CARRARO www elettronicasanterno com Tel 39 02 95179458 Cod Ident IVA Intracom sales elettronicasanterno it Fax 39 02 95139216 1703686440284 LV DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY_UK doc 316 321 y WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SANTERNO 150 9001 EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Elettronica Santerno S p A Via G Di Vittorio 3 40020 Casalfiumanese BO Italia AS MANUFACTURER DECLARE UNDER OUR SOLE RESPONSABILITY THAT THE DIGITAL THREE PHASE AC INVERTER FROM THE LINES SINUS CABINET PENTA and SINUS BOX PENTA AND RELATED ACCESSORIES TO WHICH THIS DECLARATION RELATES APPLIED UNDER CONDITIONS SUPPLIED IN THE USER S MANUAL ARE IN CONFORMITY TO WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS CEI EN 61800 3 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems 28 ed 2005 04 Part 3
24. eee nennen erre eren 17 3 2 1 Inverter Nameplate 6 8 18 9 9 INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT u e n Eo Ehe OL 19 3 3 1 Environmental Requirements for the Equipment Installation Storage and Transport 19 3 3 2 Air ett EI TIE ETHER EH TRY 20 3 3 3 Size Weight and Dissipated Power 1 01 2 10 00000 000 000000000000 22 3 3 3 1 20 and IPOO STAND ALONE Models 505 560 2T Closs 22 3 3 3 2 20 and IPOO STAND ALONE Models 505 560 Closs 23 3 3 3 3 Modular IPOO STAND ALONE Models S64 580 24 3 3 3 4 54 STAND ALONE Models 505 530 2T 29 3 3 3 5 1 54 STAND ALONE Models 505 530 30 3 3 3 6 1 54 BOX Models 505 520 2T 31 3 3 3 7 54 BOX Models 505 520 4T 32 3 3 3 8 24 IP54 CABINET Models 515 580 33 3 3 4 Standard Mounting And Fixing Points Stand Alone Models IP20 And IPOO 505 S60 35 3 3 5 Through Panel Assembly A
25. 8 Auxiliary voltage 24 Vdc 5 200 mA 6 Reference voltage for 10 Vdc 0 8 10 mA potentiometer 10 Vde 0 8 10 mA n 3 configurable analog outputs 10 10 Vdc O 10 Vdc O 4 20 mA resolution nalog outputs 9 11 bits Inverter thermal protection motor thermal protection mains failure overvoltage o undervoltage overcurrent at constant speed or ground failure overcurrent while 4 Alarms accelerating overcurrent while decelerating overcurrent during speed search IFD SW only 5 auxiliary trip from digital input serial communication failure control board failure precharge circuit failure inverter overload conditions for long duration unconnected motor encoder if any failure overspeed Warning INVERTER OK INVERTER ALARM acceleration constant rpm deceleration current torque limiting POWER DOWN SPEED SEARCHING DC braking autotune Frequency torque speed reference output frequency motor speed torque demand z generated torque current to motor voltage to motor DC bus voltage motor absorbed Operating dota power digitol input condition digital output condition trip log last 5 alarms operating lt gt time auxiliary analog input value PID reference PID feedback PID error value PID E regulator output PID feedback with programmable multiplying factor 6 z a Seriol link Standard incorporated RS485 multidrop 247 drops MODBUS RTU communication protocol
26. 3x210 3x400kcmils 7 0748 1000 1070 35 3x240 3x500kcmils 0831 1200 1190 Bar 35 4x185 3x400kcmils 0964 1480 1500 Bar 35 4x240 4x500kcmils S74 1130 1700 1730 Bar 35 6x210 6x400kcmils 1296 1950 1980 Bar 35 6x240 6x500kcmils Always use the correct cable cross sections and activate the protecting devices CAUTION installed on the DC power supply line Failure to do so will cause the non compliance to standard regulations of the system where the inverter is installed 80 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA 3 4 6 6 UL APPROVED FUSES 5T AND 6T INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS UL APPROVED FUSES MANUFACTURED BY SIBA Sicherungen Bau GmbH 200 Symmetrical A I C Bussmann Cooper UK Ltd 100 200 Symmetrical SINUS PENTA SIZE Mod No 20 622 32 FEATURES VOLTAGE 690V kA sec Vac Mod No FWP 500A FEATURES VOLTAGE t 690V KA sec Vac 20 622 32 300 FWP 600A 250 20622 32 FWP 800A 20 622 32 FWP 1000A 20 632 32 20 62232 20 622 32 20 62232 2x1000 3x800 1750 700 FWP 1200A 2xFWP 800A 2xFWP 1000A 3xFWP 800A 700 2x1000 3x800 20 622 32 NOTE 3x1000 3xFWP 1000A 3x1000 In modular sizes 565 570 each supply arm shall be protected by a separate fuse see table a
27. 6 4 2 3 APPLICABILITY The keypad remoting kit can be applied to the following devices manufactured by Walther Flender AT GmbH Sinus PENTA industrial inverters Sunway T TG TG A M XR solar inverters Sunway Bach solar battery chargers ALADIN M T hybrid inverters 6 4 2 4 CONNECTING THE KEYPAD Inverter side connection use a 9 pole male D connector To gain access to the D connector just remove the cover on top of the inverter size 505 515 or remove the cover from the inverter bottom located next to the control terminals size gt S20 For more details on D connector see the installation manual of the product If multiple inverters are connected to the same network use a connector having the same features as the connector installed on the inverter The connector pins are detailed in the table below PIN FUNCTION 1 3 TX RX A Differential input output A bidirectional according to standard RS485 Positive polarity with respect to pins 2 4 for one MARK 2 4 B Differential input output B bidirectional according to standard RS485 Negative polarity with respect to pins 1 3 for one MARK GND control board zero volt 8 connected 5 6 VTEST Test supply input do not connect 7 9 5 V max 100 mA power supply NOTE the braiding of the twisted pair data cable to the metal frame of the female connector to be connected to the inverte
28. 4 25 12 4 AWG 23 AG 35 2AWG 25 50 6 1 0 AWG 50 1 0AWG S 95 4 0AWG 2 0AWG 350kcmils 120 250kcmils continued 76 321 A V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS continued Cable Cross gt Cable Cross 9L section to Fast Fuses Magnetic 4 A lightening ACI 9 5 Ysection Fitting G Mains and 700 Circuit E J the Terminal Verus Motor Side Disc Switch Breaker lAWG kemils NM A 185 400kcmils 70 240 210 400kcmils cmils 240 500kcmils 2x150 2x300kcmils 2x210 2x400kcmils 2x240 2x500kcmils 2x240 2x500kcmils 3x210 3x400kcmils 3x210 0598 900 Bar 35 1250 1250 1000 565 3x400kcmils 0748 1000 Bar 35 3x240 1250 1250 1200 0831 1200 Bar 35 3x500kcmils 1600 1600 1600 4 240 0964 1480 35 4x500kcmils 2x1000 2000 2x1000 6x210 S75 1130 1700 Bar 35 6x400kcmils 2x1250 2000 2x1200 6x240 1296 1950 Bar 35 6x500kcmils 2x1250 2500 2x1200 5 Always use the correct cable cross sections and activate the protecting devices A CAUTION provided for the inverter Failure to do so will cause the non compliance to standard regula
29. 15 1096 6T 810 970 15 1096 Supply frequency Hz tolerance 50 60Hz 20 Environmental Requirements Ambient temperature 0 50 C with no derating see table section 5 3 Storage temperature 25 70 C Humidity 5 9596 non condensing Altitude Up to 1 000m above sea level For higher altitudes derate the output current of 196 every 100 m beyond 1 000 m max 4 000 m Vibrations Lower than 5 9 m sec 0 6 Installation environment Do not install in direct sunlight and in places exposed to conductive dust corrosive gases vibrations water sprinkling or dripping do not install in salty environments Operating atmospheric pressure 86 106 kPa Cooling system Forced air cooling NOTE The maximum output frequency is limited with respect to the preset carrier frequency NOTE gt Flender AT GmbH 134 321 For DC supply applied to Sinus Penta S60 S65 S70 please contact Walther V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Motor control methods IFD Voltage Frequency with symmetrical PWM modulation Vector Torque Control Sensorless vector direct torque control FOC Field adjustment with field regulation and torque for synchronous motors 0 SYN Field adjustment with torque control for synchronous motors LE 5
30. 4 t t i r lt 1 esneari ER O NM Figure 14 Through panel assembly and piercing templates for SINUS PENTA S50 42 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 6 STANDARD MOUNTING AND PIERCING TEMPLATES FOR IPOO MODULAR MODELS 564 580 High power inverters include single function modules The control unit may be installed separately or inside a module Mounting options are shown below a Control unit integrated into the inverter Fixing Templates mm Modules Fitted Single Module Inverter Size ORME X Y D D2 Fastening 564 565 570 574 575 580 Screws FEEDER 178 1350 11 25 M10 2 2 3 INVERTER 178 1350 11 25 M10 2 2 2 2 INVERTER WITH INTEGRATED 178 1350 11 25 M10 CONTROL UNIT INVERTER WITH INTEGRATED AUXILIARY POWER 178 1350 11 25 M10 2 3 SUPPLY UNIT INVERTER WITH INTEGRATED 178 1350 11 25 M10 3 3 3 SPLITTER UNIT b Control unit separate from the inverter module 4 Fixing Templates mm Modules Fitted Single Module Inverter Size MODMLE X Y D1 D2 Fastening S64 S65
31. 60 ES840 Supply Control Board 61 ES841 Inverter Module Gate Unit 61 5843 Inverter Modul Em 62 E5842 Control Unit iii rie te REC Z E ua E ee 63 Single optical fibre connector 64 Double optical fibre 65 Internal wiring for inverters 564 67 S60 Connection 70 Connection bars for S64 S70 a emere 71 Connection bars for S64 S70 a au nennen ehe emere eren nennen ener enne 72 Control ferminals u L eis e eta e age eere et eode ave rcr ea ce Een tds edd ed aod 84 Gaining access to the control 5 enn 85 Clamping a signal screened cable 87 Control board signals and programming 22 88 Gaining access to dip switches SW and 5 2 92 Gaining access to dip switch SW3 and connector RS 485 SINUS PENTA 505 to S20 92 Position of dip switch SW3 and connector RS 485 SINUS PENTA 530 to 560 93 A PNP command active to 24 V through a volt
32. eu VAN 199358 101 0 580 6919 6919 6919 6919 699 6919 Figure 23 External connections for modular inverters 575 310001 31000 1 1 3L83ANI 3183 NI AMO ANTRIEBSTECHNIK WALTHER FLENDER W 52 321 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS NOTE Feeder n 3 power supply 3 is available for size S80 only NOTE For the installation of a BU see the section covering the braking unit In case of fuse line protection always install the fuse failure detection device that CAUTION S disables the inverter to avoid single phase operation of the equipment NOTE Please refer to the REACTORS section gt gt 53 321 V WALTHER FLENDER A ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 2 2 EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS FOR MODULAR INVERTERS S64 MNIE t 11 1 20 TEM E anos orci Li i 4 20A av mco 190 5 ENABLE WDI2 TT Lt hal LI T T 00 LI i um BIA 9 spi MNA 2229 250Vae dc s I E Jo 3h Uu TERMINAL L pee E IE E
33. P000049 B Figure 28 Double optical fibre connector Connections required from control unit to arm U driver board IGBT top and bottom control signals from control unit to arm V driver board IGBT top and bottom control signals from control unit to arm W driver board IGBT top and bottom control signals 58 321 WQWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INTERNAL CONNECTIONS 565 570 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Signal Type of connection Cable Component Board Connector Component Board Connedor marking control signals 9 pole screened cable 51 control unit ES842 CN4 supply 1 ES840 CN8 supply 1 control signals 9 pole screened cable 52 control unit ES842 CN3 supply 2 ES840 CN8 supply 2 control signals 9 pole screened cable C U control unit ES842 CN14 phase U ES841 CN3 phase U control signals 9 pole screened cable control unit ES842 CN11 phase V ES841 CN3 phase V control signals 9 pole screened cable C W control unit ES842 CN8 phase W ES841 CN3 phase W 24V Power unipolar cable 1mm supply 1 ES840 MR1 1 control unit ES842 MR1 1 supply control 24V CU OVD Power unipolar cable 1mm supply 1 ES840 1 2 control unit ES842 MRI 2 supply control unit 24VD Power unipolar cable
34. P000602 B Figure 81 Peak power and average power depending on Ton dissipated to the braking resistor CLASS 2T DUTY CYCLE RESISTORS Ohm 0 1096 1096 2096 2096 5096 50956 10096 2 8 240 s 240 s 240 Not applicable 3 3 400 s 400 s 400 s Not applicable 4 5 Not limited Not limited Not limited Not limited Table 1 Max braking time depending on the duty cycle and the connected braking resistor CLASS 4T DUTY CYCLE RESISTORS Ohm 0 1096 1096 2096 2090 5096 50 100 6 2405 2405 2405 Not applicable 6 6 300 s 300 s 300 s Not applicable 10 Not limited Not limited Not limited Not limited Table 2 Max braking time depending on the duty cycle and the connected braking resistor WOWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 187 321 co lt Nc a c r INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 3 BRAKING UNIT BU 720 960 1440 FOR MODULAR INVERTERS A braking unit to be applied to modular inverters only is available The inverter size must be equal to or larger than 565 6 3 1 INSPECTION UPON RECEIPT OF THE GOODS Make sure that the equipment is not damaged and that it complies with the equipment you ordered by referring to the nameplate located on the inverter front part see figure below If the equipment is damaged contact the supplier or the insurance company concerned If the equipment does not comply with the one
35. POO0056 B Figure 44 Gaining access to dip switches SW1 and SW2 To gain access to dip switch SW3 remove the protecting cover for connector RS 485 SINUS PENTA 505 to 520 dip switch SW3 is located on the control board next to interface connector RS 485 remove the inverter upper cover to gain access to dip switch SW3 P000057 B E SW3 Dip switch nuo Termination resistors RS 485 serial line connector 3 vt uw Figure 45 Gaining access to dip switch SW3 and connector 5 485 SINUS 505 to S20 92 321 y WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA 530 to S60 interface connector RS 485 and dip switch SW3 are located next to the control terminal board cover SINUS PENTA S65 and S70 to gain access to dip switch SW3 remove the cover located on the rear part of the control board P000546 B SW3 Dip switch Termination resistors setting 5 485 serial line connector Figure 46 Position of dip switch SW3 and connector RS 485 SINUS PENTA 530 to 560 For 54 inverters you can gain access to serial port connector RS 485 and to dipswitch SW3 from the inside of the front door covering wires and cables Dip switch functionality is detailed in the tables below Dip switch SW1 analog input configuration Switch es Functionality SW1 1 OFF REF voltoge input DEF
36. S30 302 S40 630 22 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 3 2 IP20 AND IPOO STAND ALONE 505 S60 4T CLAss Power mm 1 SINUS PENTA 0008 PENTA 0005 ENUS PENTA 0008 PENTA 0007 SINUS PENTA 0009 SINUS PENTA 0011 SINUS PENTA 0014 SINUS PENTA 0016 SINUS PENTA 0017 380 SINUS PENTA 0020 10 5 420 510 l SINUS PENTA 0025 9 391 218 1 5 525 SINUS PENTA 0030 11 5 525 SINUS PENTA 0035 11 5 525 SINUS PENTA 0016 10 5 430 SINUS PENTA 0017 10 5 490 SINUS PENTA 0020 10 5 490 512 SINUS PENTA 0025 215 401 225 11 5 520 SINUS PENTA 0030 11 5 520 SINUS PENTA 0034 12 5 680 SINUS PENTA 0036 12 5 710 SINUS PENTA 0038 22 5 750 515 SINUS PENTA 0040 225 466 331 22 5 4 SINUS PENTA 0049 22 5 SINUS PENTA 0060 332 SINUS 0067 333 SINUS PENTA 0074 277 910 332 SINUS PENTA 0086 36 SINUS PENTA 0113 51 SINUS PENTA 0129 51 SINUS PENTA 0150 30 748 421 751 SINUS PENTA 0162 51 SINUS PENTA 0179 112 SINUS PENTA 0200 112 SINUS PENTA 0216 930 880 381 115 SINUS PENTA 0250 112 SINUS PENTA 0312 148 SINUS PENTA 0366 666 1000 421
37. NOTE The read write scan rate for Sinus Penta drives is 2ms Please refer to the Programming Instructions manual for details 6 9 1 IDENTIFICATION DATA Each kit including option boards for fieldbuses also includes a CD ROM containing detailed documentation instruction manuals in English utilities and configuration files which is required for the inverter configuration and integration to the automation system based on fieldbus Description Code Compatibility ANYBUS S PROFIBUS DP KIT 774600040 ANYBUS S DeviceNet KIT 774600050 All the inverters of the Sinus PENTA series ANYBUS S CANopen KIT 774600070 ANYBUS S Ethernet KIT 224600100 255 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 2 INSTALLING THE FIELDBUS BOARD ON THE INVERTER SLOT 1 Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 5 minutes 2 The electronic components in the inverter and the communications board are sensitive to electrostatic discharge Be careful when you reach the component parts inside the inverter and when you handle the communications board The board should be installed in a workstation equipped with proper grounding and provided with an antistatic surface If this is not possible the installer must wear a ground bracelet properly connected to the PE conductor Loosen the two front screws located in the lower part of the inverter cov
38. 281 6 10 1 gt Connections a TEL ARR ARABES 283 6 10 1 1 Wiring RS232 Serial Link eene eere nne nere nnne 284 6101 2 Wiring RS485 Serial Link eR Ex este lest ee SERERE 285 6 10 1 3 COMI Configuration and Wiring 287 6 10 1 4 2 Configuration and Wiring 287 6 10 1 5 Types of Ethernet 288 6 11 ES860 SIN COS ENCODER BOARD SLOT A 291 6 11 1 dentification Data u rete et rte 292 6 11 2 Installing the Board on the Inverter SLOT A 0 000000 000000000005 292 6 11 2 1 Connector ME 294 6 11 3 Operating Modes Card Configuration 294 6 11 4 Three channel Operating 295 9 6 11 5 Five channel Operating 296 6 11 6 Configuration and Regulation of Encoder Power Supply 298 6 11 7 gt Connection Of Encoder 0 300 6 11 8 Environmental 301 6 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SI
39. 3 configurable analog outputs 0 10 V 4 20 mA 0 20 mA 1 optoisolated open collector static digital output optoisolated push pull high speed static digital output at high commutation ratio 2 relay digital outputs with reverse contacts Fan control up to size S10 A comprehensive set of diagnostic messages allows a quick fine tuning of the parameters during the equipment starting and a quick resolution of any problem during the equipment operation The inverters of the SINUS PENTA series have been designed and manufactured in compliance with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive the Machine Directive and the Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 3 1 PRODUCTS COVERED IN THIS MANUAL This manual covers any inverter of the SINUS PENTA SINUS BOX PENTA SINUS CABINET PENTA series equipped with the following application software standard functionality IFD VTC FOC and SYN Any detail concerning optional functionality is given in separate manuals covering PENTA s optional applications 16 221 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 2 INSPECTION UPON RECEIPT OF THE GOODS Make sure that the equipment is not damaged and that it complies with the equipment you ordered by referring to the nameplate located on the inverter front part The inverter nameplate is described below If the equipment is damaged contact the supplier or the insu
40. ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 7 2 DiRECT CONNECTION Electrical standard RS485 may be connected directly to the computer if this is provided with a special port of this type In case your computer is provided with a serial port RS232 C or a USB port a RS232 C RS485 converter or a USB RS485 converter is required Walther Flender AT GmbH may supply both converters as optional components Logic 1 normally called a MARK means that terminal TX RX A is positive with respect to terminal TX RX B viceversa for logic 0 normally called a SPACE 3 7 3 MULTIDROP NETWORK CONNECTION SINUS PENTA inverters may be connected to a network through electrical standard RS485 allowing a bus type control of each device up to 247 inverters may be interconnected depending on the link length and baud rate Each inverter has its own identification number which can be set in the Serial network submenu as a unique code in the network connected to the PC 3 7 3 1 CONNECTION For the connection to serial link 0 use the 9 pole mole D connector located on the control board sizes 505 515 on the inverter bottom besides the terminal board sizes gt S20 The D connector pins are the following PIN FUNCTION 1 3 TX RX A Differential input output A bidirectional according to standard RS485 Positive polarity with respect to pins 2 4 for one MARK Signal D1 according to MODBUS IDA association
41. Figure 2 Fixing points for STAND ALONE models from S05 to S50 included K WOWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK Fixing Templates mm SINUS Standard Mounting PENTA Size X X1 Y D1 D2 Fastening screws S05 156 321 4 5 M4 S10 192 377 6 12 5 M5 S12 192 377 6 12 5 M5 S15 185 449 7 15 M6 S20 175 593 7 15 M6 S30 213 725 9 20 M8 S40 540 270 857 9 20 M8 S50 560 280 975 11 21 M8 M10 S60 570 285 1238 28 10 12 35 321 C2 0 2 3 4 J 6 9 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Size S60 has an IPOO open cabinet and can be installed only inside the equipment enclosure
42. The tables below relate to operating current values equal to or lower than the current rating stated in the relevant application sheet APPLICATION 2T 4T CLASSES STANDARD STRONG 2 Maximum allowable operating temperature C RICO 4 5 8 continued 149 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS continued 0312 50 S50 0366 45 0399 40 0457 45 0598 50 0748 0831 S75 1130 1296 40 40 50 50 APPLICATION 5T 6T CLASSES LIGHT STANDARD HEAVY STRONG Maximum allowable operating temperature C 150 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 ACCESSORIES 6 1 BRAKING RESISTORS 6 1 1 APPLICATION TABLES From size S05 to size 530 SINUS PENTA inverters are supplied with a built in braking module The braking resistor is to be connected outside the inverter to terminal B and terminal see Section Lay out of the Power Terminals properly set the parameters relating to the inverter braking see the Programming Instruction Manual An external braking unit is used for higher sizes When choosing the braking resistor consider the inverter supply voltage voltage class the braking resistor Ohm value and rated power The voltage class and the Ohm value determine the instant power dissipated in the
43. lt UL approved Fuses Manufactured by 2 SIBA Sicherungen Bau GmbH Bussmann Div Cooper UK Ltd a E 200 Symmetrical A I C 100 200 Symmetrical 1 2 Ratings Ratings Mod No Mod No Current 4 500V A sec Current 1 500V A sec 0007 20 412 04 16 16 49 FWP 15B 0008 0010 20 412 04 25 25 140 FWP 20B 20 116 S05 0013 0015 0016 20 412 20 40 40 350 FWP 40B 40 236 0020 0016 0017 20 412 20 40 40 350 FWP 40B 40 236 510 0020 0025 0030 20 412 20 63 63 980 FWP 60B 60 685 0035 20 412 20 100 100 2800 FWP 100B 100 2290 0023 20 412 20 63 63 980 20 282 20 63 980 212 20 412 20 100 100 2800 FWP 100B 100 2290 0038 S15 0040 20 412 20 100 100 2800 FWP 100B 100 2290 0049 0060 2041220 125 125 5040 FP 1005 109 2229 S20 0067 700 FWP 125A 125 5655 700 0074 20 412 20 160 160 10780 FWP 150A 150 11675 0086 20 412 20 200 200 19250 FWP 175A 175 16725 oi 1 20 412 20 250 250 32760 FWP 225A 225 31175 S30 0150 20 412 20 315 315 60200 FWP 250A 250 42375 0162 20 412 20 400 400 109200 FWP 350A 350 95400 0179 20 412 20 400 400 109200 FWP 350A 350 95400 50 0216 20 622 32 500 550 136500 FWP 450A 450 139150 0250 20 622 32 700 700 287000 FWP 700A 700 189000 0312 S50 0366 20 622 32 800 800 406000 FWP 800A 800 280500 0399 S60 0457 20 632 32 1000 1000 602000 FWP 1000A 1000 390000 0524 20 632 32 1250 1250 1225000 FWP 1200A 1200 690000 0598 170M6067 1400 1700000 2 23214 14 154 S65 0748 06323 99 00 949000
44. 9 52 fa 3 6 E 2 795 18 5 2 55 Se 22 22 0 z 2g 5 D 2 gt gt 3 5 WA 2 gt 2 o amp 9 3 D5 lt Jl 0 5 o gt 95 6 gt a o 2 5 0 o 58 ol 225 t 6 a t S LxHxD LxHxD kg kg kg kg kW kW kW kW 0964 2 4 2 6 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 16 7 S75 1130 2T 4T 2 6 1 2230 1400 990 1 3 2 4 1 5 18 5 1296 2T 4T 2 6 1 x560 1 5 2 6 1 8 20 4 0964 5T 6T 2 6 1 110 110 110 1 6 2 4 1 9 19 5 1130 5T 6T 3 6 1 24 1 3 3 0 2 2 24 1 80 1400 580 x560 1100 1296 5T 6T 3 6 1 1 6 3 2 2 4 26 4 CON 5 When housing the control unit or the splitter unit the module depth is 560 mm Three inverter modules must be provided with an integrated splitter unit 26 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA d Inverter modules only Configuration inverter powered directly from a DC power supply source inverter used as a regenerative feeder for more details please refer to the technical documentation relating to the Regenerative Penta Drive Models where no parallel connected inverter modules are installed S64 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 2 P r Dissipat Modules Dimensions Weight ower Dissipated 9 at
45. ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 5 4 3 5T 6T CLASSES AC AND DC INDUCTANCE SINUS PENTA INPUT AC 3 PHASE DC SINGLE PHASE SIZE MODEL INDUCTANCE INDUCTANCE OUTPUT INDUCTANCE TM 0127324 2 0127324 0 093 mH 410A 520Arms 680Apeak 0 093 mH 410 A AC 3 phase 12 m 0127364 2 0127364 0 058 mH 662 gana 0058 mH 662 A AC 3 phose 365 0457 0141804 E 0127404 2 0127404 0 040 mH 945 A 0 040 mH 945 A AC 3 phase 0598 1170Arms 1530Apeak IM0141904 1 0127444 0748 0 212 0 120mH 0 030 mH 1260 A AC 3 1290Arms 1680Apeak phase 1 0127444 0831 2 1 0127364 2 x IM0141704 0 030 mH 1260 A AC 3 phase 6 0141724 1130 3 x IM0127364 3 0141704 0 04 mH 950 A AC single phase 6 0141724 575 0964 2 x IMO127404 2 x IM0141804 0 04 mH 950 A single phase 960 6 0141784 1296 3 x IMO127404 3 x IM0141804 0 03 mH 1250 A AC single phase For inverter sizes lower than S40 included always use an input inductance under the following circumstances mains instability converters installed for DC motors loads generating strong voltage variations at startup power factor correction CAUTION systems mains rated power exceeding 500 KVA Always activate a line inductance for inverter sizes higher than S50 unless the inverter is powered via a dedicated transformer When modular inverters a
46. INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS MDI amp FINA 0 FOUT MDI8 FINB 21 ru m ucc isolated 200mA 24V P000282 B isolated Figure 49 Signal sent from a Push pull 24 V output 3 5 3 5 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR DIGITAL INPUTS Specification Min Type Max Unit of m MDI input voltage related to CMD 30 30 V Voltage for logic level 1 between MDI and CMD 15 24 30 V Voltage for logic level 0 belween MDI and CMD 30 0 5 V Current absorbed by MDI at logic level 1 5 9 12 mA Input frequency for fast inputs MDI6 MDI7 MDI8 155 kHz Duty cycle allowed for frequency input 30 50 70 96 Min time period at high level for fast inputs MDI8 4 5 us Voltage of isolation test between CMD 22 with respect to CMA 1 9 500Vac 50Hz 1 min Isolated supply output is protected by a self resetting fuse capable of preventing NOTE the inverter internal feeder from damaging due to a short circuit Nevertheless if a short circuit occurs the inverter could lock and stop the motor CAUTION Avoid exceeding min and max input voltage values not to cause irreparable damages to the equipment CON O KER rw 98 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 4 ANALOG INPUTS TERMINALS 1 TO 9 The inverters of the SINUS PENTA series are provided with three analog inputs one single ended input and two differ
47. Push pull encoders especially if long cables SW3 5 on are used SW3 6 on CAUTION Put SW3 contacts to ON only if a complementary Push pull or Line driver encoder N is used power supply 5V or 12V Otherwise put contacts to OFF Put ALL contacts in dip switch SW3 to ON or OFF Different configurations may A NOTE Ed cause the malfunctioning of the encoder board 6 6 6 JUMPER SELECTING THE TYPE OF ENCODER SUPPLY Two position jumper J1 installed on encoder board ES836 2 allows to set the encoder supply voltage It is factory set to pos 2 3 Set jumper J1 to position 1 2 to select non tuned 24V encoder supply voltage Set jumper J1 to position 2 3 to select tuned 5 12V encoder supply voltage Supply values of 5V or 12V are to be set through dip switch SW1 1 see table above 225 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 5 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 7 TUNING TRIMMER Trimmer RV1 installed board ES836 2 allows to adjust the encoder supply voltage This can compensate voltage drops in case of long distance between the encoder and the encoder board or allows to feed an encoder with intermediate voltage values if compared to factory set values Tuning procedure Put a tester on the encoder supply connector encoder side of the connecting cable make sure that the encoder is powered Rotate the trimmer clockwise to increase supply voltage Trimmer is factory set to delive
48. SINUS 0598 300 400 898 500 680 841 560 760 817 630 860 864 900 65 SINUS 0748 330 450 985 560 760 939 630 860 939 710 970 960 1000 SINUS 0831 400 550 183 710 970 1200 800 1090 1160 900 1230 1184 1200 5 1 1 2 Applicable Motor Power i Inom Imax Size Inverter Model S75 vac TECHNICAL SHEET FOR 5T AND 6T VOLTAGE CLASSES ww i a w a 390 390 480 544 626 696 773 858 954 SINUS 0831 SINUS 0964 1000 1270 1145 1480 SINUS 1130 SINUS 1296 1460 1700 1670 1950 500 575Vac 705 810Vdc The rated current of the applicable motor must not exceed 590 of Input and output choke is required for these models 1950 Inverter power supply 1700 1700 2040 2448 1950 2340 2808 575 690Vac 810 970Vdc Legend Inom continuous rated current of the inverter Imax max current produced by the inverter for 120 sec every 20 min up to S30 and for 60 sec every 10 min for S40 and greater Ipeak deliverable current for max sec co 8 rR o 140 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 5 1 2 STANDARD APPLICATIONS OVERLOAD UP TO 14096 5 1 2 1 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR 2T AND VOLTAGE CLASSES Applicable Motor Power Sinus Penta Size Model 200 240Vac 380 415Vac
49. Similarly to a closed contact electrical conductibility is to be found on open collector output between terminal and terminal CMDO2 when OC output is active i e when symbol is displayed for output MDO2 parameter 56 Both PNP and NPN connected loads are activated Power supply may result from the inverter isolated supply or from an auxiliary source 24V or 48V see dashed lines in the figure power supply 1 24 48 1 Optionale external MAT P000292 B 24 isolated Optional exernal power supply 24V 48V OV isolated P000293 B Figure 59 NPN output wiring for relay control 108 321 i V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA A NOTE 3 5 5 3 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Always use a freewheeling diode for inductive loads e g relay coils Diode wiring is shown in the figure Connect either isolated inverter supply or auxiliary supply to feed the output dashed lines in the figure RELAY OUTPUTS TERMINALS 29 34 Two relay outputs are available with potential free reverse contacts Each output is equipped with three terminals a normally closed NC terminal a common terminal C and a normally open terminal Relays may be configured as MDO3 and MDO4 outputs When outputs MDO3 and MDO4 are active symbol H displayed for MDO1 measure parameter M056 close the normally open contact and the common contact and open the normally
50. sine B inverted cosine R 2 Five channel mode reference mark C one sine period per revolution D one inverted cosine period per revolution The following paragraphs provide details of signal types and their corresponding configuration according the mode of use 294 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 11 4 THREE CHANNEL OPERATING MODE The figure below shows the Sin Cos Encoder signals in the three channel mode The first two channels receive differential input voltage equal to the sine and inverted cosine of the mechanical angle respectively with a repeat cycle np times the mechanical revolution where np is the number of pulses or the number of cycles per revolution set by the decoder The third channel receives the reference mark that corresponds to a positive differential voltage pulse or to a half cycle equating to a zero mechanical angle To accept this signal type the inverter Counts Encoder cycles by means of quadrature discrimination and bi directional digital count based on Channels A and B Resets the digital counter corresponding to the reference mark in channel R to zero Obtains channels A and B also by means of sampling and analogue digital conversion extracting the end value of the angle during the cycle resolution increment The resolution increment of the cycle is obtained within the resolution limits of the ADC converter and n
51. 3 5 us 1024imp 8200rpm Exceeding the maximum input signal frequency limits will result in the incorrect CAUTION measurement of position and encoder speed Motor overspeed may occur as a result of the chosen inverter control method 302 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 12 LOC 0 REM KEY SELECTOR SWITCH AND EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON FOR MODEL IP54 Inverter with rating IP54 can be provided with a key selector switch and an emergency push button optional devices supplied by request The key selector switch selects the following operating modes POSITION OPERATING MODE DESCRIPTION LOC INVERTER IN LOCAL MODE The inverter operates in Local mode the Start command and the frequency speed reference are sent via keypad Press the Start button to start the inverter the Enable command terminal 15 is sent from the selector switch if terminals 1 and 2 are connected together factory setting Important C180 MDI 4 Local Remote command selection for digital input 0 INVERTER DISABLED Inverter disabled REM INVERTER IN REMOTE MODE The control mode is defined by programming parameters C140 C147 of the Control Method menu The Enable command terminal 15 is sent from the selector switch if terminals 1 and 2 are connected together factory setting When pressed the emergency push button immediately stops the inverter An
52. 9 Internal wiring for SINUS PENTA 565 570 Figure 29 WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK W 60 321 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Do the following to obtain internal wiring 1 Gain access to boards ES840 ES841 and ES843 The first board is located on the front part of the supply module the remaining two boards are located on the front part of each inverter module Remove the front covers made of Lexan by loosening the cover fastening screws MR1 24V CONTROL UNIT AND GATE UNIT SUPPLY OP3 FAULT IGBT 4 5 IGBT GATE COMMANDS CN3 INVERTER MODULE SIGNAL CONNECTOR Figure 31 ES841 Inverter Module Gate Unit Board 61 321 WALTHER FLENDER Vv ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Figure 32 ES843 Inverter Module 3 2 Gain access to board ES842 located on the control unit do the following remove keypad if fitted see section 1 5 1 Remoting the Keypad remove the cover of the terminal board after removing its fastening screws remove the cover of the control unit after removing its fastening screws 62 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS CN3 POWER SUPPLY 2 SIGNAL CONNECTOR CN2 POWER SUPPLY 1 SIGNAL CONNECTOR OP2 VB OP6 STATUS IGBT W OP5 FAULT IGBT W CN8 INVERTER MODULE W SIGNAL CONNECTOR OP8 OP9 GATE W OP11 STATUS IGBT V OP10 FAULT IGBT V A k CN11 INVERTER MODUL
53. 12 phase connection allows to reduce current harmonics in the inverter supply line The basic wiring diagram of 12 phase connection is shown below POWER INTERPHASE TRASFORMER REACTOR AC POWER SUPPLY INVERTER POWER SUPPLY P000544 B Figure 26 Layout of 12 phase connection For more details refer to the REACTANCE section For 12 phase connection only two feeder modules are required to obtain size 1130 and size 1296 class 6 56 321 WQWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 2 5 INTERNAL CONNECTIONS FOR MODULAR SINUS PENTA INVERTERS S65 S80 The following connections are needed N 2 power connections to copper bar 60 10mm between power supply and inverter arms for DC supply N 5 connections with 9 pole screened cable 570 or N 4 connections with 9 pole screened cable S65 for analog measures Type of cable screened cable n of wires 9 diameter of each wire AWG20 24 0 6 0 22mm connectors 9 pole female SUB D connectors connections inside the cable connector Female SUB D Female SUB D conn conn pin 1 gt 1 2 gt 2 3 13 pin 4 4 pin 5 gt 5 pin 6 gt 16 7 gt 17 8 gt 18 9 gt 19 The following connections are required from control unit to supply 1 supply 1 control signals from control unit to supply 2 size S70 only supply 2 control signals f
54. 140 PII T 2 P 2 J gt Board status LED indicator 24 044 C k h L gt DeviceNet terminal Configuration Fieldbus status dip switch LED indicators Figure 127 DeviceNet Fieldbus communications board 263 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 r INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 4 1 DEVICENET FIELDBUS TERMINALS The DeviceNet Fieldbus communications board is provided with a removable screwable terminal board pitch 5 08 The bus interface circuitry has an external supply of 24VDC 1090 as prescribed from the CAN DeviceNet specifications Terminal arrangement as stated in the table N Name Description 1 V Negative voltage for bus supply 2 CAN L CAN L bus line 3 SHIELD Cable shielding 4 CAN H CAN H bus line 5 V Positive voltage for bus supply 6 9 4 2 BOARD CONFIGURATION The on board dip switches allow to set the baud rate and the MAC ID identifying the device in the DeviceNet network Dip switches 1 and 2 allow to set the baud rate that must be the same for all the related devices The DeviceNet standard allows three baud rates 125 250 and 500 kbits s Possible settings are the following Baudrate Setting of sw 1 amp sw 2 125 kbits s sw 1 OFF sw 2 OFF 250 kbits s sw 1 OFF sw 2 ON 500 kbits
55. 15 010281 SINUS MULTIFUNCTION AC DRIVE USER MANUAL Installation Instructions Updated 05 04 07 R O4 English e This manual is integrant and essential to the product Carefully read the instructions contained herein as they provide important hints for use and maintenance safety This device is to be used only for the purposes it has been designed to Other uses should be considered improper and dangerous The manufacturer is not responsible for possible damages caused by improper erroneous and irrational uses Walther Flender Antriebstechnik GmbH is responsible for the device in its original setting Any changes to the structure or operating cycle of the device must be performed or authorized by the Engineering Department of Walther Flender Antriebstechnik GmbH Walther Flender Antriebstechnik GmbH for the consequences resulting by the use of non original assumes no responsibility spare parts Walther Flender Antriebstechnik GmbH reserves the right to make any technical changes to this manual and to the device without prior notice If printing errors or similar are detected the corrections will be included in the new releases of the manual Walther Flender Antriebstechnik GmbH is responsible for the information contained in the original version of the Italian manual The information contained herein is the property of Walther Flender and cannot be reproduced Walther Flender Antriebstechnik
56. 4 Hz Flash blinker Error while initializing the Fieldbus communications ASIC Off No error found 6 9 7 3 LEDs FoR DEVICENET BOARD DIAGNOSTICS In the DeviceNet board LEDs 1 and 4 are not used the remaining LEDs are described below 2 It indicates the status of the DeviceNet communications NETWORK Off The module is not On Line STATUS Green DeviceNet communications in progress and correct Flashing green The module is ready for communication but is not connected to the network Red A critical error occurred too erroneous data items and the module switched to the link failure status Flashing red A timeout occurred when exchanging data 3 It indicates the status of the communication module MODULE Off The module is off STATUS Green The module is operating Flashing green The length of the two data packets exceeds the preset value Red An unresettable event error occurred Flashing red A resettable event error occurred 279 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 7 4 LEDs FoR CANOPEN BoARD DIAGNOSTICS In the CANopen board LED 1 is not used the remaining LEDs are described below N amp Name Function 2 RUN It indicates the status of the CANopen interface of the module Off The interface is off One flash The interface status is STOP Flashing The interface is being initializ
57. 40 00000000 04 6 00000000009 56 3 4 2 5 Connections for Modular Sinus Penta Inverters S65 S80 57 3 4 2 6 Internal Connections for Modular Inverters 504 64 3 4 3 Lay out of the Power eene 68 3 4 4 S60 Connection bars for inverter S60 essen eene 70 3 4 5 Lay out of the Auxiliary Power Supply 71 3 4 6 Cross sections of the Power Cables and Sizes of the Protecting Devices 73 3 4 6 1 2T Voltage Classer 74 34 62 AT Voltage Class eei Qan bore REPRE ER Ee eden 76 3 4 6 3 UL Approved Fuses 2T Voltage 78 3 4 6 4 UL Approved Fuses Voltage 79 2 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 6 5 5T and 6T Voltage eene rere 80 3 4 6 6 UL Approved Fuses 5T AND 6 81 3 4 7 Inverter And Motor Ground Connection 82 3 5 CONTROL TERMIINALS 1255555 ERES ERANT ETE EE EYE BEER 83 3 5 1 1 Access to Control Terminals and Power Terminals for Models IP20 and IPOO 85 3 5 1 2 Gaining Access to Control Terminals and Power Terminals INVERTER IP54
58. 5 51a 2 2 12 303 gt gt o gt gt 2 ot tls 225 LxHxD LxHxD kg kg kg kg kW kW kW 0598 2T 4T 21 1 2 5 0 8 8 3 0748 2 4 1 2 1 2 75 0 9 9 15 0831 2 4 1 211 3 3 1 0 10 9 0250 5 6 1 211 1 3 0 5 4 4 0312 5 6 211 1 6 0 6 5 4 980 140 0366 5 6 2 1 230 1400 1 8 0 7 6 1 564 0 560 118 110 110 448 0399 5T 6T 2 1 x480 2 1 0 8 7 1 0457 5T 6T 1 211 2 4 0 9 8 1 0524 5 6 1 211 2 6 1 0 8 8 0598 5 6 1 211 2 95 1 2 10 05 0748 5T 6T 1 2 1 3 25 1 3 11 05 0831 5T 6T 1 211 3 9 1 5 13 2 When housing the control unit or the auxiliary power supply unit the module depth is 560 mm One inverter module must be provided with an integrated auxiliary power supply unit Models including parallel connected inverter modules S74 Power 2 Power Dissipated Modules Dimensions Weight Dissipated with 50 lt Braking gt _ DuyCyde 5 o sx 2 8 9 gt 5 5 2 522 2 2 32 g 353 gt 83 55 858 52 P3955 s2 0 2 5 Sta 39 Ps 3359795 bo xc 59 9 5 o gt 8 5671986 555 gt 9 gt 2 29 5 5sXo 2 2 12 303 gt gt ot tls t LxHxD LxHxD kg kg kg kg kW kW kW 0964 2T 4T 2 4 1 2 2 1 3 14 5 1130 2T 4T 2 411 2 4 1 5 15 9 1296 2T 4T 2 4 1 230 1400 11730 14 2 6 1 8 17 4 5741 0964 5T 6T 2 4 1 x
59. Baud rate 38 400 bps Data format 8 bits Start bit 1 Parity NO Stop bit 2 Protocol MODBUS RTU Device address to be set between 1 and 247 to avoid conflicts default address is 1 Electric standard RS485 Inverter response delay 5 ms End of message timeout 2 ms Setting values to the keypad Device address To be set between 0 and 247 default address is 1 In order to scan the connected inverters set the device address to O for the keypad The keypad can communicate with one device at a time based on the address that has been set up If different parameter values are set communication errors between the CAUTION p inverler and the keypod moy occur 6 4 2 6 CONNECTION Remove voltage from the inverter s Then proceed as follows Disconnect the keypad installed on the inverter if any Please refer to the Installation Manual of the inverter being used Connect the cable to the interface converter and the keypad Connect connector DB to the inverter or to network RS485 The inverter side with telephone connector RJ45 must be already connected to the keypad Check that communication is correct Turn on one of the inverters connected to the network The keypad shows POWER ON To scan the inverters connected to the network set the device address on the keypad to 0 please refer to the Programming Manual of the inverter being used The list of the connected devices appears on the keypad display Select the
60. Frequency speed setting Digital reference 0 1 Hz SW 1 rpm VTC SW 0 01 rpm FOC and SYN SW Z resolution 12 bit Analog reference 4096 with respect to speed range O Open loop 0 590 of max speed precision Closed loop with an encoder 0 0196 of max speed Overload capacity Up to 2 times rated current for 120 sec Starting torque Up to 20096 Cn for 120 sec and 24096 Cn for a short duration Torque boost Programmable for a rated torque increase Operation method Operation via terminal board keypad MODBUS RTU serial interface field bus interface 3 analog inputs to be configured as voltage current inputs 2 Reference analog inputs 1 single ended input max resolution 12 bits auxiliary inputs 2 differential inputs max resolution 12 bits E Analog quantities from keypad serial interface field bus 5 Digital inputs 8 digital inputs 3 preset inputs ENABLE START RESET and 5 configurable inputs 15 sets of programmable speed values 32 000 rpm first 3 sets with resolution 0 01 P rpm FOC and SYN Methods 4 4 accel decel ramps 0 to 6 500 sec possibility to set user defined patterns 4 configurable digital outputs with possibility to set internal timers for 2 activation deactivation delay a 1 push pull output 20 48 50 mA max Digital outputs 1 NPN PNP output 5 48 50 mA max 5 2 relay outputs with reverse contacts 250 30
61. HFBR 4516 Duplex Latching DUPLEX CRIMP RING HFBR 4526 49 Figure 35 Double optical fibre connector The following links are required from control unit to driver board in inverter arm U top and bottom IGBT control signals from control unit to driver board in inverter arm V top and bottom IGBT control signals from control unit to driver board in inverter arm W top and bottom IGBT control signals V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 65 321 0 2 3 4 J 6 9 0 2 3 4 J 6 9 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INTERNAL CONNECTIONS FOR 564 SINUS PENTA ANTRIEBSTECHNIK Type of Cable Signal Connection Marking Component Board Connector Component Board Connector inverter arm control signals for 9_pole shielded with auxiliary power P able CPS 1 control unit ES842 CN4 auxiliary CN3 supply power ped supply unit li control signals for 9 pole shielded control unit ES842 CN14 phase ES841 CN3 phase U cable s for ee control unit ES842 phase V ES841 CN3 control signals for 9 pole shielded C W control unit ES842 CN8 phase W ES841 CN3 phose W coble _ inverter arm auxiliary 24 control unit 1 unipolar with auxiliary power MRI 1 control unit ES842 MRI 1 power
62. LxHxD LxHxD kg kg kg kW kW 0964 2T AT 2 4 2 2 12 2 1130 2T AT 2 4 2 4 14 4 1296 2T AT 2 4 230x1400 1480x1400 2 6 15 6 574 0964 5T 6T 2 4 x480 x560 8 110 776 14 4 1130 5T 6T 2 4 3 0 18 0 1296 5T 6T 2 4 3 2 19 2 9 When housing the control unit or the splitter unit or the auxiliary power supply unit the module depth is 560 mm Three inverter modules must be provided with an integrated splitter unit Two inverter modules must provided with an integrated auxiliary power supply unit ANTRIEBSTECHNIK V WALTHER FLENDER 27 321 CON CON O INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS e Inverter modules and braking module only SINUS PENTA Configuration inverter powered directly from a DC power supply source with a braking unit Models where no parallel connected inverter modules are installed S64 Power Power Dissipated Modules Dimensions Weight Dissipated with 50 lt Braking Duty Cyde O 2 5 a 3 9 gt 5 52 0 232 2 352 ss 2 308 225z 8 2 5 22 55255555252 55 Yo 5 o gt gt 6 s lt 22 gt 01050120 29 5
63. Models including parallel connected inverter modules 575 and S80 Power dissipated Modules Dimensions Weight P at Inom uo z 3 N 9 5 5 22 5 5 5 eo 52 So 9 9 02 z gt 22 t3 25505 2 2 5 Os OD poo oz 555 683 Q3 E gt 9 50 gt 23 2 as cf 6 5252 5 a a o t a LxHxD LxHxD kg kg kg kW kW kW 0964 2T AT 2 6 1 1 2 2 15 4 75 H130 2T 4T 2 a 1980x1 400x560 aso 13 24 1 0 1296 2T AT 2 6 230x1400x480 110 110 1 5 2 6 18 6 0964 5 6 2 6 1 6 2 4 17 6 1130 5 6 3 6 1 3 3 0 21 9 580 1296 5T 6T 3 5 2230 1400 560 990 16 32 240 When housing the control unit or the splitter unit the module depth becomes 560 mm Three inverter modules must be provided with an integrated splitter unit OC CW Co CO CO GO CO CO CO CO x E N Leo z z O oO amp Bo 25 321 WQWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Inverter feeder and braking unit Configuration power supply delivered from the mains integrated braking unit Models where no parallel connected inverter modules are installed 565 and S70
64. foo SS a p e E LINE n 1 1 4 EMC OUTPUT EACTOR FILTER TION Ic pe Ed Ru i wadi 1 gt L f MV FILTER K mS 111 I NS foes INVERTE E gt MOTOR bd m l E J SPEED REFERENCE Ep m EFERENCE T ip U 1 5kohm INPUT ALO L i OUTPUTS ta SPEED 1 1 E REFERENCE r i De SPEED 1 REFERENCE 0 4 204 IFFERENTIAL SOURCE 2 ANALOG INPUT OUTPUT 1 1 CURRENT i NOT IFFERENTIAL 6 i USED ANALOG INPUT s1155 sw1 ECT 2 icu PULL PIC T d 26 START 27 02 ENABLE fe T germ a RESET IGITAL 4 281 CMD02 TPUT MULTISPEED 0 4 MULTISPEED 1 5 d 18 u DIGITAL M du INPUT 16 i SOURCE SELECTION 4 im ic c MA A VERTER RUN LOCAL REMOTE P B 4 HB 4 2 ic Cw CCW LS y TPUT o o 224 004 4 4 p 2 200m4 1 pes L INVERTER OK 17 TN NO ALARM Figure 21 Wiring diagram In case of fuse line protection always install the fuse failure CAUTION NOTE to be installed on the equipment NOTE section for the ID numbers of the wiring terminals When no DC reactor is used terminals 47D and 47 must be MOTE setting CAUTION CON gt gt gt 50 321 i WQWALTHER FLENDER AN
65. lomax 50mA 28 CMDO2 Common for multifunction digital output 2 Common for multifunction output 2 Screwable terminal board in two extractable sections suitable for cross sections 0 2 2 5 mm AWG 24 12 Name Description Features Dip Switch 29 MDO3 NC Multifunction relay digital output 3 NC contact 30 MDO3 C Multifunction relay digital output 3 NC contact Reverse contact with low logic level common terminal is closed with NC 31 MDO3 NO Multifunction relay digital output 3 common terminal with high logic level common terminal is open with NO 32 MDO4 NC Multifunction relay digital output 3 NO contact Vomox 250 lomax Vomax 30 VDC lomax 33 MDO4 C Multifunction relay digital output 4 NC contact 34 MDO4 NO Multifunction relay digital output 4 common 84 321 A A Analog outputs are inactive under the following circumstances digital outputs inactive and OV OmA for analog outputs inverter off NOTE inverter initialization after startup inverter in emergency mode see Programming Manual updating of the application software Always consider those conditions when operating the inverter The software considers encoder inputs MDI6 ECHA MDI7 ECHB as ENCODER in the terminal board NOTE Inserting an optional board in slot C inactivates digital inputs and on
66. 0037 1 2 220112060 3 5 53 270112070 3 PHASE 5 5 0 0 0038 5 0040 0049 220112050 AC 3 PHASE 14 5 183 0060 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 219 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS gt 225 244 rod 3 8 8 d RES gt segel t P000540 B 250 Figure 95 Mechanical features of AC 3 phase inductance 2T 4T classes in IP54 cabinet 220 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 ENCODER BOARD ES836 2 SLOT A Board for incremental bidirectional encoder to be used as a speed feedback for inverters of the SINUS series It allows the acquisition of encoders with power supply ranging from 5 to 15VDC adjustable output voltage with complementary outputs line driver push pull TTL outputs It can also be connected to 24DC encoders with both complementary and single ended push pull or PNP NPN outputs The encoder board is to be installed into SLOT A See section Installing Encoder Board ES836 2 SLOT A on the Inverter Encoder supply voltage selection jumper TH 27 e D 15 aa Encoder supply voltage adjustement trimmer Input configuration dip switch
67. 1 0140254 1 2mH 69Arms 87 Apeak Not applicable 0140304 0 64mH 160Arms 195Apeak 0140404 0 36mH 275Arms 345 Apeak 0140504 0 24mH 420Arms 520Apeak IMO140554 0 216mH 460Arms 580Apeak 0140654 0 132mH 740Arms 930Apeak 0140754 0 092mH 1040Arms1300 Apeak 0140854 0 072mH 1470Arms 1850Apeak V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6T CLASSES AND INDUCTANCE OUTPUT INDUCTANCE IMO126004 2 0mH 11Arms AC 3 phase 1 0126044 1 27mH 17Arms 3 phase IMO126084 0 7mH 32A rms AC 3 phase 1 0126124 0 51mH 43Arms 3 phase IMO126084 0 7mH 32A rms AC 3 phase 1 0126124 0 51mH 43Arms AC 3 phase IMO126144 0 32mH 68Arms AC 3 phase 1 0126164 0 24 mH 92Arms AC 3 phase 1 0126204 0 16mH 142Arms AC 3 phase 1 0126244 0 09mH 252Arms AC 3 phase 1 0126284 0 061mH 362A rms 3 phase 1 0126324 0 054mH 410Arms 3 phase IMO126364 0 033mH 662Arms 3 phase IMO126404 0 023mH 945Arms AC 3 phase 1 0126444 0 018mH 1260Arms AC 3 phase continued 213 321 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 x IM0140674 0964 2 x IM0126404 2 x IMO140754 0 024 mH 950 A AC single phase 1130 2 x IM0126404 2 x IM0140754 6 x IM0140774 1296 2 x IM0126444 2 x IM0140854 ata AG continued 1 214 321 V WALTHER FLENDER
68. 130 75 0 30 64kW not not not TOES 2 4000 I4 value to be set for parameter C212 When setting the braking duty cycle in C211 make sure that the maximum power dissipated from the braking resistor being used is not exceeded Wire cross sections relate to the applications covered in this manual 175 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK co c NY INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 2 BRAKING UNIT BU200 An external braking unit is available to be connected to terminals and see section Power Wiring in the standard Installation Instructions manual of the inverter for sizes S40 to S65 This type of braking unit can be used when a high braking torque is needed particularly when a prompt braking is needed for high inertial loads e g fans The braking power required to brake a rotating object is proportional to the total moment of inertia of the rotating object to speed variations and to absolute speed while it inversely proportional to the deceleration time required This braking power is dissipated to a resistor external to the braking unit with an Ohm value depending on the inverter size and the average power to be dissipated 6 2 1 INSPECTIONS UPON RECEIPT OF THE GOODS Make sure that the equipment is not damaged and it complies with the equipment you ordered by referring to its front nameplate see figure below If the equipment is damaged co
69. 2 150 300kcmils 0964 BU 1440 5 6T 2 1 2 100000 parallel connected 0 60 2 240 400kcmils 1130 BU 1440 5 6T 4 2 4 64000 parallel connected 0 60 2 240 400kcmils 1296 BU 1440 5 6T 4 2 4 64000 parallel connected 0 60 2 240 400kcmils Applications with a braking duty cycle of 5096 Braking Resistors Inverter Broking Unit Applicoble Resistors Wire Cross section Size Quantity Recommended Power Resistor Wiring Ohm mm AWG or Rating Ohm W kcmils 0250 BU 720 5 6T 4 2 4 48000 series parallel conn 2 40 120 250 kcmils 0312 BU 720 5 6T 4 2 4 48000 series parallel conn 2 40 120 250 kcmils 0366 BU 720 5 6T 4 2 4 48000 series parallel conn 2 40 185 400 kcmils 0399 BU 720 5 6T 4 1 6 64000 series parallel conn 1 60 210 500 kcmils 0457 BU 720 5 6T 4 1 6 64000 series parallel conn 1 60 2 120 250 kcmils 0524 BU 720 5 6T 4 1 2 64000 series parallel conn 1 20 2 120 250 kcmils 0598 BU 720 5 6T 4 1 2 100000 series parallel conn 1 20 2 185 400 kcmils 0748 BU 1440 5 6T 4 0 8 100000 series parallel conn 0 80 2 185 400 kcmils 0831 BU 1440 5 6T 4 0 8 100000 series parallel conn 0 80 2 185 400 kcmils 0964 BU 1440 5 6T 8 1 2 64000 series parallel conn 0 60 4 150 300 kcmils 1130 BU 1440 5 6T 8 1 2 100000 series parallel conn 0 60 4 150 300 kcmils 1296 BU 1440 5 6T 8 1 2 100000 series parallel conn 0 60 4 150 300 kcmils 196 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK
70. 25 30 30 36 35 40 35 4 35 4 40 48 50 58 112 134 55 3 103 118 142 60 70 120 144 173 75 85 135 155 186 88 100 75 100 180 200 240 530 100 116 85 115 120 195 215 258 SINUS 0150 45 60 135 75 100 1133 90 125 135 90 125 1127 215 270 324 SINUS 0162 55 75 170 90 125 159 110 150 166 110 150 153 240 290 348 continued 145 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK CoN gt o INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS continued SINUS 0179 60 300 340 408 540 SINUS 0200 65 345 365 438 SINUS 0216 75 375 430 516 SINUS 0250 90 77 390 480 576 SINUS 0312 110 150 332 250 321 220 300 326 250 340 337 480 600 720 550 SINUS 0366 120 165 375 270 341 250 340 5366 260 350 359 550 660 792 SINUS 0399 132 180 390 300 375 260 350 390 300 400 413 630 720 864 SINUS 0524 185 250 550 430 528 375 510 540 400 550 544 800 960 1152 93 SINUS 0598 200 S65 SINUS 0748 250 SINUS 0831 280 SINUS 0964 355 S75 SINUS 1130 400 SINUS 1296 450 1287 1000 200 240Vac 380 500Vac 280 360Vdc 530 705Vdc Penta s Supply Voltage The rated current of the applicable motor must not exceed 5 of Inom Input and output choke is required for these models 5 1 4 2 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR 5T AND 6T
71. 6 9 CON O NM INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA Do the following to use the thermistor 1 Configure analog input AIN2 PTC by setting SW1 3 Off SW1 4 SW1 5 On 2 Connect the motor thermal protection terminals between terminals 7 and 8 in the control board 3 In the Thermal protection menu set the motor protection method with PTC refer to SINUS PENTA s Programming Manual 104 321 CAUTION PTCs are located inside the motor winding coils Although the safety standard imposes to perform an isolation test between the motor windings and the sensor applying 2 5kV voltage if failures occur on the motor side dangerous voltage peaks may be produced in PTC wiring so electrical shock exists in case of accidental contacts in the inverter low voltage circuits V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 4 4 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR ANALOG INPUTS Specification Min Type Max Unit of m Input impedance in voltage configuration REF input 10K Q Input impedance in voltage configuration differential inputs AINT AIN2 80K Q Input impedance in current configuration 250 Q Offset cumulative error and gain with respect to full scale value 0 25 96 Temperature coefficient of gain error and offset 200 Digital resolution in voltage mode 12 bit Digital resolution in cur
72. Figure 30 Figure 31 Figure 32 Figure 33 Figure 34 Figure 35 Figure 36 Figure 37 Figure 38 Figure 39 Figure 40 Figure 41 Figure 42 Figure 43 Figure 44 Figure 45 Figure 46 Figure 47 Figure 48 Figure 49 Figure 50 Figure 51 Figure 52 Figure 53 Figure 54 8 321 Iriv rtei nameplate aedes Ele capas ee dae 18 Fixing points for STAND ALONE models from 505 to 550 35 Piercing template for size S60 36 Fittings for through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA 505 37 Piercing templates for through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA 505 37 Fittings for through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA 510 38 Piercing template for through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA 510 38 Fittings for through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA 512 39 Piercing template for through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA 512 39 Through panel assembly and piercing template for Sinus PENTA 515 520 530 40 Removing the mounting plate in SINUS PENTA 540 for through panel assembly 41 Through panel assembly and piercing templates for SINUS PENTA 540 41 Removing the mounting plate in SINUS PENTA 550 for through panel assembl
73. LE INVERTE LE INVERTE Figure 84 External power connections for modular inverters 565 570 provided with braking unit BU770 1440 Feeder n 2 power supply 2 is available for size 570 192 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS EEEE 0 _ tig 1 J B 2 5 e m ma 9 2 m Hr EE 2 x 5 3 jt pO U 4 gt 5 Me 1 X Hh 25 z B x apu Hr L e C C nV s Hi Figure 85 External power connections for modular inverters 575 580 provided with braking unit BU770 1440 AN NOTE Feeder n 3 is available for size S80 8 193 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA
74. Negative polarity with respect to pins 1 for one MARK Signal D1 according to MODBUS IDA association 5 TX RX A Differential input output A bidirectional according to standard RS485 Positive polarity with respect to pins 2 4 for one MARK Signal D1 according to MODBUS IDA association 6 7 8 control board zero volt Common according to MODBUS IDA association CON O NM 120 321 WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS The pin lay out of RJ 45 connector is shown in the figure below 008517 0 Figure 64 Pin lay out of serial link 1 connector MODBUS IDA association http www modbus org defines the type of wiring for MODBUS communications via serial link RS485 as a 2 wire cable The following specifications are recommended Type of cable Screened cable composed of balanced D1 DO pair common conductor Common Min cross section of conductors AWG24 corresponding to 0 25 sq mm For long cable length larger cross sections up to 0 75 sq mm are recommended Max length 1000 metres based on the max distance between two stations Characteristic impedance Better if exceeding 1000 1200 is typically recommended Standard colours Yellow brown for D1 DO pair grey for Common signal The figure below shows the reference wiring diagram recommended from MODBUS IDA association for the connection of
75. SINUS PENTA Voltage class 6T Applications with a braking duty cycle of 1096 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Braking Resistors Applicable Resistors Resultan Wire Cross Quantity Recommended Power Resistor Wiring t Roting 2 raing Ohm W Ohm mm AWG or kcmils 0250 BU 720 5 6T 1 2 4 48000 2 4 50 1 0AWG 0312 BU 720 5 6T 1 2 4 48000 2 4 50 1 0AWG 0366 BU 720 5 6T 1 2 4 48000 2 4 50 1 0AWG 0399 BU 720 5 6T 1 2 4 64000 2 4 50 1 0AWG 0457 BU 720 5 6T 1 1 6 64000 1 6 120 250 kcmils 0524 BU 720 5 6T 1 1 6 64000 1 6 120 250 kcmils 0598 BU 960 5 6T 1 1 2 100000 1 2 120 250 kcmils 0748 BU 960 5 6T 1 1 2 100000 1 2 185 400 kcmils 0831 BU 960 5 6T 1 1 2 100000 1 2 185 400 kcmils 0964 BU 1440 5 6T 2 1 6 100000 parallel conneded 0 8 240 500 kcmils 1130 BU 1440 5 6T 2 1 6 100000 parallel conneded 0 8 240 500 kcmils 1296 BU 1440 5 6T 2 1 6 100000 parallel connected 0 8 240 500 kcmils Applications with a braking duty cycle of 2096 Braking Resistors Applicoble Resistors m Wire Cross section Inverter Size Braking Unit 2 Quantity Recommended Power Resistor Wiring Rating mm AWG or rating Ohm W Ohm kemils 0250 BU 720 5 6T 1 2 4 64000 2 4 95 4 0AWG 0312 BU 720 5 6T 2 1 2 64000 series connec
76. Specifications are the following INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Type of cable Screened cable composed of a balanced pair named D1 DO common conductor Common Min cross section conductors for the AWG24 corresponding to 0 25sqmm for long lengths cross sections up to 0 75sqmm are recommended Maximum length 1000 meters based on the max distance measured between two stations Characteristic impedance Greater than 1000 recommended typically 1200 Standard colours Yellow brown for the D1 DO pair grey for the Common signal The typical wiring diagram recommended by the MODBUS IDA Association for the connection of 2 wire devices is shown in Figure 142 MASTE Figure 142 Recommended wiring diagram for the connection of 2 wire MODBUS devices The network composed of the termination resistor and the polarization resistors is incorporated into the inverter and can be activated via dip switches The figure above shows the termination network for the devices located at both ends of the network where the terminator must be installed V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 285 321 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PEN
77. and so on that are usually installed one next to the other thus causing disturbance Low frequency harmonics High frequency electromagnetic interference EMI High frequency interference High frequency interference is disturbance or radiated interference with gt 9kHz frequency Critical values range from 150kHz to 1000MHz Interference is often caused by commutations to be found in any device i e switching feeders and drive output modules High frequency disturbance may interfere with the correct operation of the other devices High frequency noise produced by a device may cause malfunctions in measurement systems and communication systems so that radio receivers only receive electrical noise This may cause unexpected faults Two fields may be concerned immunity EN50082 1 2 EN61800 3 A11 and following EN 61800 3 issue 2 and emissions EN 55011group 1 and 2 A EN 55011 group 1 cl B 61800 3 11 and following EN 61800 3 issue 2 Standards EN55011 and 50082 as well as standard 61800 3 define immunity and emission levels required for devices designed to operate in different environments Drives manufactured by Walther Flender AT GmbH are designed to operate under the most different conditions so they all ensure high immunity against RFI and high reliability any environment The table below defines PDS Power Drive Systems of 61800 3 2002 which will become 61800 3 issue 2 Environment incl
78. do not exceed the max allowable connection length based on the baud rate use proper connectors The table below shows the standard baud rate values and the corresponding max length of the bus if cables of Type A are used Allowable Baudrate Max Length for Cable of Type A 9 6 kbits s 1 2 km 19 2 kbits s 1 2 km 45 45 kbits s 1 2 km 93 75 kbits s 1 2 km 187 5 kbits s 1 km 500 kbits s 400 m 1 5 Mbits s 200m 3 Mbits s 100m 6 Mbits s 100m 12 Mbits s 100m We recommend that Profibus FC FastConnect connectors be used They offer the following benefits No welding required for the connections inside the cable One ingoing cable and one outgoing cable can be used so that connections of intermediate nodes can be stubless thus avoiding signal reflections The internal resistors can be connected through a switch located on the connector frame Profibus FC connectors are provided with an internal impedance adapting network to compensate for the connector capacity If you use Profibus FC connectors with internal terminators you can activate either the connector terminal or the board terminals in the first last device only Do not activate both terminators at a time and do not activate terminators in intermediate nodes A comprehensive overview of the Profibus is given at http www profibus com In particular you can download the Installation Guideline for PROFIBUS DP FMS containin
79. ee d Bao even reip tare 152 6 1 1 2 Braking Resistors for Applications with a Braking DUTY CYCLE of 20 and 380 500 Vac Supply aan here Oro etie te 154 6 1 1 3 Braking Resistors for Applications with a Braking DUTY CYCLE of 50 and 380 500 Vac SUPPlY 156 6 1 1 4 Braking Resistors for Applications with a Braking DUTY CYCLE of 10 and 200 240 Vac SITIS Aelio dees 158 6 1 1 5 Braking Resistors for Applications with a Braking DUTY CYCLE of 20 and 200 240 Vac S pply Volldg amp a 160 6 1 1 6 Braking Resistors for Applications with a Braking DUTY CYCLE of 50 and 200 240 Vac Supply Voltage iet ertet Eh eR ERES 162 6 1 1 7 Braking Resistors for Applications with a Braking DUTY CYCLE of 10 and 500 575 Vac Supply Voltage IHE ena sana REAPER Ee a EROR PAPE 164 6 1 1 8 Braking Resistors for Applications with a Braking DUTY CYCLE of 20 and 500 575 Vac Supply Voltage E 165 6 1 1 9 Braking Resistors for Applications with a Braking DUTY CYCLE of 50 and 500 575 Vac Supply Voltage HE Re EE Esa AER 166 6 1 1 10 Braking Resistors for Applications with a Braking DUTY CYCLE of 1096 and 660 690 Vac Supply Voltage iiic er e er hern b eR RI REIR Pe 167 6 1 1 11 Braking
80. hundred meters far from the machine and which are connected to the same mains The following appliances are particularly sensitive to disturbance computers radio receivers and TV receivers biomedical equipment weighing systems machines using thermoregulation telephone systems Mains disturbance may be limited by installing a mains filter to reduce RFI Walther Flender AT GmbH adopted this solution to suppress RFI 7 1 2 OUTPUT CHOKES Ferrite is a simple radiofrequency filter Ferrite cores are high permeable ferromagnetic materials used to weaken cable disturbance in case of three phase conductors all phases must go through the ferrite in case of single phase conductors or 2 wire line both phases must go through the ferrite incoming and outcoming conductor cables that are to be filtered must go through the ferrite 7 1 3 THE CABINET To prevent input and output of electromagnetic emissions to and from the cabinet draw particular attention to the cabinet doors opening and cable paths A Use a seam welded metal frame ensuring electrical continuity Provide an unpainted reference grounding support on the frame bottom This steel sheet or metal grill is to be connected to the metal frame which is also connected to the ground mains of the equipment All components must be bolted directly to the grounding support B Hinged parts or mobile parts i e doors must be made of metal and capable of restor
81. or press the RESET key on the display keypad 129 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 CON QE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA 4 3 FOC Motor Control 1 Wiring 2 Power on 3 Parameter alteration 4 Supply voltage 5 Motor parameters 130 321 Follow the instructions stated in the Caution Statements and Installation sections Power on the drive and do not close the link to the START input to prevent the motor from running Access parameter POOO Key parameter and set its code default value 00001 Select the Engineering access level seting POO Eng Use the ESC and SAVE ENTER keys to access the programming parameters Also refer to the Menu Tree in the SINUS PENTA S Programming Instruction Manual Set the real supply voltage for the drive You can set either mains voltage range or the DC supply stabilized by a Regenerative Penta drive To set the type of power supply for the drive access the MOTOR CONTROL MENU and set configuration parameter COOB to the value corresponding to the installation concerned Set C010 Control Algorithm as FOC Field Oriented Control Set the motor ratings as follows C015 C016 017 C018 C019 C029 If the no load current of the motor is known in C021 lo set the value of lo expressed as a percentage of the motor rated current If the no load current of the motor is not known but the motor
82. 100 24000W IP23 4 RE4293100 0312 4 BU200 10 4 100 24000W IP23 4 RE4293100 550 0366 6 BU200 10 6 100 24000W IP23 6 RE4293100 0399 6 BU200 10 6 100 24000W IP23 6 RE4293100 So 0457 8 BU200 10 8 100 24000W IP23 8 RE4293100 0524 10 BU200 10 10 100 24000W IP23 10 RE4293100 8 continued 156 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA BU1440 2 4 4 1 20 64000W INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS continued A RE4562120 BU1440 2T 4T 4 1 20 64000W 4 RE4562120 BU1440 2 4 4 0 80 64000W 4 RE4561800 BU1440 2T 4T 8 1 60 48000W 8 RE4462160 BU1440 2T 4T 8 1 20 48000W 8 RE4462120 BU1440 2T 4T 8 1 20 64000W 8 RE4562120 For the connection of external braking units and braking resistors please refer to the relevant instruction manuals CAUTION gt gt DANGER Braking resistors may reach temperatures higher than 200 C V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK Braking resistors may dissipate approx 5096 of the rated power of the connected CAUTION motor use a proper air cooling system Do not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects Do not connect any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower than the value stated in the tables 157 321 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 1 4 BRAKING RESISTORS FOR APPLICATIONS WITH A BRAKING DUTY CYCL
83. 1mm supply 1 ES840 MR1 3 phase U ES841 MRI 1 supply driver boards ES841 24V GU OVD Power unipolar cable 1mm supply 1 ES840 MRI 4 phase U 584 MR1 2 supply driver boards ES841 24VD Power unipolar cable 1mm phase U ES841 MR1 3 phase V ES841 MRI 1 supply driver boards ES841 24N GV OVD Power unipolar cablel mm phase U ES841 MRI 4 phase V ES84 MR1 2 supply driver boards ES841 24VD Power unipolar cable 1mm phase V ES841 MR1 3 phase W ES841 MRI 1 supply driver boards ES841 2AV GW OVD Power unipolar cable 1mm phase V ES841 1 4 phase W ES84 MR1 2 supply driver boards ES841 IGBT command double optical fibre G U control uni ES842 OP19 OP20 phase U ES841 OP4 OP5 phase U IGBT command double optical fibre G V control uni ES842 13 14 phase V ES841 OP4 OP5 phase V IGBT command double optical fibre G W control uni ES842 OP8 OP9 phase W ES841 OP4 OP5 phase W GBT fault single optical fibre FA U control uni ES842 OP15 phase U ES841 OP3 phase U fault IGBT FA V control uni ES842 OP10 phase V ES841 OP3 phase V GBT fault single optical fibre FA W control uni ES842 OP5 phase W ES841 OP3 phase W bus bar voltage single optical fibre VB control uni ES842 OP2 one phase ES843 OP2 reading GBT fault single optical fibre ST U control uni ES842 OP16 phase U ES843 OPI phase U IGBT status single optical fibre 5 control uni ES842 OP11 phase V ES843 OPI phase V GBT fault single optical fibre ST W control uni ES842 OP
84. 2 4 TX RX B Differential input output B bidirectional according to standard RS485 Negative polarity with respect to pins 1 3 for one MARK Signal D1 according to MODBUS IDA association 5 GND control board zero volt Common according to MODBUS IDA association 6 VTEST Test supply input see section below 7 9 8 not connected 5 V max 100 mA for power supply of optional converter RS 485 RS 232 The D connector metal frame is connected to the grounding Wire duplex cable braiding to the metal frame of the female connector to be connected to the inverter To avoid obtaining a too high common voltage for driver RS 485 of the master or the multidrop connected devices connect together terminals GND if any for all devices This ensures equipotentiality for all signal circuits thus providing the best operating conditions for drivers RS 485 however if devices are connected to each others with analog interfaces this can create ground loops If disturbance occurs when communication interfaces and analog interface operate at a time use optional galvanically isolated communications interface RS 485 Otherwise serial link 1 can be connected through RJ 45 connector Pins of RJ 45 connector are the following PIN FUNCTION 1 2 4 5 V max 100mA for the power supply of external optional RS 485 RS232 converter 3 TX RX B Differential input output B bidirectional according to standard RS485
85. 2 wire devices ianced Pair anced Pair anced r 4 pull dr pes 1 pull up L 1 4 4 pull dr n LAVE LAVE TE Figure 65 Recommended wiring diagram for 2 wire MODBUS connection Note that the networks composed of the termination resistor and the polarization resistors are integrated into the inverter and can be activated via appropriate dip switches Figure 65 shows the termination network in the devices at both ends of the chain The terminator must be inserted in those devices only 121 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 9 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 0 E NOTE 3 7 3 2 SINUS PENTA Four pair data transfer cables of Category 5 are normally used for serial links Although their usage is not recommended cables of Category 5 can be used for short cable paths Note that the colours of such cables are different from the colours defined by MODBUS IDA association One pair is used for D1 DO signals one pair is used as a Common conductor while the remaining two pairs must not be connected to any other device or must be connected to the Common All devices connected to the communication multidrop network should be grounded to the
86. 282 Speed loop eo teet roo eR 129 132 Speed regulator 129 132 STO MAGMA 137 141 Standard Mounting 35 43 47 m 15 95 asia rM sa RR ERE eux 125 126 128 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS H 137 145 Terminals Control E epe 83 lp 68 Thermal proteclion 15 103 Through Panel Assembly 37 U UL Approved Fuses 78 79 Upload ete Re e o 113 V Voltage Class 141 143 145 IE NP 140 142 144 146 gom 11 12 128 W Wiring 50 51 321 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 5 6 8
87. 3 Applicability uu ou u Terrae av t De ee Fee 202 6 4 2 4 Connecting the eene erre enne 202 6 4 2 5 Communications 2 204 6 4 2 6 204 6 5 M 205 6 5 1 205 6 5 2 12 phase connection n eerte eterna 208 6 5 3 Output Inductance EM 209 6 5 4 Applying the Inductance to the eene nennen 211 6 5 4 1 2T Class AC and DC 211 6 5 4 2 5T 6T CLASSES AC and DC 213 6 5 4 3 5T 6T CLASSES and DC 215 6 5 4 4 2T AT CLASSES Interphase 216 6 5 4 5 5T 6T CLASSES Interphase 216 6 5 5 Ind ctance Ratings e dte p ATE EUR ERAS 217 6 5 5 1 CLASS 21 EE 217 6 5 5 2 51 61 5 5 ee cedes eee e RE dede Eai
88. 32 34 36 38 500Vac 50Hz Imin 6 8 9 3 DIGITAL OUTPUTS Value Features of the Digital Outputs Min Type Max Unit Working voltage range for outputs XMDO1 8 20 24 50 V Max current that can be commutated from outputs 8 50 mA Voltage drop of outputs XMDO1 8 when active 2 V Leakage current of outputs XMDO1 8 when active 4 Isolation test voltage between terminals CMDO1 8 and CMA 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 500Vac 50Hz 1 min V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 253 321 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 8 9 4 SuPPLY OUTPUTS SINUS PENTA Features of the Analog Supply Outputs Value Min Type Max Unit Voltage available on terminal 15V 4 with respect to CMA 6 14 25 15 15 75 V Voltage available on terminal 15V 5 with respect to CMA 6 15 75 15 V 14 25 Max current that can be delivered from 15 output and that can be 100 mA absorbed by output 15 Features of the Digital Supply Outputs Value Min Type Mox Unit Voltage available 24V terminals 44 49 with respect to CMD 43 21 24 27 V 50 Max current that can be delivered from 24 output 200 mA NOTE CAUTION exceeded 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 254 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK Irreversible faults occur if the min max input output voltage ratings are The isolated supply
89. 4 25 L L SH PULL LEN Ya TPUT EN LECT L INTERFACE LE ERTE NIT LE A ERTE L 63 64 65 66 67 ILIA Figure 24 External connections for modular inverters S64 The capacitors inside the DC power supply unit must always be precharged AN CAUTION Failure to do so will damage the inverter as well as its power supply unit NOTE Please refer to the REACTORS section CON O amp ERTE LE T 584 INTERFACE 54 321 WQWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 2 3 EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS FOR MODULAR INVERTERS S74 IT g2 S Figure 25 External connections for modular inverters S74 CAUTION The capacitors inside the DC power supply unit must always be precharged Failure to do so will damage the inverter as well as its power supply unit NOTE Please refer to the REACTORS section gt gt 0 1 lt 7 5 6 9 55 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK O NM INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 2 4 12 PHASE CONNECTION FOR MODULAR INVERTERS
90. 4 2 1 6 100000 parallel connected 0 8 240 500 0964 BU1440 2 4 2 1 6 100000 parallel connected 0 8 2 120 250 1130 BU1440 2 4 3 1 6 100000 parallel connected 0 57 3 120 400 1296 BU1440 2 4 3 1 6 100000 parallel connected 0 57 3 120 400 Applications with a braking duty cycle of 50 Braking Resistors Resultant Applicable Resistors Rating Ohm Wire Cross Size aku babi Resistor Wiring section Quantity Recommended Power mm kcmils Rating Ohm W 0598 BU1440 2T 4T 4 1 2 64000 series parallel 1 2 2 120 250 connected 0748 BU1440 2T 4T 4 1 2 64000 series parallel 1 2 2 120 250 connected 0831 BU1440 2T 4T 4 0 8 100000 series parallel 0 8 2 185 400 connected 0964 BU1440 2T 4T 4 0 8 100000 series parallel 0 8 2 210 400 connected 1130 BU1440 2T 4T 4 0 6 100000 series parallel 0 6 2 240 400 connected 1296 BU1440 2T 4T 4 0 6 100000 series parallel 0 6 4 120 400 connected 195 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Voltage class 5T Applications with a braking duty cycle of 1096 SINUS PENTA 0 Braking Resistors Inverter Broking Unit Applicoble Resistors Resultant Wire Cross section Size Quantity Recommended Power Resistor Wiring R
91. 480 355 480 512 375 510 497 550 660 792 528 375 510 540 400 550 544 630 720 864 220 300 661 400 SINUS 0524 260 350 780 450 610 680 841 1100 1320 450 610 665 500 680 673 720 880 1056 765 500 680 7311560 770 751 960 1152 900 760 1000 1300 1560 SINUS 0598 300 400 898 500 565 SINUS 0748 330 450 985 560 SINUS 0831 400 550 1183 630 860 1440 1728 560 760 817 630 860 864 939 630 860 939 710 970 960 1080 800 1090 1160 800 109011067 1200 SINUS 0964 450 610 1330 800 1090 1334 900 1230 1287 1000 1360 1317 1480 1780 2136 575 2448 1 SINUS 1130 560 770 1633 900 1230 1480 1100 1500 163011170 1600 1570 1700 2040 2448 SINUS 1296 630 860 1878 1100 1500 1874 1240 1690 180011340 1830 1800 1950 2340 2808 200 240Vac 280 360Vdc 380 500Vac 530 705Vdc Penta s Supply Voltage The rated current of the applicable motor must not exceed 5 of Inom Input and output choke is required for these models 5 1 2 2 Applicable Motor Power Size Inverter Model 575Vac 660 690Vac Inom TECHNICAL SHEET FOR 5T AND 6T VOLTAGE CLASSES 1145 1369 1569 1800 SINUS 0831 SINUS 0964 SINUS 1130 SINUS 1296 Penta s Supply Voltage 1000 1180 1350 1540 1360 1
92. Aa N INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 8 4 BOARD ES847 TERMINALS SINUS PENTA Screwable terminal board including 12 sections each section can be individually removed for 0 08 1 5mm AWG 28 16 cables N Name Description Features Dip switch Notes 1 2 Not used Vis x 10V Rin 10k Q Resolution 12 bits 3 CMA OV for analog inputs common to control OV Control board zero Volt 4 5 15VM Stabilized bipolar output protected from short circuits 15V 15V lout max 15VM for auxiliary circuits 100mA 6 CMA OV for analog inputs common to control OV Control board zero Volt 7 8 2 Fast differential auxiliary analog input 10V f s 10V Rin 10k XAIN2 number 2 Resolution 12 bits 9 Fast differential auxiliary analog input 10V f s 10 Rin 10k 10 number 3 Resolution 12 bits 11 XAIN4 Fast differential auxiliary analog input 10V f s 10V Rin 10k 12 number 4 Resolution 12 bits 13 XAINS Fast auxiliary analog input current input number 20mA Rin 200 5 Resolution 12 bits 14 CMA OV for analog inputs for XAIN5 return Control board zero Volt 15 6 Fast auxiliary analog input current input number 20mA Rin 200 O 6 Resolution 12 bits 16 CMA for analog inputs
93. Di Vittorio 3 40020 Casalfiumanese BO Italia AS MANUFACTURER DECLARE UNDER OUR SOLE RESPONSABILITY THAT THE DIGITAL THREE PHASE AC INVERTER FROM SINUS CABINET PENTA and SINUS BOX PENTA LINES AND RELATED ACCESSORIES TO WHICH THIS DECLARATION RELATES APPLIED UNDER CONDITIONS SUPPLIED IN THE USER S MANUAL ARE IN CONFORMITY TO WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS CEI EN 61800 5 1 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 5 1 2005 Safety requirements Electrical thermal and energy Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 5 2 prEN 61800 5 2 2006 Safety requirements Functional EN 60146 1 1 1995 Semiconductor converters General requirements and line commutated A1 1998 converters Part 1 1 Specifications of basic requirements Semiconductor converters Part 2 EN 60146 2 2001 Self commutated semiconductor converters including direct d c converters Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 2 CEI EN 61800 2 1999 General requirements Rating specifications for low voltage adjustable frequency a c power drive systems Safety of machinery Electrical equipment of machines EN 60204 1 2005 10 Part 1 General requirements EN 60529 1992 EC 1993 1 2000 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures IP Code IEC 62103 2003 Electronic equipment for use in power installations Electronic equipment for use in power installations Low voltage switchgear and contro
94. EMC requirements and specific test methods FOLLOWING THE PROVISIONS OF ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY DIRECTIVE 2004 108 CE PLACE AND DATE General Manager Casalfiumanese 05 03 2007 RDA ING GIORGIO Elettronica Santerno Spa Stabilimenti e uffici Divisione R amp D Ufficio Milano Cap Soc 2 500 000 1 Societ soggetta all attivit di Via Di Vittorio 3 5 5 Selice 47 Via Trieste 99 Codice Fiscale e Partita Iva amp direzione e coordinamento di 40020 Casalfiumanese Bo italia 40060 Imola Bo 20064 Gorgonzola Mi 03686440284 Carraro Spa Tel 39 0542 668611 Tel 39 0542 687711 39 02 95138126 R E A 328951 GRUPPO Fax 39 0542 668600 Fax 39 0542 687722 Tel 39 02 95179254 Cod Mecc PD 054138 CARRARO www elettronicasanterno com Tel 39 02 95179458 Cod Ident IVA Intracom salesQbelettronicasanterno it Fax 39 02 95139216 1703686440284 EC DECLARATION BOX OF CONFORMITY UK doc 0 2 3 4 5 W WALTHER FLENDER 317 321 ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS ELETTRONICA WP SANTERN 150 9001 o MANUFACTURER S DECLARATION Elettronica Santerno S p A Via G Di Vittorio 3 40020 Casalfiumanese BO Italia AS MANUFACTURER DECLARE UNDER OUR SOLE RESPONSABILITY THAT THE DIGITAL THREE PHASE AC INVERTER FROM SINUS CABINET PENTA and SINUS BOX PENTA LINES TO WHICH THIS DECLARATION RELATES APPLIED UNDER CONDITIONS SUPPLIED IN THE USER S MANUAL ARE IN CONFORMITY TO WITH THE
95. FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA BU1440 2 4 2 2 40 64000W INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS continued 2 RE4562240 BU1440 2T 4T 2 2 40 64000W 2 RE4562240 BU1440 2T 4T 2 1 60 64000W 2 RE4562160 BU1440 2T 4T 3 2 40 64000W 3 RE4562240 BU1440 2T 4T 4 2 40 48000W 4 RE4462240 BU1440 2T 4T 4 2 40 64000W note Two series connected resistors 3 3 Ohm 8000 W note 2 parallel connected resistors 10 Ohm 12000 W note For the connection of external braking units and braking resistors please refer to the relevant instruction manuals CAUTION gt gt DANGER Braking resistors may reach temperatures higher than 200 C V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 4 RE4562240 Braking resistors may dissipate approx 2096 of the rated power of the connected CAUTION motor use a proper air cooling system Do not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects Do not connect any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower than the value stated in the tables 155 321 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 1 3 BRAKING RESISTORS FOR APPLICATIONS WITH A BRAKING DUTY CYCLE or 50 AND 380 500 SUPPLY VOLTAGE Min SINUS PENTA gii unit Ee ba BRAKIN
96. FWP 40B 236 20 412 20 40 FWP 40B 236 20 412 20 63 FWP 60B 685 20 412 20 100 FWP 100B 2290 20 412 20 40 40 350 FWP 40B 40 236 512 0025 0030 20 412 20 63 63 980 FWP 60B 60 685 0034 0036 20 412 20 100 100 2800 FWP 100B 100 2290 0038 515 0040 20 412 20 100 100 2800 FWP 100B 100 2290 0049 0060 20 412 20 125 125 5040 700 FWP 100B 100 2290 700 S20 0067 FWP 125A 125 5655 0074 20 412 20 160 160 10780 FWP 150A 150 11675 0086 20 412 20 200 200 19250 FWP 175A 175 16725 E 20 412 20 250 250 32760 FWP 225A 225 31175 980 0150 20 412 20 315 315 60200 FWP 250A 250 42375 0162 20 412 20 400 400 109200 FWP 350A 350 95400 0279 2041220400 400 109200 FWP 350A 350 95400 340 0216 20 622 32 550 550 136500 FWP 450A 450 139150 0250 20 622 32 700 700 287000 FWP 700A 700 189000 0312 S50 0366 20 622 32 800 800 406000 FWP 800A 800 280500 0399 S60 0457 20 622 32 1000 1000 602000 FWP 1000A 1000 390000 0524 20 622 32 1250 1250 1225000 FWP 1200A 1200 690000 0598 170M6067 1400 1700000 S65 0748 20 69232 1400 ad 1940090 170M6067 1400 1700000 0831 20 688 32 1600 1600 1344000 170M6069 1600 2700000 0964 2x1000 602000 2xFWP 1000A 2x1000 390000 75 1130 20 622 32 2x1250 1225000 2xFWP 1200A 2x1200 690000 1296 2x1400 1540000 2x170M6067 2x1400 1700000 79 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 6 5 5T AND 6T VOLTAGE CLASSES SINUS PENTA Invetrer Rated Current Terminal Cr
97. Field bus Profibus DP CANopen Device Net Ethernet with optional internal board SAFETY REQUIREMENTS EN 61800 5 1 EN50178 EN60204 1 IEC 22G 109 NP Marking 135 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 5 6 9 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 5 1 CHOOSING THE PRODUCT The inverter of the SINUS PENTA series are dimensioned based on allowable current and overload The SINUS PENTA series is characterized by 2 current values nom is the continuous current that can be delivered max is the max current that can be delivered in overload conditions for a time period of 120 sec every 20 min up to S30 and for a time period of 60 sec every 10 min from S40 to S70 Each inverter model may be connected to different motor power sizes depending on load performance Four types of torque current overloads are available LIGHT overload up to 120 may be connected light loads with constant quadratic torque pumps fans etc STANDARD overload up to 14096 may be connected to standard loads with constant torque conveyors mixers extruders etc HEAVY overload up to 175 may be connected to heavy loads with constant torque lifts injection presses mechanical presses translation and lifting of cranes bridge cranes mills etc STRONG overload up to 200 may be applied to very heavy loads with constant torque mandrels axis control etc The table be
98. Figure 113 shows how to connect slow analog inputs to current sources Channels XAIN8 XAIN9 10 XAIN11 corresponding to terminals 27 29 31 33 are capable of acquiring current signals with a full scale value of 20mA Properly set the dip switches for the configuration of the analog channel being used set the full scale value to 20mA and set the relevant programming parameter to 0 20 or 4 20 6 8 7 5 CoNNECTING SLOW ANALOG INPUTS TO THERMISTOR 100 ES847 board allows reading temperatures directly from the connection of standard thermistors 100 complying with DIN EN 60751 Two wire connection is used for easier wiring Use relatively short cables and make sure that cables are not exposed to sudden temperature variations when the inverter is running Proper wiring is shown in Figure 115 use a screened cable and connect its braiding to the inverter metal frame through the special conductor terminals If a cable longer than approx 10 metres is used measure calibration is required For example if a 1mm AWG 17 screened pair data cable is used this results in a reading error of approx 1 C every 10 metres To perform measure calibration instead of the sensor connect a PT100 sensor emulator set to 0 C or a 1000 0 196 resistor to the line terminals then enable the measure reset function More details are given in Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual PT100 emulator allows to check measure before connec
99. INSTRUCTIONS 6 11 2 1 SiN Cos CONNECTOR The Encoder connector is a high density three line D sub 15 female type The figure illustrates the connector pin layout viewed from the front Figure 149 High density connector pin layout Table of pin layout No Name Description 1 C Negative sine analogue input signal 2 D Negative inverted cosine analogue signal 3 A Negative sine signal with zero crossing or analogue 4 Negative inverted cosine signal zero crossing or analogue 5 N C 6 Positive sine analogue input signal 7 Positive cosine analogue input signal 8 Positive sine input signal with zero crossing or analogue 9 B Positive inverted cosine input signal with zero crossing or analogue 10 11 12 Encoder power output 13 OVE Common power supply and signals 14 R Negative signal reference mark with zero crossing 15 Positive signal reference mark with zero crossing Shell PE Connector shield connected to Inverter PE conductor 6 11 3 OPERATING MODES AND CARD CONFIGURATION The ES860 Encoder Interface Card can be powered by either 5V or 12V and used with two different types of encoder with 1Vpp sinusoidal output Three channel Sin Cos Encoder with three channel 1Vpp Channel A sine B inverted cosine R mode reference mark Sin Cos Encoder with five channel 1Vpp Channel A
100. If the motor cannot run in no load conditions use a first attempt value for lo that is automatically computed by the drive as described in step 7 Now that all the parameters have been set for the FOC motor control algorithm activate the ENABLE input terminal 15 and the START input terminal 14 and send a speed reference the RUN LED and REF LED will come on and the motor will start Make sure that the motor is rotating in the correct direction If not set parameter C014 Phase Rotation to 1 Yes or open the ENABLE and START inputs remove voltage from the drive and after waiting at least 5 minutes reverse two of the motor phases If overshoot occurs when the speed setpoint is attained or if system instability is detected uneven motor operation adjust the parameters relating to the speed loop SPEED LOOP AND CURRENT BALANCING MENU Set the two parameters relating to integral time P125 P126 as Disabled and set low values for the parameters relating to proportional gain P127 P128 Set equal values for P127 and P128 and increase them until overshoot takes place when the setpoint is attained Decrease P127 and P128 by approx 3096 then decrease the high values set for integral time in P125 and P126 keep both values equal until an acceptable setpoint response is obtained Check to see if the motor runs smoothly at constant speed If alarm A060 Fault No Curr trips this means that the current loop is not properly tuned Fo
101. PROFIBUS DP EN 50170 DIN 19245 Part 1 with protocol version 1 10 Automatic detection of the baud rate ranging from 9600 bits s to 12 Mbits s Communications device PROFIBUS bus link type A or B as mentioned in EN50170 Type of fieldbus Master Slave communications max 126 stations in multidrop connection Fieldbus connector female 9 pin DSUB connector Wire copper twisted pair 5485 Max length of the bus 200m 9 1 5Mbits s be longer if repeaters are used Isolation the bus is galvanically isolated from the electronic devices via a DC DC converter The bus signals link A and link B are isolated via optocouplers PROFIBUS DP communications ASIC chip Siemens SPC3 Hardware configurability bus terminator switch and rotary switch assigning the address to the node Status indicators indicator Led for board status and indicator Led for fieldbus status mi Fixing holes gt tine e Board status led indicato Fieldbus status led indicators Fieldbus Line termination Fieldbus address connector dip switch Rotary switch 000308 Figure 124 PROFIBUS DP fieldbus communications board 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 259 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK co r INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 3 1 PROFIBUS FIELDBUS CONNECTOR Female 9 pin D sub connector
102. RTU protocol Ethernet interface with TCP IP protocol nterface for the connection via GSM modem and analog modem SMS functionality for events monitored by the Data Logger available only when GSM modem is used RS485 2 RS232 485 COM1 000683 Figure 140 ES851 Data Logger Board ES851 Logger is installed on the control board of the drive The control board can be accessed through the front opening 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 281 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS P000684 1 Figure 141 Data Logger board fastened to its slot Slot B Each Data Logger is capable of monitoring up to 15 devices through RS485 or RS232 network with Modbus protocol E5851 is the master and the connected devices are the slaves A remote computer can be connected to the plant via 5485 or RS232 serial links via modem or via Ethernet The Remote Sunway software allows performing any operation both on the plant devices and on ES851 scanning the devices connected to the Data Logger and activating data acquisition except for the devices excluded from logging see the Programming Instructions of 851 Data Logger for more details The connection modes and specifications are detailed in the following sections 282 321 WOWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 10 1 CONNECTIONS ES851 serial communication ports are
103. Resolution Protocol The basic document on the Web is RFC1180 A TCP IP Tutorial The English version can be downloaded from http www faqs org ftp rfc pdf rfc1180 tx pdf 289 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Figure 144 Location of the Ethernet port Remove the cover and access to the control board of the Sinus Penta Insert the male connector to the female RJA5 connector located on ES851 Press until the tab snaps EL 45 46 4748 49 50 57 58 59 606162 0 99 1151 Figure 145 Wiring the Ethernet cable 0 2 3 4 5 6 8 290 321 Y WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 11 ES860 SIN COS ENCODER BOARD SLOT A The ES860 Sin Cos Encoder Card interfaces with 1Vpp analogue type outputs to provide feedback of speed and or position of the inverters of the Sinus PENTA series In the same way as many other types of Encoder the Card can be configured to operate in two different input modes The first mode described below as the three channel mode allows an increment in low speed resolution and is suitable for slow rotation speed actuators that require highly accurate measurement of speed and position The second mode is described as five channel below In the normal input mode of incremental encoders it allows precise determination of the mechanical po
104. Vfs 10V Rin 30k Q SW2 5 6 8 OFF Slow configurable auxiliary analog input number Vis 100mV Rin 1M O SW2 8 33 XAIN11 T4 11 SW2 5 6 7 OFF ifs 20mA Rin 124 50 92 6 d 4 SW2 5 7 8 OFF Thermistor temperature measure number 4 Temperature measure with PT100 SW2 6 7 OFF 240 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 34 CMA T4 OV for analog inputs for XAINT1 return Control board zero Volt 35 12 Slow auxiliary analog input 10V f s number 12 Fs 10V Rin2 30k 36 OV for analog inputs for XAIN12 return Control board zero Volt 37 XAIN13 Slow auxiliary analog input f s number 13 Fs 10V Rin 30k 38 OV for analog inputs for XAIN13 return Control board zero Volt 39 XMDII Multifunction auxiliary digital input 1 40 XMDI2 Multifunction auxiliary digital input 2 41 Multifunction auxiliary digital input 3 42 XMDIA Multifunction auxiliary digital input 4 24Vdc Optoisolated digital 43 CMD V digital input isolated to control 0 V inputs positive logic PNP Maximum 44 24V Auxiliary supply output for optoisolated multifunction active with high level signal response time to digital inputs with respect to CMD processor 500 5 45 XMDI5 Multifunction digital input 5 terminals 43
105. affected by the features of the mains where the equipment is installed The ratings stated in this manual fit most applications For special applications please contact Walther Flender AT GmbH After sales service The ratings of optional inductance recommended based on the inverter size are detailed in section 6 5 4 below 207 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 c r INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 5 2 12 PHASE CONNECTION For gt 500kW drives 12 pulse rectifier is normally used This suppresses the lowest harmonic current in the supply line A 12 pulse inductance suppresses 5th and 7th harmonics harmonics left are the 11th and the 13th followed by the 23th the 25th and so on with their relevant low levels The supply current shape is very similar to a sinusoid In that case a dedicated transformer is needed along with a specific interphase inductance for current balance and an additional diode bridge installed outside the inverter two supply modules are needed for modular inverters POWER INTERPHASE TRASFORMER REACTOR AC POWER SUPPLY INVERTER POWER SUPPLY 000544 Figure 92 Layout of a 12 phase connection 208 321 WOWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 5 3 OUTPUT INDUCTANCE Installations requiring a longer distance between the inverter and the motor may cause overcurrent protections to freque
106. and 50 for DC power supply 8 321 dud WOWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS S40 Terminal board NOTE Connect the external braking unit to terminals 51 and 52 Avoid using terminals 51 and 52 for DC power supply S50 Connection bars 69 321 WOWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 4 S60 CONNECTION BARS FOR INVERTER S60 Y E 11 T Jl T IN 2 i a 9 F d tj j tie Ib FAM 15 44 Figure 37 S60 Connection bars Figure 37 shows the location and dimension of the bars connecting 560 SINUS PENTA drives to the mains and the motor The figure also shows the position and the wiring instructions for the built in power supply transformer The trasformer must be wired based on the rated supply voltage being used if any must be connected between bars 47D and 47 after removing the short circuit
107. and splits a buffer shared for two segments of 1kbyte A NOTE each One segment is dedicated to the messages sent from the inverter to the Fieldbus the other is dedicated to the messages sent from the Fieldbus to the inverter In order to write the interface variable 001 M042 Speed Reference from FIELDBUS whole part see Programming Instructions the Modbus TCP transaction must be addressed to log 1025 not to log 1 The Ethernet board also offers advanced IT functionality For example you can send e mail messages following particular events occurring in the inverter or you can create a NOTE dynamic web page inside the inverter to display its operating conditions For advanced functionality refer to the relevant manual contained in the CD ROM supplied with the option board kit 6 9 7 STATUS LEDs Each option fieldbus board is equipped with a column provided with four LEDs installed on its front edge to monitor the bus status and with one LED red green installed on the communications board for debugging as shown in the figure below P000314 0 Figure 139 Position of indicator Leds on the board board column have different meanings based on the type of fieldbus being used 6 9 7 1 LEDs FOR FIELDBUS INTERFACE CPU DIAGNOSTICS The LED located on the printed circuit of any version of the interface board indicates the status of the CPU dedicated to communication The table below shows the possible type of signals 5 Bourd Red U
108. as shown in the figure below 024 7024 012 025 L ES836 2 cera P000589 B Figure 99 Positions of dip switches and their factory setting NEM c NY 224 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Dip switch functionality and factory settings are detailed in the table below Switch factory OFF open ON closed setting SW2 1 on Channel B type NPN or PNP Channel B type Line driver or Push Pull SW2 2 off Channel B with complementary signals Channel B with only one single ended signal SW2 3 on Channel B with no band limit Channel B with band limit SW2 4 on Channel Z type NPN or PNP Channel Z type Line driver or Push Pull SW2 5 off Channel Z with complementary signals Channel Z with only one single ended signal SW2 6 on Channel Z with no band limit Channel Z with band limit SW1 1 on 12V Supply voltage J1 in pos 2 3 5V Supply Voltage J1 in pos 2 3 SW1 2 on Channel A type NPN or PNP Channel A type Line driver or Push Pull SW1 3 off Channel A with complementary signals Channel A with only one single ended signal SW1 4 on Channel A with no band limit Channel A with band limit SW3 1 on SW3 2 on Load resistors towards ground enabled for all SW3 3 on encoder signals required for 5V Line driver or SW3 4 B
109. auxiliary terminal board with voltage free contacts is provided for the selector switch status the emergency push button status and the Enable command TERMINALS FEATURES FUNCTION DESCRIPTION 1 Optoisolated digital input ENABLE Connect terminal 1 to terminal 2 to enable the inverter terminals 1 and 2 are connected together factory setting 2 V digital inputs CMD digital input ground 3 4 voltage free contacts 220 V STATUS LOC 0 REM contacts closed selector switch 24 2 5 SELECTOR SWITCH position LOC contacts open selector switch in position O or REM 5 6 voltage free contacts 220 V STATUS LOC 0 REM contacts closed selector switch in 24 V 2 5 A SELECTOR SWITCH position REM contacts open selector switch position O or REM 7 8 voltage free contacts 220 V STATUS OF EMERGENCY contacts closed emergency push 24 2 5 PUSH BUTTON button not depressed contacts open emergency push button depressed When the key selector switch and the emergency push button are installed A NOTE multifunction digital input MDIA terminal 12 cannot be used The ground of multifunction digital inputs is available also on terminal 2 in the auxiliary terminal board 303 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA 6 12 1 WIRING IP54 INVERTERS WITH
110. braking resistor and are relating to the motor power the rated power determines the mean power to be dissipated in the braking resistor and is relating to the duty cycle of the equipment i e to the resistor activation time with respect to the duty cycle full time the duty cycle of the resistor is equal to the motor braking time divided by the equipment duty cycle It is not possible to connect resistors with a Ohm value lower than the min value acknowledged by the inverter The following pages contain application tables stating the resistors to be used depending on the inverter size the application requirements and the supply voltage The braking resistor power is stated as an approximate value a correct dimensioning of the braking resistor is based on the equipment duty cycle and the power regenerated during the braking stage For more details on the connection and features of the external braking module refer to the braking module instruction manual 151 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 1 1 SINUS PENTA Model Class SINUS PENTA BRAKING RESISTORS FOR APPLICATIONS WITH A BRAKING DUTY CYCLE or 10 AND 380 500 SUPPLY VOLTAGE Braking unit internal Min Resistance to be BRAKING RESISTANCE WITH 1096 DUTY CYCLE Applied to the BU 750 550W RE3063750 internal 750 550W RE3063750 intern
111. closed contact gt CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION NOTE Contacts may shut off up to 250VAC Do not touch the terminal board or the control board circuits to avoid electrical shock hazard when voltage exceeds 50VAC or 120VDC Never exceed max voltage and mox current values allowed by relay contacts see relay specifications Use freewheeling diode for DC inductive loads Use antidisturbance filters for AC inductive loads Like any multifunction output relay outputs may be configured based on a comparison to an analog value see Programming Manual In that case particularly if enabling delay time is set to zero relays will cyclically energize de energize and this will strongly affect their durability We suggest that output MDO1 or MDO2 be used which is not affected by repeated energizing de energizing 109 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 9 0 2 3 4 J 6 9 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 5 4 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR DiGITAL OUTPUTS SINUS PENTA Specification Min Type Max Unit of m Voltage range for MDO1 and MDO2 outputs 20 24 50 V Max current to be commutated for outputs MDO1 and MDO2 50 mA Voltage drop for output based on deactivated or based 3 V activated VMDO1 Voltage drop for activated MDO2 output 2 V Current leakage for deactivated MDO2 output 4 Duty cycle for MDO1 outp
112. consider that the latter can reach a temperature of 200 RESISTORS THAT CONNECTED TO THE BRAKING UNIT The min rating of the resistor to be connected to the braking unit depends on the inverter rated voltage see Section Ratings The max braking time Ton is limited from the max allowable temperature and from the allowable dissipated power As a result the Duty cycle parameter is defined based on the braking resistor rating and time Ton braking time and is expressed as the ratio between time Ton and the entire duty cycle Duty cycle represents a whole braking cycle Figure 80 shows the max allowable duty cycle depending on Ton for the connected braking resistor resistor duty cycle ohm duty cycle 1 11 21 31 41 51 61 71 81 91 101 111 121 Ton seconds P000601 B Figure 80 Max allowable duty cycle depending on Ton for the connected braking resistor 186 321 WOWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Figure 81 shows the value of the peak power and the average power dissipated to the braking resistor depending on the actual braking time The selection of the resistor power depends both on the average dissipated power and on the peak power the resistor shall be capable of withstanding resistor medium power peack power ohm kW 101 121 1 21 41 61 81 Ton seconds
113. device to be used to start communicating with the keypad using all functionalities offered by the connected device Please refer to the Users Manual of the device being used for the operation of the keypad connected to the device Segregate the keypad power supply using the supply Connect the supply output to the proper plug and set the toggle to ON 204 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 5 6 5 1 INPUT INDUCTANCE We suggest that a three phase inductance or a DCBUS DC inductance be installed on the supply line to obtain the following benefits limit input current peaks on the input circuit of the inverter and value di dt due to the input rectifier and to the capacitive load of the capacitors set reducing supply harmonic current increasing power factor thus reducing line current increasing the duration of line capacitors inside the inverter Figure 90 Wiring diagram for optional inductance Harmonic currents The shapes of the different waves current or voltage may be expressed as the sum of the basic frequency 50 or 60Hz and its multiples In balanced three phase systems only odd harmonic current exists as even current is neutralized by symmetrical considerations Harmonic current is generated by non linear loads absorbing non sinusoidal c
114. external braking units and braking resistors please refer to the relevant instruction manuals Braking resistors may dissipate approx 2096 of the rated power of the connected CAUTION motor use a proper air cooling system Do not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects Do not connect any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower than the value CAUTION stated in the tables gt gt 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 168 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA 6 1 1 12 SINUS PENTA Model 6T Class INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS BRAKING RESISTORS FOR APPLICATIONS WITH A BRAKING DUTY CYCLE or 50 AND 660 690 SuPPLY VOLTAGE Braking Unit Min Resistance to be Applied to the BU O BRAKING RESISTANCE WITH 50 DUTY CYCLE Type IP Rating D 0250 BU720 5T 6T 1 38 4 2 40 48000 23 4 RE4462240 0312 BU720 5T 6T 1 38 4 2 40 64000W IP23 4 RE4562240 0366 BU720 5T 6T 1 38 4 2 4 64000W IP23 4 RE4562240 S65 0399 BU720 5 6 1 38 4 2 40 64000W IP23 4 RE4562240 0457 BU720 5T 6T 1 38 4 1 6Q 64000W IP23 4 RE4562160 0524 BU720 5T 6T 1 38 6 2 40 64000W IP23 6 RE4562240 0598 BU960 5T 6T 1 10 8 2 40 64000W IP23 8 RE4562240 0748 BU960 5T 6T 1 10 8 2 40 64000W IP23 8 RE4562240 70 0831 BU960 5T 6T 1 10 8 2 40 64000W IP23 8 RE4562240 575 0964 BU1440 5 6 0 69 8 1 60 64000W IP23 8 RE4562160 580 1130 BU1440 5T 6T 0 69 12 2 40 64000W IP23 1
115. for RS232 RS485 235 6 7 4 2 Dip Switch for terminator 5 485 236 6 8 ES847 EXPANSION BOARD SLOT 237 6 8 1 ES847 Board for Signal Conditioning and Additional l O sss 237 6 8 2 Identification MM 237 6 8 3 Installing Board ES847 on the Inverter SLOT 238 6 8 4 Board ES847 240 6 8 5 Set up Dip swiiGhes 3 eni eet HR A A EE 241 6 8 6 Possible Settings for Dip switches SW and 5 2 242 6 8 7 Wiring ERR 244 6 8 7 1 Connection of Fast Differential Analog Inputs 244 5 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 8 7 2 Connection of Fast Current 245 6 8 7 3 Connecting Slow Analog Inputs to Voltage 222 245 6 8 7 4 Connecting Slow Analog Inputs to Voltage 222 2 246 6 8 7 5 Connecting Slow Analog Inputs to Thermistor 100 002 246 6 8 7 6 Connecting Isolated Digital 0 eene eren 247 6 8 7 7 Connection to an Encoder or a Frequency
116. for XAIN6 return Control board zero Volt 17 Not used 160 33 33 Q Resolution 12 bits 18 CMA OV for analog inputs for XAIN7 return Control board zero Volt 19 Terminals not available or reserved to ES personnel 26 e Do not use 10 Ries BORG OFF Slow configurable auxiliary analog input number 8 100mV Rin IMQ 4 m 27 XAINS TI Ifs 20mA Rin 124 50 212 ON SW1 1 3 4 OFF Thermistor temperature measure number 1 Temperature measure with SWIA ON PT100 SW1 2 3 OFF 28 1 for analog inputs for XAIN8 return Control board zero Volt SW1 7 Vfs 10V Rin 30kQ SW1 5 6 8 OFF Slow configurable auxiliary analog input number 9 Vfs 100mV Rin IMQ 722 29 XAIN9 T2 SW1 5 6 7 OFF ifs 20mA Rin 124 50 316 OM i SW1 5 7 8 OFF Thermistor temperature measure number 2 Temperature measure with doge PT100 SW1 6 7 OFF 30 CMA T2 OV for analog inputs for XAIN9 return Control board zero Volt SW2 3 10V Rin 30k Q SW2 1 2 4 OFF Slow configurable auxiliary analog input number 100mV Rin IM Q SW2 4 ON 31 XAIN10 T3 10 SW2 1 2 3 OFF 20mA Rin 124 5 Q 2 2 OM i SW2 1 3 4 OFF Thermistor temperature measure number 3 m dsure with W 100 SW2 2 3 OFF 32 CMA T3 OV for analog inputs for XAIN10 return Control board zero Volt SW2 7 ON
117. is to be installed in the VDC supply line No external precharge system is required except for size S60 S64 and S74 because a precharge circuit is fitted inside the inverter Please refer to section Cross sections of the Power Cables and Sizes of the Protecting Devices for the safety fuses to be installed DC voltage supply is normally used for a parallel connection of multiple inverters inside the same cubicle DC output feeders both one way and two way with power ratings ranging from 5kW to 2000kW for 200Vac to 690Vac rated voltage can be supplied by Walther Flender AT GmbH 48 321 WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA DANGER CAUTION INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Before changing the equipment connections shut off the inverter and wait at least 5 minutes to allow for the discharge of the heatsinks in the DC link Use only B type differential circuit breakers Connect power supply only to the power supply termination logs The connection of power supply to any other terminal can cause the inverter fault Always make sure that the supply voltage ranges between the limits stated in the inverter nameplate Always connect the ground terminal to avoid electrical shock hazard and to limit disturbance Always provide a grounding connection to the motor if possible ground the motor directly to the inverter The user has the responsibility to provide a grounding system in compliance with the regulations
118. keypad and perform the autotune procedure again Set parameters in the LIMITS MENU depending on the max desired current V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA 8 Startup 9 Possible failures 10 Additional parameter alterations 11 Reset A NOTE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Activate the ENABLE input terminal 15 and the START input terminal 14 and send a speed reference the RUN LED and REF LED will come on and the motor will start Make sure that the motor is rotating in the correct direction If not select the Engineering Level POO1 and set parameter C014 Phase Rotation to 1 Yes or open the ENABLE and START inputs remove voltage from the drive and after waiting at least 5 minutes reverse two of the motor phases If no failure occurred go to step 10 Otherwise check the drive connections paying particular attention to supply voltages DC link and input reference Also check if alarm messages are displayed In the MEASURES MENU check the reference speed 001 the supply voltage to the control section MO30 the DC link voltage MO29 and the condition of control terminals MO33 Check to see if these readouts match with the measured values When parameter POO3 Standby Only condition required for altering C parameters you can alter Cxxx parameters in the CONFIGURATION menu only when the drive is DISABLED or STOPPED whereas if POO3 Standby Fluxing you can alter Cxxx param
119. maximum power dissipated from the braking resistor being used is not exceeded Figure 67 Overall dimensions and ratings for braking resistor 75 Q 1300W 6 171 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 2 3 MODELS 1 55 54 FROM 1100 W 2200 W 00619 0 Figure 68 Overall dimensions and mechanical features for braking resistors from 1100 W to 2200 W Mean Max Duration of Conti Operati Bp L D Degree of mm mm mm mm g Protection Di i d issipated 380 500 200 240 W Vac s Vac s RE3083150 applicable not RE3083200 95 3 320 80 84 240 1250 IP55 950 applicable not RE3093100 applicable 12 320 107 112 240 2750 54 0 2 3 4 J n 7 8 20 45 12 N 0 0 0 7 4 RE310250 120 40 107 112 300 3000 IP54 1300 6 Pe 200 380 177 182 300 7000 1954 2000 imited RE3113750 wire standard length 300mm N 5 Olm OIZ Om Om gt 5 zx 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 gt gt gt gt N N N N oO i e e e e e e e e e e e e e lt 5 s mox value to be set for parameter C212 When sett
120. needed C024 Mutual inductance This is computed each time the no load current level is altered This is not binding for the motor control but strongly affects the correct estimation of the output torque in case of overestimation decrease C025 and vice versa C025 Optimum value gt To obtain the optimum value of the rotor time constant the best way consists in performing several attempts with a constant load but with different values of C025 The optimum value is the one ensuring to obtain the output torque with the lower current see 026 in the Motor Measures Menu When parameter P003 Standby Only condition required for altering C parameters you can alter Cxxx parameters in the CONFIGURATION menu only when the drive is DISABLED or STOPPED whereas if POO3 Standby Fluxing you can alter Cxxx parameters when the motor is stopped but the drive is enabled Before altering any parameters remember that the correct code for parameter POOO must be previously set up You can write down any custom parameters in the table provided on the last pages of this Programming Manual If an alarm trips find the cause responsible for the alarm and reset the drive Enable input MDI3 terminal 16 for some time or press the RESET on the display keypad 133 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 j 4 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS o El o Power Ra
121. o o 9 9 salon o 9 oon Ee 179170 Indine 2119170 TIN iz UOIOBNNDD SWd amp ns 172 sf 5 n n 571415 n nj a 3SvHd sro 15 Z 9 er w n 9 IM ro es mus mm me 7 aooaa 01 815 ATI 0 B ASES Lined A 3012509 0 85 30094402 Std 6 1 306 i MOAR IS youal P 640 A vos aao asa 9 2196 Lu 2156 9 MOLTINAO2 DF9S3 T nm M Y 340 l WA 2704 3wa Mur E 2 z 4 5 G ens M I pu aN B 4 0 ad 505 Line 7 MC ngage Bat re HOLSANNO SM 60 806 a ans 880 580 Zyd 21853 290 2795 7953 M HN BA ak re 1 ERI e M 15 sws 15 suus M AK Act m 38 3 TONIS 3995 1 240 8334 TENIS 2 2 2 2 5301938802 QAO 5388 TNS WB MOIOBHNOS Sd 5 01 875 a TAY MOIGENNDO G Ens Wa l x OL 1 L sng T S Y 0 1 2 CY 4 J 6
122. of the rated power of the connected CAUTION motor use a proper air cooling system Do not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects Do not connect any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower than the value CAUTION stated in the tables 165 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 1 9 BRAKING RESISTORS FOR APPLICATIONS WITH A BRAKING DUTY CYCLE or 50 AND 500 575 SUPPLY VOLTAGE SINUS Min Resistance to PENTA be iir to the BRAKING RESISTANCE WITH 50 DUTY CYCLE Model Braking Unit ores m ores e 0250 BU720 5T 6T 1 1 4 2 40 48000W IP23 4 RE4462240 0312 BU720 5T 6T 1 15 4 2 40 48000W IP23 4 RE4462240 0366 BU720 5T 6T 1 15 4 2 40 48000W IP23 4 RE4462240 S65 0399 BU720 5T 6T 1 15 4 1 60 64000W IP23 4 RE4562160 0457 BU720 5 6 1 15 4 1 6Q 64000W IP23 4 RE4562160 0524 BU720 5 6 1 15 4 50 64000W IP23 A RE4552500 0598 BU720 5T 6T 1 15 5 6Q 64000W IP23 5 RE4562600 0748 1801440 5T 6T 0 58 6 5Q 64000W IP23 6 RE4552500 S70 0831 BU1440 5T 6T 0 58 6 5Q 64000W IP23 6 RE4552500 575 0964 1801440 5 6 0 58 8 5Q 64000W IP23 8 RE4552500 S80 1130 01440 5T 6T 0 58 10 6Q 64000W IP23 10 RE4562600 1296 01440 5T 6T 0 58 10 6Q 64000W IP23 10 RE4562600 NOTE For the connection of external braking units and braking resistors please refer to the relevant instruction manuals Brak
123. remotable display keypad and possibility of data transfer to multiple inverters Four access levels to the operation parameters and preset parameters for the most common applications PC interface for WINDOWS environment with REMOTE DRIVE software in six foreign languages PC compiled software for the programming of more than 20 application functions Serial communication RS485 MODBUS RTU for serial links to PCs PLCs and control interfaces Optional field buses of any type Profibus DP Can Bus Device Net Ethernet etc through internal communications board V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1 2 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS AVAILABLE ON SINUS PENTA INVERTERS Beside basic parameterization PENTA inverters also implement operating modes and optional functional modes named APPLICATIONS which can be obtained through the firmware updating and or through additional interface boards Optional operating modes available for the inverters of the PENTA series are multipump control application and regenerative inverter control application In the future additional optional operating modes will be available which include application software instruction manual and dedicated interface board if any They implement the most common automation applications thus replacing PLCs or dedicated control board and they reduce to a minimum the electric equipment required thus ensuring lower maintenance costs In or
124. same conductor to minimize any difference of ground potentials between devices that can affect communication The common terminal for the supply of the inverter control board is isolated from grounding If one or multiple inverters are connected to a communication device with a grounded common typically a computer a low impedance path between control boards and grounding occurs High frequency disturbance could come from the inverter power components and interfere with the communication device operation If this happens provide the communication device with a galvanically isolated interface type RS 485 RS 232 TEST SUPPLY INPUT VTEST input supply pin is located on the connector of serial port 0 If 9DC voltage with respect to GND is delivered to the VTEST input the inverter control board activates in Test mode allowing to change the inverter parameters with no need to apply AC 3 phase supply The test mode disables the alarms relating to the power section and the motor cannot be started up The test supply input features are the following Features Min Type Max Unit of m Test supply voltage 7 5 9 12 VDC Absorbed current 1 1 1 8 A Inrush current at power on 3 A NOTE CAUTION OO N A 122 321 Do not apply 3 phase AC supply and test supply at a time The motor cannot startup and alarms relating to the power section are inhibited The feeder voltage and current delive
125. set the control modes via terminal board factory setting When the START input is active the main reference is enabled otherwise the main reference is set to zero The output frequency or the speed motor drops to zero with respect to the preset deceleration ramp 95 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK CON O AKRI INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 3 2 ENABLE TERMINAL 15 The ENABLE input is always to be activated to enable the inverter operation regardless of the control mode If the ENABLE input is disabled the inverter output voltage is always set to zero so the motor performs a coast to stop The internal circuit managing the ENABLE signal is redundant and is more efficient in avoiding sending any commutation signal to the three phase converter Certain applications allow to get rid of the contactor installed between the inverter and the motor Always consider any specific standard for your inverter application and comply with the safety regulations in force 3 5 3 3 RESET TERMINAL 16 If an alarm trips the inverter stops the motor performs a coast to stop and the display shows an alarm message Open the reset input for a while factory setting MDI3 on terminal 16 or press the RESET key on the keypad to reset the alarm This happens only if the cause responsible for the alarm has disappeared If factory setting is used enable and disable the ENABLE command to restart the inverter Fac
126. the inverter through a Cross Over Cable a local network is created which is composed of two participant nodes the computer and the inverter with 192 168 0 1 and 192 168 0 2 as IP addresses respectively When the inverter is powered on the LINK LED see below in the interface board should turn on The following command ping 192 168 0 2 launched by a command line window of the computer performs the correct connection to the board Connection with a computer through a LAN without any DHCP server The network administrator will assign a static IP address for each inverter to be connected to the LAN Suppose that the IP address assigned from the administrator to an inverter is 10 0 254 177 and proceed as follows Set all the dip switches in the Ethernet interface board to up position Connect the board to the LAN using a Straight Through cable and power on the inverter Make sure the green light of the LINK LED see below comes Note down the MAC address of the Ethernet board that is written on a label placed at the bottom of the printed circuit Suppose that the MAC address of the interface board is 00 30 11 02 2A 02 n a computer connected to the same LAN connected to the same sub network i e with an IP address equal to 10 0 254 xxx open the command interpreter window and enter the following commands arp s 10 0 254 177 00 30 11 02 2A 02 ping 10 0 254 177 arp d 10 0 254 177 In the ARP table of the compute
127. trunk line device or node TR terminating resistor The inverter equipped with a DeviceNet interface board is typically connected through a drop line consisting of a 5 conductor shielded cable The DeviceNet standard defines three shielded cables based on their diameter THICK MID and THIN cables The maximum electric length between two DeviceNet devices depends on the baud rate and the type of cable being used The table below shows the maximum lengths that are recommended based on these variables The FLAT cable can be used for the main trunk line if drop lines are connected through a system that does not require welding Baud Rate Max length with Max length with Max length with Max length with FLAT cable THICK cable MID cable THIN cable 125 kbits s 420m 500m 300m 100m 250 kbits s 200m 250m 250m 100m 500 kbits s 75m 100m 100m 100m 265 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS NOTE NOTE NOTE gt gt 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 266 321 SINUS PENTA Each DeviceNet trunk line must meet some geometric requirements and must provide two terminator nodes and at least one supply node because devices can be totally or partially powered via the bus The type of the cable being used also determines the max supply current available for the bus devices For a more comprehensive overview of the DeviceNet standard go to ODVA s
128. units terminal 4 in connector M1 6 2 2 1 CONFIGURATION JUMPERS Jumpers located on board ES839 are used for the configuration of the braking unit Their positions and functions are as follows Jumper Function If on it configures the SLAVE operating mode J2 If on it configures the MASTER operating mode NOTE Either one of the two jumpers must always be on Avoid enabling both jumpers at a time Jumper Function J3 To be activated for class 4T inverters and mains voltage ranging from 380 Vac to 480 Vac JA To be activated for class 2T inverters and mains voltage ranging from 200 Vac to 240 Vac J5 To be activated for class 4T inverters and mains voltage ranging from 481 Vac to 500 Vac J To be activated for special adjustment requirements NOTE One of the four jumpers must always be on Avoid enabling two or more jumpers at a time Figure 73 Positions of BU200 configuration jumpers 178 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Before changing jumper positions remove voltage from the equipment and wait DANGER at least 5 minutes CAUTION Never set jumpers to a voltage value lower than the inverter supply voltage This will avoid continuous activation of the braking unit 6 2 2 2 ADJUSTING TRIMMERS Four trimmers are installed on the inverter control board Depending on the jumper configuration each trimmer allows the fi
129. you ordered please contact the supplier as soon as possible If the equipment is stored before being started make sure that temperatures range from 20 C to 60 C and that relative humidity is 9596 non condensing The equipment guarantee covers any manufacturing defect The manufacturer has no responsibility for possible damages occurred while shipping or unpacking the equipment The manufacturer is not responsible for possible damages or faults caused by improper and irrational uses wrong installation improper conditions of temperature humidity or the use of corrosive substances The manufacturer is not responsible for possible faults due to the equipment operation at values exceeding the equipment ratings The manufacturer is not responsible for consequential and accidental damages The braking unit is covered by a 12 month guarantee starting from the date of delivery 6 3 1 1 NAMEPLATE FOR BU 720 960 1440 220063040 input DC200 800V output average 800A max 1600A Inverter Voltage Supply Minimum load 2T 200 240Vac 0 24 ohm Braking Unit BU1440 4T 380 480Vac 0 48 ohm FOR USE AND INSTALLATION SEE USER MANUAL 4 MADE IN ITALY P000553 0 Figure 82 Nameplate for BU 720 960 1440 Model BU1440 braking unit 2 Supply ratings 200 to 800 VDC for BU 720 1440 2 4T DC supply voltage produced by the inverter terminals 3 Output current 800A average m
130. 0 4 BU200 AJAJ aJa anan oa a oa oa oy 4 6 6Q 12000W V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 4 RE4022660 continued SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS continued 0598 BU1440 2 4 0 48 1 20hm 64000W IP23 RE4562120 S65 0748 BU1440 2T 4T 0 48 1 20hm 64000W IP23 RE4562120 0831 BU1440 2 4 0 48 2 1 6Ohm 48000W IP23 2 RE4462160 0964 BU1440 2 4 0 48 2 1 6Ohm 48000W IP23 2 RE4462160 S75 1130 BU1440 2 4 0 48 2 1 20hm 48000W IP23 2 RE4462120 1296 BU1440 2 4 0 48 2 1 20hm 64000W IP23 2 RE4562120 For the connection of external braking units and braking resistors please refer to the relevant instruction manuals DANGER Braking resistors may reach temperatures higher than 200 C Braking resistors may dissipate approx 1096 of the rated power of the connected CAUTION motor use a proper air cooling system Do not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects Do not connect any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower than the value CAUTION stated in the tables gt gt 153 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 1 2 BRAKING RESISTORS FOR APPLICATIONS WITH A BRAKING DUTY CYCLE or 20 AND 380 500 SUPPLY VOLTAGE Min
131. 0 er 0 45 2 120 250 series porollel 0748 1440 2 4 4 0 45 48000 connected 0 45 2 185 400 i llel 0831 BU14402T 4T 4 0 3 64000 0 3 2 240 400 series parallel 0964 014402 41 4 0 3 64000 connected 0 3 4 120 400 i llel 1130 BU1440 27 47 4 0 3 64000 2 0 3 4 120 400 series parallel 8 1296 014402 41 4 0 3 64000 connected 0 3 4 120 400 194 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Voltage class 4T Applications with a braking duty cycle of 1096 Braking Resistors Inverter size Braking Unit Recommended Power ili Quantity Rating W section Ohm mm kcmils 0598 BU1440 2T 4T 1 1 2 64000 120 250 0748 BU1440 2 4 1 1 2 64000 120 250 0831 BU1440 2 4 1 0 8 100000 120 250 0964 BU1440 2 4 1 0 8 100000 185 400 1130 BU1440 2 4 1 0 6 100000 240 500 1296 BU1440 2 4 1 0 6 100000 240 500 Applications with a braking duty cycle of 20 Braking resistors Resultant Braking nit Applicable resistors Resistor wiring rating Wire 1 Inverter size Ohm etm Qt Recommended Power rating Ohm W 0598 BU1440 2 4 2 2 4 64000 parallel connected 1 2 185 400 0748 BU1440 2T 4T 2 2 4 64000 parallel connected 1 2 185 400 0831 BU1440 2
132. 01 V3 0 000514 8 E Pd 5 AMUSE US B qo T5 ASARASARARAAR yis 1 Board status 3 b LED indicator Stree y 5 FI i xing holes m E CN 9 CANopen connector 4 Configuration Fieldbus status rotary switch LED indicators Figure 129 CANopen fieldbus communications board 267 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 5 1 CANOPEN FIELDBUS CONNECTOR The CANopen communications board is provided with a 9 pin male D connector The bus interface circuitry is internally supplied as prescribed by the CANopen specifications Pins are arranged as follows N Name Description Shell CAN SHLD Cable shielding CAN L CAN L line CAN GND Common terminal of the CAN driver circuit CAN SHLD Cable shielding GND Option common terminal internally connected to pin 3 CAN_H CAN H line CO WN On Go ho reserved do not use The CANopen connector is the same type as the connector fitted in all the inverters of the Sinus PENTA series for the Modbus serial communications but the CAUTION pin arrangement and the internal circuitry are totally different Make sure that N connectors are not mismatched A wrong connection of the CANopen connector to the Modbus interface or vice versa can damage the inverter and the other devi
133. 148 SINUS PENTA 0399 148 SINUS PENTA 0457 260 SINUS PENTA 0524 270 1310 530 260 7 23 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK CON O INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 3 3 MODULAR 00 STAND ALONE MOobDELs 564 580 To obtain high power inverters the following individual modules are matched together Control unit containing ES821 control board and ES842 control board Feeder module composed of a 3 phase power rectifier and its control and power supply circuits nverter module composed of an inverter phase and its control circuits Braking unit Four types of inverter modules are available Basic version Version with integrated control unit Version with integrated auxiliary supply unit to be used for those models which are not equipped with the power supply module i e 564 and 574 Version with integrated splitter unit to be used for the Penta sizes where parallel connected inverter modules are installed Match the elements above to obtain the proper inverter dimensioning for your application Properly configure control board ES842 inside the control unit When ordering CAUTION the inverter always state the inverter configuration you want to obtain control unit The control unit can be installed separately from the inverter modules or inside an inverter module this option must be stated when ordering the inverter Dimensions of the control unit separate f
134. 170M6067 1400 1700000 0831 20 688 32 1600 1600 1344000 170M6069 1600 2700000 0964 2x1000 602000 2xFWP 1000A 2x1000 390000 S75 1130 20 632 32 2 1250 1225000 2xFWP 1200A 2x1200 690000 1296 2x1400 1540000 2x170M6067 2x1400 1700000 A NOTE In modular sizes 565 575 each supply arm shall be protected by a separate fuse see table above 78 321 A V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 6 4 UL APPROVED FUSES AT VOLTAGE CLASS UL approved semicondudor fuses which are recommended for the SINUS PENTA drives are listed in the table below In multiple cable installations install one fuse per phase NOT one fuse per conductor Fuses suitable for the protection of semiconductors produced by other manufacturers may be used provided that they have the same ratings and are approved as UL R C Special Purpose Fuses JFHR2 fuse see table above d NOTA modular sizes 565 575 each supply arm shall be protected by a separate lt UL approved Fuses Manufactured by Z SIBA Sicherungen Bau GmbH Bussmann Div Cooper UK Ltd e 200 Symmetrical 100 200 kAgus Symmetrical A I C 2 Z No Mod No ae Current Agus 4 500V A sec Current Agus t 500V A sec 20 412 04 16 FWP 15B 48 20 412 04 25 FWP 20B 116 20 412 20 40
135. 2 B 150 130 115 50 125 75 7x14 5 5 70 IM0126124 AC3 PHASE 0 51 43 B 150 130 115 50 125 75 7314 6 96 1 0126144 AC3 PHASE 0 3 68 B 180 160 150 150 82 7x14 9 150 1 0126204 AC3 PHASE 016 142 240 210 175 80 200 107 7x14 17 272 IM0126244 AC3 PHASE 0 09 252 240 210 220 80 200 122 7x14 25 342 0126284 AC3 PHASE 0 061 362 C 300 260 185 100 250 116 9x24 36 407 0126324 AC3 PHASE 0 054 410 300 260 205 100 250 116 9x24 39 5 423 0126364 3 5 0 033 662 C 300 290 235 100 250 143 9x24 53 500 0126404 AC3 PHASE 0 023 945 300 320 240 100 250 143 9x24 67 752 0126444 AC3 PHASE 0 018 1260 C 360 375 280 100 250 200 12 82 1070 217 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA 0 6 5 5 2 5T 6T CLAS
136. 2 2 150 300 kcmils 0748 BU 960 5 6T 8 2 4 64000 series parallelconn 1 2 2 240 500 kcmils 0831 BU 960 5 6T 8 2 4 64000 series parallelconn 1 2 2 240 500 kcmils 0964 BU 1440 5 6T 8 1 6 100000 series parallel conn 0 8 4 150 300 kcmils 1130 BU 1440 5 6T 8 1 6 100000 series parallelconn 0 8 4 150 300 kcmils 1296 BU 1440 5 6T 8 1 6 100000 series parallelconn 0 8 4 150 300 kcmils V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 197 321 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS b Signal wiring arm When ordering the inverter always state the inverter configuration you want to obtain Make sure that the control device is properly set up when using the braking CAUTION Because the braking arm is controlled directly by the control device the following wiring is required connect 24V supply of gate unit ES841 of the braking unit through a pair of unipolar wires AWG17 18 1 mm connect braking IGBT to the fault IGBT signal through 2 optical fibres diameter 1mm made of plastic typical attenuation coefficient 0 22dB m provided with Agilent HFBR 4503 4513 connectors The wiring diagram is as follows Signal Type of wiring M Component Board Connector Component Board Connector marking 24VD Driver boord ES841 5841 Broking unit
137. 2 3 30 8000W 2 RE3762330 2 BU200 2 3 30 8000W 2 RE3762330 3 BU200 3 3 30 8000W 3 RE3762330 3 BU200 3 3 30 8000W 3 RE3762330 3 BU200 3 3 30 8000W 3 RE3762330 3 BU200 3 3 30 8000W 3 RE3762330 4 BU200 4 3 30 8000W 4 RE3762330 BU1440 2T 4T 0 450 48000W RE4461450 BU1440 2T 4T 0 450 48000W RE4461450 BU1440 2T 4T 0 30 64000W V WALTHER FLENDER RE4561300 continued SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS continued BU1440 2T 4T 0 30 64000W RE4561300 BU1440 2T 4T 0 30 64000W RE4561300 BU1440 2T 4T 0 30 64000W RE4561300 Parallel connection is required For the connection of external braking units and braking resistors please refer to the relevant instruction manuals DANGER Braking resistors may reach temperatures higher than 200 C Braking resistors may dissipate approx 1096 of the rated power of the connected CAUTION motor use a proper air cooling system Do not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects Do not connect any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower than the value CAUTION stated in the tables gt gt 159 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA
138. 2 RE4562240 1296 BU1440 5 6 0 69 12 2 40 64000W IP23 12 RE4562240 gt gt CAUTION CAUTION NOTE Braking resistors may dissipate approx 5096 of the rated power of the connected motor use a proper air cooling system Do not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK For the connection of external braking units and braking resistors please refer to the relevant instruction manuals Do not connect any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower than the value stated in the tables 169 321 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 2 AVAILABLE MODELS The specifications given for each resistor model also include the mean power to be dissipated and the max operating time depending on the inverter voltage class Based on these values parameters C211 and C212 concerning braking features in the Resistor Braking menu can be set up See relevant section in the Programming Manual The max operating time set in C212 is factory set in order not to exceed the allowable time for each resistor model see section below Parameter C21 1 the max duty cycle of the resistor and is to be set to a value lower than or equal to the value stated in the dimensioning table see sections above DANGER Braking resistors may reach temperatures higher than 200 C CAUTION values stated in th
139. 2120 NOTE For the connection of external braking units and braking resistors please refer to the relevant instruction manuals Braking resistors may dissipate approx 1096 of the rated power of the connected CAUTION motor use a proper air cooling system Do not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects CAUTION Do not connect any braking resistor with Ohm value lower than the value stated in the tables gt gt 164 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 1 8 BRAKING RESISTORS FOR APPLICATIONS WITH A BRAKING DUTY CYCLE or 2020 AND 500 575 SUPPLY VOLTAGE SINUS Min Resistance to PENTA Brakina Uni be Applied to the BRAKING RESISTANCE WITH 2096 DUTY CYCLE Medal raking Unit BU 5T Class dPRaing D BU720 5T 6T 2 4Q 64000W RE4562240 BU720 5T 6T 2 40 64000W RE4562240 BU720 5T 6T 2 40 64000W RE4562240 BU720 5 6 2 0 8Q 48000W 2 RE4461800 BU720 5T 6T 2 0 8Q 48000W 2 RE4461800 BU720 5T 6T 2 2 40 64000W 2 RE4562240 BU720 5T 6T 2 2 40 64000W 2 RE4562240 3 2 40 64000W 3 RE4562240 3 2 40 64000W 3 RE4562240 4 2 40 64000W A RE4562240 4 2 4 64000W 4 RE4562240 4 2 4 64000W 4 RE4562240 For the connection of external braking units and braking resistors please refer to NOTE the relevant instruction manuals Braking resistors may dissipate approx 2096
140. 218 6 5 6 3 phase AC Inductance 2T 4T CLASSES IP54 219 6 6 ENCODER BOARD 5836 2 5 221 6 6 1 Environmental 221 6 6 2 ElectriciSpecifications siet ettet 222 6 6 3 Installing Encoder Board ES836 2 SLOT on the 223 6 6 4 Terminals in Encoder Board 5 2 eite teet ee e dtes a siaa a i 224 6 6 5 Configuration 22 224 6 6 6 Jumper Selecting the Type of Encoder Supply 225 6 6 7 uning uy ua ED o i OLD 226 6 6 8 Encoder Wiring and 4 4 226 6 6 9 Wiring the Encoder Cable 231 6 7 ISOLATED SERIAL BOARD 5822 1 SLOT 20 1 000000 000000000000 232 6 7 1 Environmental 232 6 7 2 Electric Fedt rgs d a Sul 233 6 7 3 Installing Board ES822 on the Inverter SLOT 234 6 7 4 Seting Board ES822 Reese 235 6 7 4 1 Jumper
141. 26404 509 0525 222 0 092mH 0 023mH 945Arms AC 3 0598 i 3 1040Arms1300 Apeak phase 0748 0140854 IMO126444 909 2 I 0 072mH 0 018mH 1260Arms AC 3 1470Arms 1850Apeak phase continued 211 321 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS continued 6 x IM0140674 0964 2 x IM0126404 2 x IM0140754 0 024mH 950Arms AC single S75 phase 1130 2 x IM0126404 2 x IM0140754 6 x IM0140774 0 018mH 1250Arms AC 1296 2 x IM0126444 2 x IM0140854 noie phase 212 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA 6 5 4 2 SIZE SINUS PENTA INPUT AC 3 PHASE MODEL INDUCTANCE 1 0126004 ons 2 0mH 11Arms S05 0007 0009 O0 0014 006 1 0126084 a s 0 7mH 32Arms 0020 512 0025 0126124 0030 0 51mH 43Arms 0 1 0126144 0036 0 3mH 68Arms 0038 S15 0040 0049 0113 0162 1 0126044 1 27mH 17Arms 1 0126084 0 7mH 32Arms S10 IM0126124 0 51mH 43Arms IM0126164 0 24mH 92Arms S20 1 0126204 0 16mH 142Arms 1 0126244 530 0 09mH 252Arms 0126284 0179 0200 0 061mH 362Arms S40 0216 IM0126324 0250 0250 0 054mH 410Arms 0312 1 0126404 0 023mH 945Arms 1 0126444 0 018mH 1260 Arms DC SINGLE PHASE INDUCTANCE Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable IMO140154 2 8mH 32 5Arms 40 5Apeak IMO 140204 2 0mH 47A rms 58 5 Apeak
142. 30 516 SINUS 0250110 480 576 SINUS 0312 132 180 390 220 300 375 260 350 390 300 400 413 600 720 550 SINUS 0366 150 200 458 250 340 421 300 400 449 330 450 453 660 792 SINUS 0399 160 220 475 280 380 480 330 450 493 355 480 471 720 864 SINUS 0524 220 300 661 355 480 589 450 610 665 500 680 673 800 960 1152 SINUS 0598 250 S65 SINUS 0748 280 1000 1300 SINUS 08311330 1200 1440 SINUS 09641400 1480 1780 575 SINUS 1130 450 128711000 1700 2040 SINUS 12961560 1480 1100 163011170 1950 2340 200 240Vac 380 500Vac 280 360Vdc 530 705Vdc Penta s Supply Voltage The rated current of the applicable motor must not exceed 590 of Input and output choke is required for these models 5 1 3 2 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR 5T AND 6T VOLTAGE CLASSES Applicable Motor Power Size Inverter Model 575Vac 660 690Vac Inom 570 SINUS 0831 800 1090 900 1000 1360 954 1200 1440 1728 5757 SINUS 0964 1000 1360 1145 1220 1660 1187 1480 1780 2136 sgo SINUS 1130 1170 1600 1360 1400 1910 1360 1700 2040 2448 SINUS 1296 1340 1830 1560 1610 2190 1560 1950 2340 2808 Inverter power supply 500 575Vac 705 810Vdc 575 690Vac 810 970Vdc The rated current of the applicable motor must not exceed 596 of Inom Input and output
143. 4 Testing and Measurement Techniques Section 4 Electrical Fast Transient Burst Immunity Test Basic EMC Publication EN61000 4 5 IEC1000 4 5 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Part 4 Testing and Measurement Techniques Section 5 Surge Immunity Test EN61000 4 6 IEC1000 4 6 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Part 4 Testing and Measurement Techniques Section 6 Immunity from Radiofrequency Fields Induced Disturbance Walther Flender AT GmbH certifies all its products in compliance with immunity standards in force classes are provided with CE Declaration of European Conformity according to Electromagnetic Compatibilit 89 336 CEE 92 31 CEE 23 68 CEE 93 97 CEE reproduced on the last pages of the instruction manual 307 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 7 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Products with ID I in column 7 in the nameplate see section 1 2 These devices are not provided with RFI filters They can produce radio interference in domestic environments additional measures should be taken to suppress radio interference Products with ID 1 in column 7 in the nameplate see section 1 2 the following regulation is provided CAUTION These are category C2 devices according to EN61800 3 They can produce radio interference in domestic environments additional measures should be taken to suppress radio interference Products w
144. 4 5 9 CMA OV for auxiliary inputs connected to control OV 10 Analog output 1 to be configured either as a voltage Vout 10 V loutmax 5 mA SW2 1 On output or as a current output Resolution 11 bits SW2 2 Off default 0 4 20 mA Voutmax 10V SW2 1 Off Resolution 10 bits SW2 2 On 11 AO2 Analog output 2 to be configured either as a voltage Vout 10V loutmax 5mA SW2 3 On output or as a current output Resolution 11 bits SW2 4 Off default 0 4 20 mA Voutmax 10V SW2 3 Off Resolution 10 bits SW2 4 On 12 Analog output 3 to be configured either as a voltage Vout x 10V loutmax 5mA SW2 5 On output or as a current output Resolution 11 bits SW2 6 Off default 0 4 20 mA Voutmax 10V SW2 5 Off Resolution 10 bits SW2 6 On 13 CMA OV for main reference connected to control OV 14 START Active input inverter running Inactive input main ref is Optoisolated digital inputs 24 VDC reset and the motor stops with a deceleration ramp positive logic PNP active with 15 ENABLE Active input inverter running enabled greater signal with respect to CMD MDI2 Inactive input motor idling regardless of control mode terminal 22 inverter not commutating In compliance with EN 61131 2 as 16 RESET MDI3 Alarm reset function type 1 digital inputs with rated Multifunction digital input 3 voltage equal to 24 VDC Max 17 Multifunction digital input 4 respon
145. 40 3 4 4 4 4 40 807 4 4 4 Ajo 488 85 56 103 2 3 0457 0524 N leid B I RP RP ATR Recommended Maximum Allowoble Carrier Frequency Peak Currents SINUS PENTA parameters C001 and C002 5T and 6T Classes Mods U gt ctc ras o2 2 3 4 4 4 70 144 036 2 3 4 4 4 72 159 s 0399 2 3 4 4 4 864 1733 057 2 2 3 4 4 1056 2078 4 4 0 2 3 4 5 Ww CO 6 0524 2 2 3 4 4 1152 2338 058 2 2 j 3 4 4 1320 2597 048 2 2 3 4 1560 309 7 szo 2 2 3 4 4 172 3400 NOP N N N I 55 2 2 3 a 4 23 4192 2 4 2488 4815 as 2 2 2 4 2808 5525 N N I 148 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 5 3 OPERATING TEMPERATURES BASED ON APPLICATION CLASSES The operating temperature of the inverters of the SINUS PENTA series is maximum 40 C at rated current and can reach max 50 C if the operating current is reduced The operating temperature of some SINUS PENTA models can even exceed 40 C at rated current The maximum operating temperatures based on the inverter size and application class are detailed in the tables below
146. 4000 m 5 1 232 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 7 2 ELECTRIC FEATURES WIRING Once board ES822 is fitted connector RS 485 installed on the inverter will automatically disable D type 9 pole male connector RS 485 or female connector RS 232 DTE located on board ES822 activate depending on the position of J1 Contacts of CN3 D type 9 pole male connector RS 485 are as follows PIN FUNCTION 1 3 TX RX A Differential input output A bidirectional according to standard RS485 Positive polarity with respect to pins 2 4 for one MARK 2 4 Differential input output B bidirectional according to standard RS485 Negative polarity with respect to pins 1 3 for one MARK GND control board zero volt Not connected GND control board zero volt N 5 V max 100mA for the power supply of an auxiliary converter RS 485 RS 232 if any Contacts of 2 D type 9 pole female connector RS 232 DCE are as follows PIN FUNCTION 9 Not connected TX A Output according to standard RS232 RX A Input according to standard RS232 GND zero volt 6 be connected together for loopback DTR DSR 8 To be connected together for loopback RTS CTS 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 233 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SI
147. 400kcmils 2x240 2x500kcmils 2x240 2x500kcmils 3x210 3x400kcmils 0598 900 35 1250 1250 1000 565 3x400kcmils 0748 1000 Bar 35 3x240 1250 1250 1200 0831 1200 Bar 35 3x500kcmils 1600 1600 1600 4 240 0964 1480 35 4x500kcmils 2x1000 2000 2x1000 6x210 S75 1130 1700 Bar 35 6x400kcmils 2x1250 2000 2x1200 6x240 1296 1950 Bar 35 6x500kcmils 2x1250 2500 2x1200 5 Always use the correct cable cross sections and activate the protecting devices A N CAUTION provided for the inverter Failure to do so will cause the non compliance to standard regulations of the system where the inverter is installed 75 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 6 2 VoLTAGE CLASS Cable Cross Fast Fuses Magnetic ACI section Fitting G 700V Circuit Contactor a the Terminal Disc Switch Breaker 1 2 1 5 1215 2 5 1 1 2 1 5 20 6AWG 1 2 1 5 4 10AWG 1 2 1 5 1 2 1 5 1 2 1 5 0 5 10 1 2 1 5 20 6 AWG 1 2 1 5 1 2 1 5 1 2 1 5 0016 26 10 1 2 1 5 40 40 45 0017 30 0 5210 10 1 2 1 5 40 40 45 0020 30 20 6 AWG 10 1 2 1 5 10 6AWG 40 40 45 S12 0025 41 10 1 2 1 5 63 63 55 0030 41 10 1 2 1 5 63 63 60 0034 57 0 5 25 18 2 5 16 5AWG 100 100 100 0036 60 20 4 18 2 5 25 4AWG 100 100 100 0 5 25 20 4 AWG
148. 4022330 Sap 0129 internal 3 0 3 3Q 12000W IP20 RE4022330 0150 internal 2 5 3 3Q 12000W IP20 RE4022330 0162 internal 2 5 3 3Q 12000W IP20 RE4022330 0179 2 BU200 3 3 2 3 30 8000W IP20 2 RE3762330 T 0200 2 BU200 3 3 2 3 30 8000W IP20 2 RE3762330 0216 2 BU200 3 3 2 3 30 12000W IP20 2 RE4022330 0250 2 BU200 33 2 3 30 12000W IP20 2 RE4022330 0312 3 BU200 3 3 3 3 30 12000W IP20 3 RE4022330 550 0366 3 BU200 3 3 3 3 30 12000W IP20 3 RE4022330 0399 3 BU200 3 3 3 3 30 12000W IP20 3 RE4022330 545 0457 3 BU200 33 3 3 30 12000W IP20 3 RE4022330 0524 4 BU200 3 3 4 3 30 12000W IP20 4 RE4022330 0598 BU1440 2T 4T 0 24 0 45 64000W IP23 RE4561450 S65 0748 BU1440 2T 4T 0 24 0 45 64000W IP23 RE4561450 0831 BU1440 2 4 0 24 2 0 6 48000W IP23 2 RE4461600 continued 160 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS continued 0964 BU1440 2T 4T 2 0 6 48000W 2 RE4461600 S75 1130 BU1440 2 4 2 0 6 64000W 2 RE4561600 1296 BU1440 2 4 2 0 6 64000W 2 RE4561600 Parallel connection is required For the connection of external braking units and braking resistors please refer to the relevant instruction manuals DANGER Braking resistors may reach temperatures higher than 200 C Braking resistors may dissipate approx 20 of the rated power of the connected CAUTION motor use a proper air cooling system Do not i
149. 4022660 0060 internal 5 0 6 6 12000 20 4022660 0067 internal 5 0 2 100 8000W IP20 2 RE3762500 0074 internal 4 2 2 100 8000W IP20 2 RE3763100 0086 internal 4 2 2 100 8000W IP20 2 RE3763100 0113 internal 3 0 2 6 60 12000W IP20 2 RE4022660 T 0129 internal 3 0 2 6 60 12000W IP20 2 RE4022660 0150 internal 2 5 3 10Q 12000W IP20 RE4023100 0162 internal 2 5 3 100 12000W IP20 RE4023100 0179 3 BU200 5 0 3 6 60 12000W IP20 3 RE4022660 0200 4 BU200 5 0 4 6 60 12000 IP20 4 RE4022660 0216 4 BU200 5 0 4 6 6Q 12000W IP20 4 RE4022660 0250 5 BU200 5 0 5 6 60 12000 IP20 5 RE4022660 0312 6 BU200 5 0 6 6 6Q 12000W IP20 6 RE4022660 550 0366 6 BU200 5 0 6 6 6Q 12000W IP20 6 RE4022660 0399 7 BU200 5 0 7 6 6Q 12000W IP20 7 RE4022660 550 0457 8 BU200 5 0 8 6 60 12000W IP20 8 RE4022660 0524 10 BU200 5 0 10 6 6Q 12000W IP20 10 RE4022660 0598 BU1440 2 4 0 24 4 0 45 48000W IP23 4 RE4461450 S65 0748 BU1440 2T 4T 0 24 4 0 45 48000W IP23 4 RE4461450 0831 BU1440 2T 4T 0 24 4 0 3 64000W IP23 4 RE4561300 continued 162 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS continued 0964 BU1440 2 4 4 0 3 64000W 4 RE4561300 S75 1130 BU1440 2T 4T 4 0 3 64000W 4 RE4561300 1296 BU1440 2 4 4 0 3 64000W 4 RE4561300 Parallel connection is required For the connection of external braking unit
150. 440 460Vac 480 500Vac kW HP A kW kW A SINUS 0016 5 26 30 36 SINUS 0017 7 30 32 38 0 SINUS 0020 SINUS 0025 SINUS 0030 SINUS 0016 SINUS 0017 SINUS 0020 SINUS 0023 9 SINUS 0025 SINUS 0030 SINUS 0034 SINUS 0036 SINUS 0038 15 20 50 515 SINUS 0040 18 5 25 6 SINUS 0049 22 30 7 5 35 80 0 40 2 3 S05 5 19 21 25 SINUS 0014 17 5 10 9 S1 continued 141 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA 340 421 continued SINUS 0179 80 110 250 150 200 264 160 220 237 185 250 257 300 340 408 40 SINUS 0200 90 125 277 160 220 273 185 250 279 200 270 273 345 365 438 SINUS 0216 110 150 332 200 270 341 220 300 326 250 340 337 375 430 516 SINUS 0250 132 180 390 220 300 375 260 350 390 260 350 359 380 SINUS 0457 SINUS 0312 150 200 458 250 S50 SINUS 0366 160 220 475 280 SINUS 0399 185 250 550 315 430 550 680 90 480 576 315 430 459 330 450 453 480 600 720
151. 480 00x560 118 110 ee 19 1163 1130 5T 6T 2 411 3 0 2 2 20 2 1296 5 6 2 411 3 2 2 4 21 6 When housing the control unit or the splitter unit or the auxiliary power supply unit the module depth is 560 mm Three inverter modules must be provided with an integrated splitter unit Two inverter modules must be provided with an integrated auxiliary power supply unit 28 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 3 4 54 STAND ALONE MoDELs 505 530 2T 55 Power L Weight Dissipated at Inom mm mm mm SINUS PENTA 160 O SINUS PENTA 0008 SINUS PENTA 0010 505 SINUS PENTA 0013 214 577 227 SINUS PENTA 0015 SINUS PENTA 0016 SINUS PENTA 0020 15 7 SINUS PENTA 0016 SINUS PENTA 0017 S10 SINUS PENTA 0020 22 3 SINUS PENTA 0025 220 622 268 SINUS PENTA 0030 SINUS PENTA 0035 23 3 SINUS PENTA 0023 512 SINUS PENTA 0033 250 622 268 SINUS PENTA 0037 SINUS PENTA 0038 515 SINUS PENTA 0040 288 715 366 SINUS PENTA 0049 SINUS PENTA 0060 SINUS PENTA 0067 320 lSINUS PENTA 0074 237 842 366 SINUS PENTA 0086 SINUS 0113 SINUS 0129 76 530 SINUS PENTA 0150 227 008 460 SINUS 0162 76 OPTIONAL FEATURE
152. 500V 0 800 2 nom 80 Imax 96 UL ratings 500Vac 69 0 KVA max drive 54 0 kW 72 Hp motor Short Circuit Rating 10000 Arms 500Vac Aux Contact Ratings 5 0 250 resistive 3A 250Vac FOR FURTIIER DETAILS SEC USER MANUAL use 100 Gire breaker 100 Cont A 100 Wire size sqmm 25 AWG4 application table i IND CONT EQ motor voltage light standard heavy strong 2YF1 C 79 US 45 37 30 25 60 50 0 4U 35 195081 LISTED Cece 90 50 45 37 30 65 0 60 50 40 57 50 37 78 0 69 0 50 0 ATVI HI Figure 1 Inverter nameplate 18 321 NTRIEBSTECHN SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT Inverters of the SINUS series degree of protection IP20 can be installed inside another enclosure Only models with degree of protection IP54 may be wall mounted The inverter must be installed vertically The ambient conditions the instructions for the mechanical assembly and the electrical connections of the inverter are detailed in the sections below CAUTION Do not install the inverter horizontally or upside down Do not mount any heat sensitive components on top of the inverter to prevent them from damaging due to hot exhaust air CAUTION gt gt gt CAUTION The inverter bottom may reach high temperatures make sure that the inverter bearing surface is not heat sensitive 3 3 1 ENVIRONMENTAL REQU
153. 54 BOX MODELs 505 520 55 voon LL ED sonar Date SINUS BOX PENTA 0005 U SINUS BOX PENTA 0007 27 9 505 SINUS BOX PENTA 0009 400 600 250 27 9 SINUS BOX PENTA 0011 27 9 SINUS BOX PENTA 0014 27 9 SINUS BOX PENTA 0016 48 5 SINUS BOX PENTA 0017 48 5 SINUS BOX PENTA 0020 48 5 5108 SINUS BOX PENTA 0025 200 700 300 49 5 SINUS BOX PENTA 0030 49 5 SINUS BOX PENTA 0035 49 5 SINUS BOX PENTA 0016 48 5 SINUS BOX PENTA 0017 48 5 SINUS BOX PENTA 0020 48 5 S12B SINUS PENTA 0025 500 700 300 49 5 SINUS BOX PENTA 0030 49 5 SINUS BOX PENTA 0034 50 5 SINUS BOX PENTA 0036 50 5 SINUS BOX PENTA 0038 782 515 SINUS PENTA 0040 600 1000 400 78 2 SINUS BOX PENTA 0049 782 SINUS BOX PENTA 0060 109 5 SINUS BOX PENTA 0067 109 5 5208 SINUS BOX PENTA 0074 900 1200 400 112 3 SINUS BOX PENTA 0086 112 3 OPTIONAL FEATURES Disconnecting switch with line fast fuses Line magnetic circuit breaker with release coil Line contactor in ACT Front key operated selector switch for LOCAL REMOTE control and EMERGENCY push button Line input impedance Motor side output impedance Output toroid filter Motor forced cooling circuit Anticondensation resistance Additional terminal board for input output wires 32 321 NOTE required V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK P W Dimensions and weights may vary depending on optional co
154. 6 phase W ES843 OPI phase W Available for S70 only CAUTION Carefully check that connections are correct Wrong connections can adversely affect the equipment operation NEVER supply voltage to the equipment if optical fibre connectors are CAUTION disconnected V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 59 321 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS The diagram below illustrates the connections required for the components of the modular inverter model JudO 383 205914 7900 EZZZZZZZZZZZZZZU INICA TINIO 3inaos NO OZS M0 ia H3LH3ANI M31H3ANI AlddNS Xldd S H3MOd 2180 YAGI 2USv 1d 2195 rex 7es _ Q JYI Q3013HS SJAM 6 N 2 d d E xw 8 JAA 81 2 F F a N OYVOR 1081N05 ul tu C DAZ mE AlddNS Abc Xi 2795 4198915 Addr S Akas Ned Qqavog 0491102 1 Ae I 1 viid upee CRS u01338N09 9
155. 610 1840 2100 1100 1410 1620 2210 1850 2520 575 690Vac 810 970Vdc 1500 1920 1569 1700 2040 2448 1950 2340 2808 1800 500 575Vac 705 810Vdc The rated current of the applicable motor must not exceed 5 of Input and output choke is required for these models Legend Inom continuous rated current of the inverter Imax max current produced by the inverter for 120 sec every 20 min up to S30 and for 60 sec every 10 min for 540 and greater Ipeak deliverable current for max sec 0 2 3 4 6 9 142 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 5 1 3 HEAVY APPLICATIONS OVERLOAD UP TO 17596 5 1 3 1 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR 2T AND AT VOLTAGE CLASSES Applicable Motor Power Sinus Pent Model 200 240Vac 380 415 440 460 480 500Vac Imax Ipeak 3 s SINUS 0014 7 5 10 14819 2 12 5 156 SINUS 0015 4 55 66 J SINUS 0016 45 6 hs SINUS 0020 5 5 7 5 os 5 7 5 195 9 2 continued co o 143 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS continued SINUS 0179 75 340 408 540 SINUS 0200 80 365 438 SINUS 0216 90 4
156. A 0598 11250 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0748 12450 continued 33 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS continued S70C SINUS CABINET PENTA 0831 5T 6T 1007 14900 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0964 2T AT 2200 15400 S75C SINUS CABINET PENTA 1130 2T AT 1468 17000 SINUS CABINET PENTA 1296 2T AT 2350 800 18600 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0964 5 6 3000 17600 S80C SINUS CABINET PENTA 1130 5T 6T 1700 21900 SINUS CABINET PENTA 1296 5T 6T 3400 24000 Dimensions and weights may vary depending on optional components required AVAILABLE OPTIONAL FEATURES Disconnecting switch with line fast fuses Line magnetic circuit breaker with release coil Line contactor in Front key operated selector switch for LOCAL REMOTE control and EMERGENCY pushbutton Line input impedance Motor side output impedance Additional terminal board for input output wires Output toroid filter Motor forced cooling circuit Braking unit for size gt 540 Anticondensation resistance PT100 instruments for motor temperature control Optional features components by request 34 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 4 STANDARD MOUNTING AND FIXING POINTS STAND ALONE MODELS IP20 AND IPOO 505 S60
157. A TIA 568B EIA TIA 568 cross over cable UTP STP type cat 5 EIA TIA 568A EIA TIA 568B NOTE NOTE NOTE The inverter is typically installed with other electric electronic devices inside a cubicle Normally the electromagnetic pollution inside the cubicle is remarkable and is due to both radiofrequency disturbance caused by the inverters and to bursts caused by the electromechanical devices To avoid propagating disturbance to Ethernet cables they must be segregated and kept as far as possible from the other power cables and signal cables in the cubicle Disturbance propagation to Ethernet cables may affect the correct operation of the inverter and the other devices computers PLCs Switches Routers connected to the same LAN The maximum length of the LAN cable cat 5 UTP allowed by IEEE 802 standards results from the max transit time allowed from the protocol and is equal to 100m The longer the cable length the higher the risk of communications failure For Ethernet wiring only use cables certified for LAN cables of 5 UTP category or higher For standard wiring avoid creating your own cables Straight Through or Cross Over cables should be purchased from an authorised dealer For a proper configuration and utilisation of the communications board the user should know the basics of the TCP IP protocol and should get familiar with the MAC address the IP address and the ARP Address
158. AULT ON REF analog input current input SW1 2 OFF AIN1 voltage input ON analog input current input DEFAULT SW1 3 OFF AIN2 voltage input or analog input current input protection PTC acquisition DEFAULT 5 1 4 Both OFF AIN2 current input or voltage Both ON AIN2 input for motor protection SW1 5 input based on SW1 3 DEFAULT acquisition Dip switch SW2 analog output configuration Switches Functionality SW2 1 12ON 2 OFF AO voltage output 12 OFF 2 ON AO current output SW2 2 DEFAULT 2 3 3 4 OFF 2 voltage output 3 OFF 4 AO2 current output SW2 4 DEFAULT SW2 5 5 ON 6 OFF AOS3 voltage output 5 OFF 62 ON current output SW2 6 DEFAULT 93 321 WOWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Dip switch SW3 interface RS 485 terminator Switches Functions SW3 1 Both OFF RS 485 terminator disabled Both ON RS 485 terminator enabled SW3 2 DEFAULT Dip switch factory setting is as follows P000526 A SW1 tutti OFF eccetto 2 e 3 SW2 ON i dispari SW3 OFF Factory setting provides the following operating modes REF Analog input voltage input and two current analog inputs AINT AIN2 Voltage analog outputs Terminator RS 485 off CON O NM 4 321 WOWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLA
159. Auto no rot Use the ESC key to accept changes Close the ENABLE command and wait until autotune is complete warning W32 Open Enable is displayed The drive has computed and saved the values for P155 and P156 If alarm A065 Autotune KO trips this means that the ENABLE command has opened before autotune was completed or that the autotune algorithm failed In this case reset the drive sending a command from terminal MDI3 or press the RESET key in the display keypad and perform the autotune procedure again NOTE if the ENABLE command was not opened before autotune was over decrease by 5 the no load current value set in 021 and perform the autotune procedure again 131 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA 9 Tuning the rotor The rotor time constant C025 is estimated with a special autotune procedure time constant 10 Startup 11 Speed regulator adjustment 12 Possible failures allowing the motor to run even in no load conditions First remove the ENABLE command then access the AUTOTUNE MENU and set 1073 1 Motor Tune and 1074 2 FOC Auto rot Use the ESC key to accept changes Close the ENABLE command and wait until autotune is over warning W32 Open Enable is displayed When autotune is complete the value obtained for the rotor time constant is automatically saved in parameter C025
160. BSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS P000322 B N EL d T a E jer fio re LR d ed ud DE AP Ligue TEI ey EM ly o n Figure 148 Fitting the ES860 Card inside the Inverter 5 Setthe Encoder power supply voltage and the correct position of the mode selection dip switch 5 6 Power up the inverter and check that the voltage supplied to the encoder is correct Carry out parameter settings for Encoder A following the Sinus PENTA Configuration Guide 7 Switch off power to the inverter wait for shutdown to fully complete and then connect the encoder cable DANGER disconnect the power supply and wait at least 5 minutes There is a risk of electric shock if the inverter has not fully discharged its internal capacity Do not connect or disconnect signal terminals or those of the inverter power WARNING Before removing the terminal board cover and accessing the inside of the inverter supply In addition to a risk of electric shock there is a possibility of damaging the inverter and or connected devices All the fixing screws removed by the user terminal board cover serial interface NOTE connector access cable router etc are all coloured black rounded and cross headed The removal of any other screws or bolts will invalidate the guarantee 293 321 Y WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK Aa N INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA
161. Bars 47 D and 47 4 are short circuited factory setting The DC inductance ATTENZIONE CON O NM 70 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 5 LAY OUT OF THE AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLY TERMINALS The auxiliary power supply terminals are provided in the Penta models requiring auxiliary power supply links to be used to power air cooling systems or to power internal circuits SYMBOL Inverter Terminal Description Ratings 63 65 Saux Inputs for auxiliary 3 phase power 380 500Vac 100mA for 47 class inverters 564 574 67 Taux supply 660 690Vac 0 5A for 6T class inverters 61 62 Inputs for fan power supply 230Vac 2A Connection bars for S64 S70 570 565
162. Claosses 140 5 1 2 STANDARD Applications Overload up to 14090 141 3 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 9 2 j 4 5 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 5 1 2 1 Technical Sheet for 2T and AT Voltage 141 2 2 Technical Sheet for 5T and 6T Voltage 142 HEAVY applications Overload up to 1759060 143 3 1 Technical Sheet for 2T and AT Voltage 143 3 2 Technical Sheet for 5T and 6T Voltage 144 STRONG Applications Overload up to 200 145 5 1 4 1 Technical Sheet for 2T and AT voltage Classes 222 145 5 1 4 2 Technical Sheet for 5T and 6T Voltage Classes 146 5 2 CARRIER FREQUENCY SETTING 147 5 3 OPERATING TEMPERATURES BASED ON APPLICATION 5 5 149 85 22 151 BRAKING RESISTORS 151 d sls Application u u saa e tuendi dee Per NER Tee Een EUER 151 6 1 1 1 Braking Resistors for Applications with a Braking DUTY CYCLE of 10 and 380 500 Vac S pply Volidg amp u a u are canes reat
163. E V SIGNAL CONNECTOR I OP13 OP14 GATEW OP16 STATUS IGBT U OP15 FAULT IGBT U CN14 INVERTER MODULE U SIGNAL CONNECTOR 19 20 GATE U 24V CONTROL UNIT SUPPLY Figure 33 ES842 Control Unit 4 Use the connection cable kit to connect the inverter components to each other Make sure that the tab of the optical fibre connectors is turned outwards to the connector fixed in the control board 5 Reassemble the covers made of Lexan and the covering of the control unit making sure not to flatten any cable optical fibre 63 321 V WALTHER FLENDER i ANTRIEBSTECHNIK CON INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 2 6 INTERNAL CONNECTIONS FOR MODULAR INVERTERS S64 The following links are required N 2 power connections with 60 10mm copper bar between the inverter arms in order to deliver DC voltage N 4 connections with 9 pole shielded cable Type of cable shielded cable N of conductors 9 Diameter of each conductor AWG20 24 0 6 0 22sqmm Connectors 9 pole SUB D female connectors Connections within the cable SUB D females 2 pin 1 1 22 2 pin 32 3 pin A gt 4 pin 52 5 pin 6 gt 6 pin 72 7 pin 82 8 pin 95 9 The following links are required from control unit to inverter arm with auxiliary power supply unit control signals for auxiliary power sup
164. E or 10 AND 200 240 SUPPLY VOLTAGE Min Resistance SINUS PENTA 1o be Applied to BRAKING RESISTANCE WITH 1096 DUTY CYCLE Model Braking Unit the BU 2T Class 3 4 J 6 8 internal 560 350W RE2643560 internal 2 560 350W 2 RE2643560 internal 2 560 350W 2 RE2643560 internal 2 560 350W 2 RE2643560 internal 2 560 350W 2 RE2643560 internal 2 560 350W 2 RE2643560 internal 2 560 350W 2 RE2643560 internal 2 560 350W 2 RE2643560 internal 2 560 350W 2 RE2643560 internal 2 560 350W 2 RE2643560 internal 15Q 1100W RE3083150 internal 15Q 1100W RE3083150 internal 15Q 1100W RE3083150 internal 15Q 1100W RE3083150 internal 10Q 1500W RE3093100 internal 10Q 1500W RE3093100 internal 2 150 1100W 2 RE3083150 internal 2 150 1100W 2 RE3083150 internal 5Q 4000W RE3482500 internal 5Q 4000W RE3482500 internal 5Q 4000W RE3482500 internal 5Q 4000W RE3482500 internal 5Q 4000W RE3482500 internal 3 30 8000W RE3762330 internal 3 30 8000W RE3762330 internal 3 30 8000W RE3762330 internal 3 30 8000W RE3762330 2 BU200 2 3 30 8000W 2 RE3762330 2 BU200 2 3 30 8000W 2 RE3762330 2 BU200
165. EDs allow to view the inverter operating condition even if no user interface display keypad is provided The keypad housing allows to display the indicator lights The indi cator LEDs are the following Green LED L1 uC run If on it indicates that processors are active If it does not turn on when the inverter is normally operating this means that the feeder or control board are faulty Yellow LED L2 CA run If on it indicates that the power convertor is commutating and is powering the connected load terminals U V W If off all commutation devices of the power converter are inactive and the connected load is not powered Electrical shock hazard exists even if the power converter is not operating and the CAUTION inverter is disabled Possible dangerous voltage peaks on terminals U V W may occur Wait at least 5 minutes after switching off the inverter before operating on the electrical connection of the motor or the inverter Yellow LED L3 CB run In Sinus Penta Drives it never turn on Green LED 14 15V ok It comes on when it detects positive analog power supply 15V If it does not turn on when the inverter is normally operating this means that the feeder or control board are faulty Green LED L5 15V ok It comes on when it detects negative power supply 15V If it does not turn on when the inverter is normally operating this means that the feeder or control board are faulty Green LED L6 5V ok It comes
166. FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Slow Sampling Analog Inputs Configured in PT 100 Temperature Measure Mode Value Min Type Max Unit Type of probe Two wire PT100 Thermistor Measure range 50 260 Polarization current for PT100 0 49 mA Measure temperature coefficient 50 ppm C Digital resolution 11 bit Measure max cumulative error for temperature ranging from 40 to 50 C 0 5 1 5 C Mean value of temperature LSB linearization SW function 0 135 C LSB Permanent overload over inputs with no damage 10 10 V Input filter cut off frequency 1st order low pass filter 13 Hz Sampling time depending on the software being used 10 1000 ms 6 8 9 2 DiGITAL INPUTS Value Features of the Digital Inputs Min Type Max Unit Input voltage for with respect to CMD 30 30 V Voltage corresponding to logic level 1 between and CMD 15 24 30 V Voltage corresponding to logic level O between XMDIx and CMD 30 0 5 Current absorbed at logic level 1 5 9 12 mA Input frequency over fast inputs XMDI6 8 155 kHz Allowable duty cycle for frequency inputs 30 50 70 Min time at high level for fast inputs XMDI6 8 4 5 us Isolation test voltage between terminals CMD 43 and 50 with respect to terminals CMA 3 6 14 16 18 28 30
167. FOLLOWING STANDARDS Safety of machinery Electrical equipment of machines Part 1 General requirements Electrical equipment of industrial machines Part 2 Item designation and examples of drawings diagrams tables and instructions AND MUST NOT BE PUT INTO SERVICE UNTIL THE MACHINERY INTO WHICH IT IS TO BE INCORPORED HAS BEEN DECLARED IN CONFORMITY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF MACHINERY DIRECTIVE 89 392 EEC AND SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS 91 368 EEC 93 44 EEC AND 93 68 EEC AND THEIR RIFUSION AS 2006 42 CE PLACE AND DATE Casalfiumanese 05 03 2007 Elettronica Santerno Spa Stabilimenti e uffici Divisione RAD Ufficio Milano Cap Soc 2 500 000 i v Societ soggetta all attivit di Via G Di Vittorio 3 5 5 Selice 47 Trieste 99 Codice Fiscale e Partita Iva direzione e coordinamento di 40020 Casalfiumanese Italia 40060 Imola Bo 20064 Gorgonzola Mi 03686440284 Carraro Spa Tel 39 0542 668611 Tel 39 0542 687711 Tel 39 02 95138126 R E A PO 328951 GRUI Fax 39 0542 668600 Fax 39 0542 687722 Tel 39 02 95179254 Cod Mecc 054138 CARRARO www elettronicasanterno com Tel 39 02 95179458 Cod Ident IVA Intracom sales elettronicasanterno it Fax 39 02 95139216 1703586440284 M BOX DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY UK doc 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ELETTRONICA gt SANTERNO 80 9001 EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Elettronica Santerno S p A Via G
168. G RESISTANCE WITH 5096 DUTY CYCLE Model Class BU o mw Po 5 internal 500 4000W RE3503500 internal 500 4000W RE3503500 internal 500 4000W RE3503500 internal 500 4000W RE3503500 2 0014 internal 50 500 4000W IP23 RE3503500 0016 internal 50 500 8000W IP23 RE3783500 0017 internal 50 500 8000W IP23 RE3783500 en 0020 internal 50 500 8000W IP23 RE3783500 0025 internal 20 200 12000W IP23 RE4053200 0030 internal 20 20Q 12000W IP23 RE4053200 0035 internal 20 200 12000W IP23 RE4053200 0016 internal 40 500 8000W IP23 RE3783500 0017 internal 40 500 8000W IP23 RE3783500 0020 internal 40 500 8000W IP23 RE3783500 512 0025 internal 20 200 12000W IP23 RE4053200 4 0030 internal 20 200 12000W IP23 RE4053200 0034 internal 20 200 12000W IP23 RE4053200 0036 internal 20 200 12000W IP23 RE4053200 0038 internal 15 15Q 16000W IP23 RE4163150 15 0040 internal 15 15Q 16000W IP23 RE4163150 0049 internal 10 15Q 16000W IP23 RE4163150 5 0060 internal 10 100 24000W IP23 RE4293100 son 0067 internal 10 10Q 24000W IP23 RE4293100 0074 internal 8 5 10Q 24000W IP23 RE4293100 0086 internal 8 5 10Q 24000W IP23 RE4293100 0113 internal 6 60 48000W IP23 RE4462600 S30 0129 internal 6 6Q 48000W IP23 RE4462600 0150 internal 5 5Q 64000W IP23 RE4552500 0162 internal 5 5Q 64000W IP23 RE4552500 0179 3 BU200 10 3 100 24000W IP23 3 RE4293100 ein 0200 3 BU200 10 3 100 24000W IP23 3 RE4293100 0216 3 BU200 10 3 100 24000W IP23 3 RE4293100 0250 4 BU200 10 4
169. INALS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Screwable terminal board in six extractable sections suitable for cross sections 0 08 1 5mm AWG 28 16 No Name Description Features Dip Switch 1 OV for main reference connected to control OV Control board zero volt 2 REF Input for single ended main reference to be configured Vis 10 V Rin 50k Q SW1 1 either as a voltage input or as a current input Resolution 12 bits default 0 4 20 mA Rin 250 Q SWI 1 Resolution 11 bit 3 10VR Negative reference supply output for external 10V potentiometer Imax 10 4 10VR Positive reference supply output for external potentiometer 10V Imax 10mA 5 AIN1 Differential auxiliary analog input 1 to be configured either 10 V Rin 50k Q SW1 2 Off as a voltage input or as a current input Resolution 12 bits 6 AIN1 0 4 20 mA Rin 250 SW1 2 On Resolution 11 bits default 7 AIN2 PTC1 Differential auxiliary analog input to be configured either Vis 10 V Rin 50k SW1 3 Off as a voltage input or as a current input or to be Resolution 12 bits SW1 4 5 Off 8 AIN2 PTC2 configured as a PTC acquisition input for motor protection 0 4 20 mA Rin 250 SW1 3 On Resolution 11 bits SW1 4 5 default Motor protection PTC reading SW1 3 Off according to DIN44081 DIN44082 SW1
170. ING PER 244 K Key selector 303 304 112 RemotiFic ass s 112 115 201 L a 112 137 303 304 M Mains 020 0 000 000000000002 307 MONG Rees PET 82 103 Paraimeters a s u err res 126 128 130 E 126 128 130 H 134 Motor control 126 128 130 O Ouputs 111 Digitales 106 108 110 249 253 254 EE 107 Relay erit wes ra b Reid ITUR Ex 109 Output CHOKES eec ERE 310 dij cm 313 P 134 Overloqod 136 141 143 145 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA P Piercing Templates 37 43 47 Power Cables nm 73 311 re ee ERES ERE ak 46 48 15 85 86 gc 83 99 103 REM 303 304 Reset 83 96 S Serial communications 119 124 kp wc 22 Slot Aceto cette eu e UH quas Ay 223 292 INDEM 234 256
171. ION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 5 3 SINUS PENTA 512 For this inverter size no actual through panel assembly is used but the air flow of the power section is segregated from the air flow of the control section by installing two optional mechanical parts to be assembled with five 5 M4 self forming screws see figure below Figure 8 Fittings for through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA 512 The equipment height becomes 583 mm with the two additional components see figure on the left below The same figure below also shows the piercing template of the mounting panel including four M4 holes for the inverter mounting and two slots 175 x 77 mm and 175 x 61 mm for the air cooling of the power section LO d N 5 o a 1 xli AS x Figure 9 Piercing template for through panel assembly for SINUS 12 39 321 V WALTHER FLENDER i ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 4 J 6 8 0 2 3 4 J 6 9 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 5 4 SINUS PENTA 515 520 530 No additional mechanical component is required for the through panel assembly of these three SINUS PENTA sizes The piercing template shown in the figure below is to be made on the mounting panel Measures are shown
172. IREMENTS FOR THE EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION STORAGE AND TRANSPORT 0 40 C with no derating Operating ambient temperatures from 40 C to 50 C with 2 derating of the rated current for each degree beyond 40 C Ambient eas N E for storage and 25 C 70 C iD N E Pollution degree 2 or higher Do not install in direct sunlight and in places exposed to Installation environment conductive dust corrosive gases vibrations water sprinkling or dripping except for IP54 models do not install in salty environments Up to 1000 m above sea level Altitude For higher altitudes derate the output current of 196 every 100 m above 1 000 m max 4 000 m From 596 to 9596 from 1g m to 29g m non condensing and non freezing class 3k3 according to EN50178 From 5 to 95 from 1g m to 29g m non condensing and non freezing class 1k3 according to 50178 Max 9596 up to 60g m condensation may appear when the equipment is not running class 2k3 according to EN50178 Storage and operating atmospheric From 86 to 106 kPa pressure classes 3k3 and 1k4 according to EN50178 Atmospheric pressure during transport From 70 to 106 kPa class 2k3 according EN50178 Operating ambient humidity Storage ambient humidity Ambient humidity during transport 6 CAUTION As ambient conditions strongly affect the inverter life do not install the equipment in places that do not have th
173. ND CONT EQ 2YF1 us MADE IN ITALY 195081 LISTED Figure 72 Nameplate of BU200 Numbered items in the figure above 1 Model BU200 braking unit 2 Voltage class List of applicable voltage classes 3 Supply ratings 200 800 Vdc DC supply voltage produced by the inverter terminals 4 Output current 80A average average current in output cables 130A Peak peak current in output cables 5 Min load Minimum value of the resistor to be connected to the output terminals see application tables 6 Cable cross section Dimensioning of the power cables 177 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 lt r INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 2 2 OPERATION The basic size of the braking unit can be used with a braking resistor avoiding exceeding a max instant current of 130 A corresponding to a peak braking power of approx 97 5 kW class 4T and to an average power of 60 kW class 4T For applications requiring higher braking power values multiple braking units can be parallel connected in order to obtain a greater braking power based on the number of braking units To ensure that the overall braking power is evenly distributed to all braking units configure one braking unit in MASTER mode and the remaining braking units in SLAVE mode and connect the output signal of the MASTER unit terminal 8 in connector M1 to the forcing input for all SLAVE braking
174. NUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 7 3 INSTALLING BOARD ES822 ON THE INVERTER SLOT B Turn off the inverter and wait at least 5 minutes Remove the cover allowing to gain access to the inverter control terminals The mounting columns for the encoder board and signal connector are located on the right 000309 Fixing spacers vs id Figure 106 Position of the slot for the installation of the serial isolated board 5 3 Fit encoder board ES822 and make sure that all contacts enter the relevant housing in the signal connector Fasten the encoder board to the metal columns using the screws supplied 4 Configure dip switches and the jumper located the encoder board based the connected encoder 234 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 7 4 SETTING BoARD ES822 6 7 4 1 JUMPER FOR RS232 RSA85 SELECTION Jumper J1 allows to set board ES822 to operate as interface RS 485 or as interface RS 232 Jumper between pin1 2 CN3 RS 485 is enabled Jumper between pin2 3 CN2 RS 232 is enabled Figure 107 Jumper setting RS232 RS485 235 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 7 4 2 DiP SwITCH FOR TERMINATOR RS 485 Please refer to section SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS For serial line RS 485 in control board ES822 the line terminator is selected through dip switch SW1 as shown in the figure below When
175. NUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 11 9 Electrical utere rer eed eH 301 6 12 LOC 0 REM KEY SELECTOR SWITCH AND EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON FOR MODEL IP54 303 6 12 1 Wiring IP54 Inverters with Optional LOC O REM Key Selector Switch and Emergency a s mm 7 304 7 REFERENCES uu eoo hue Eoo aeo ENS 305 7 1 RADIOFREQUENCY 2 20 2 2 000 01 00000 309 7 1 1 The Malis 310 7 1 2 Output Chokes iser a aa E E A ETA E E 310 7 1 3 IB Ee C Jn MR 310 7 1 4 Output Filters 313 7 2 Declarations of conformily 314 8 INDEX 320 7 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK O c INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 0 2 FIGURES Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 8 Figure 9 Figure 10 Figure 11 Figure 12 Figure 13 Figure 14 Figure 15 Figure 16 Figure 17 Figure 18 Figure 19 Figure 20 Figure 21 Figure 22 Figure 23 Figure 24 Figure 25 Figure 26 Figure 27 Figure 28 Figure 29
176. Negative signal transmission line 3 Line receiving positive signals 4 Term Terminated pair not used 5 Term Terminated pair not used 6 RD Line receiving negative signals 7 Term Terminated pair not used 8 Term Terminated pair not used 6 9 6 2 CONNECTION TO THE NETWORK Ethernet interface board can be connected to an Ethernet control device with a Modbus TCP master protocol computer or PLC through a LAN Ethernet business network or a direct point to point connection The board connection through a LAN is similar to a computer connection Use a standard cable for a Switch or Hub connection or a Straight Through Cable TIA EIA 568 B of class 5 UTP Patch cable for LAN The Ethernet interface board cannot be connected to old LANs using Thin Ethernet 10 2 coaxial cables Connection to this type of LANs is possible using a Hub NOTE provided with both Thin Ethernet 10base2 connectors and 100Base TX or 10Base T connectors The LAN topology is a star one with each node connected to the Hub or the Switch through its cable The figure below shows the pair arrangement in a 5 UTP cable and the standard colour arrangement to obtain the Straight Through cable P000518 B Pin 4 orange white ZZ omne green white zz blue white lt brown white KIT 15384 Figure 132 Cable of Cat 5 for Ethernet and standard colour arrangeme
177. ON to terminals 2 4 6 the latter are not to be connected Failures will occur if terminals 2 4 6 are connected to encoder conductors or to other conductors NOTE to the supply voltage Only differential encoders may be connected if their output voltage is lower than the supply voltage Some manufacturers use the acronym HTL for push pull outputs with a power supply ranging from 18Vdc to 30Vdc For the acquisition of this type of encoder the same configuration used for push pull inverters shall be used for the encoder board NOTE Only push pull single ended encoders may be used with an output voltage equal V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 5836 2 m cus 2 lt NIN OOo OO T 1 1411 Ory bey P000592 B Figure 102 PNP or NPN encoder with single ended outputs and load resistors with external wiring NPN or PNP encoder outputs require a pull up or pull down resistive load to the supply or to the common As load resistor ratings are defined by the manufacturer of the encoder external wiring is required as shown in the figure above Connect the resistor common to the supply line for NPN encoders supply or to the common for PNP encoders 229 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 5836 2 i lt lt eam NIN
178. OPTIONAL LOC O REM SELECTOR SWITCH AND EMERGENCY PUSH BUTTON bum REACTOR 1 OPTION INVERTER 5 Y TAFFEREHTIL 1 17 AN2 A ALOG 2 5 a a AD POWER SUPPLY DREUT BREAKER uim Hr amp 4y T oy Bp a ima 1 FIC t i RESET HDI 1E 17 FA MDG CHA FINA 19 MOIZ ECHE oe MOIE FINE A 21 molo 73 T By 2004 ISOLATE POWER SUPPLY L ANALOG OUTPUTS Hh 04 SH vpn xs Foun BN P 007 qu DETAL DLTPLA Y NOONE A Mun r 214 WOO inm i 1 W ni r 1 1 H 04 m IPSA INVERTER WITH OPTIONAL LOC U REM KEY SELECTOR WICH AMD EWERGE ROY PUSH BUTI Figure 156 Wiring IP54 inverters with LOC O REM key selector switch and emergency push button 304 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 7 NORMATIVE REFERENCES Electromagnetic Compatibility 89 336 CEE and following amendments 92 31 CEE 93 68 CEE and 93 97 CEE In most systems the processing control also requires additional devices such as computers captors
179. Part 3 EMC requirements and specific test methods FOLLOWING THE PROVISIONS OF ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY DIRECTIVE 2004 108 CE PLACE AND DATE Casalfiumanese 05 03 2007 BOM Elettronica Santerno Spa Stabilimenti e uffici Divisione R amp D Ufficio Milano Cap Soc 2 500 000 i v Societ soggetta all attivit di Di Vittorio 3 5 5 Selice 47 Via Trieste 99 Codice Fiscale e Partita Iva direzione e coordinamento di 40020 Casalfiumanese Bo Italia 40060 Imola 20064 Gorgonzola Mi 03686440284 Carraro Spa 39 0542 668611 Tel 39 0542 687711 Tel 39 02 95138126 REA 328951 GRUPPO Fax 39 0542 668600 Fax 39 0542 687722 Tel 39 02 95179254 Cod Mecc PO 054138 CARRARO www elettronicasanterno com Tel 39 02 95179458 Cod Ident IVA Intracom sales clettronicasanterno it Fax 39 02 95139216 1703686440284 DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY UK doc c a c r 314 321 WWWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ELETTRONICA NE SANTERNO 180 9001 FACTURER S DECLARATION Elettronica Santerno S p A Via G Di Vittorio 3 40020 Casalfiumanese BO Italia AS MANUFACTURER DECLARE UNDER OUR SOLE RESPONSABILITY THAT THE DIGITAL THREE PHASE AC INVERTER FROM SINUS PENTA TO WHICH THIS DECLARATION RELATES APPLIED UNDER CONDITIONS SUPPLIED IN THE USER S MANUAL ARE IN CONFORMITY TO WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS Safety of machinery Electrical
180. RMINALS 24 34 SINUS PENTA is provided with four digital outputs one push pull output one open collector output and two relay outputs All outputs are optoisolated push pull output and open collector output are isolated by an optoisolator relay outputs are isolated by their relays Each output has a common terminal segregated from the others thus allowing to connect it to different devices without creating any ground loop 3 5 5 1 PusH PuLL OuTPUT AND WIRING DIAGRAMS TERMINALS 24 26 Push Pull MDO1 output terminal 25 may also be used as a frequency output thanks to its powerful passband Below you will find the wiring diagrams relating to the control of PNP NPN loads and the cascade connection of multiple inverters through frequency output and input Because supply line and common terminal of output are isolated you can use both 24V supply and auxiliary supply 24V or 48V see dashed lines in the figures Output MDOI is active positive voltage related to CMDO1 when it is controlled by the load control symbol displayed next to output MDO1 parameter 56 As a result a load connected as a PNP output and powered between output MDO1 and common CMDO1 will activate whereas a load connected as a NPN output between supply line VMDO1 and output MDO1 will deactivate Cascade connection frequency output gt frequency input from a master inverter to a slave inverter allows a high resolution transfer up to 16
181. Resistors for Applications with a Braking DUTY CYCLE of 2096 and 660 690 n rettet ner tie e E RES CE ERR 168 6 1 1 12 Braking Resistors for Applications with a Braking DUTY CYCLE of 5096 and 660 690 Vac Supply Vollag uu tr Re ERE E ELS SERE NN ERR ede 169 6 1 2 Available Models 5 170 6 1 2 1 Model 56 100 Ohm 350 170 6 1 2 2 Model 75 Ohm 1300 171 6 1 2 3 Models IP55 54 1100 W to 2200 99 172 6 1 2 4 1 20 Models 8 12 173 6 1 2 5 Resistor Models IP23 AkW 64 174 6 2 BRAKING UNIT BU2OO tie eor ee verear eee ea ose eene edet cana 176 6 2 1 Inspections upon Receipt of the 3 176 6 2 1 1 Nameplate 200 177 6 2 2 178 6 2 2 1 Configuration Jumpers 178 6 2 2 2 Adjusting Trimriers 179 6 2 2 3 Indicator 5 nennen 180 6 2 3 eile 180 6 2 4 Installing the Braking 181 6 2 4 1 lt
182. S Front key operated selector switch for LOCAL REMOTE control and EMERGENCY pushbutton When housing optional features NOTE depth becomes 40mm 29 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 3 5 SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA IP54 STAND ALONE MobDELs 505 530 55 SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA 214 577 227 S10 SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA 250 622 268 512 SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA 250 622 S15 SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA 288 715 S20 SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA 339 842 S30 SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA 359 1008 CON O 30 321 OPTIONAL FEATURES Front key operated selector switch for LOCAL REMOTE control and EMERGENCY pushbutton When housing optional depth becomes 40mm features V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 3 6 IP54 BOX 505 520 2T 1 55 MODEL SINUS BOX PENTA SINUS BOX PENTA 0008 SINUS BOX PENTA 0010 505 SINUS BOX PENTA 0013 400 600 250 SIN
183. S70 S74 S75 S80 Screws FEEDER 178 1350 11 25 M10 2 2 3 INVERTER 178 1350 11 25 M10 2 3 3 1 3 3 INVERTER WITH INTEGRATED AUXILIARY POWER 178 1350 11 25 M10 2 SUPPLY UNIT INVERTER WITH INTEGRATED 178 1350 11 25 M10 3 3 3 SPLITTER UNIT CONTROL UNIT 184 396 6 14 M5 1 1 1 1 1 1 gt 43 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Y Y Y T 1 Y Supply Module Inverter Module Inverter Module with control unit Figure 15 Piercing templates for modular units OE il 0 4 5 6 7 8 Figure 16 Piercing templates for control unit stand alone model 44 321 gt f V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
184. SES INDUCTANCE INDUCTANCE DIMENSIONS HOLE WGT LEAKAGE MODEL TYPE RATINGS mH A TYPE L H P M E G mm Kg W IM0127324 AC 3 PHASE 0 093 410 300 290 220 100 250 133 9x24 52 581 0127364 3 PHASE 0 058 662 13601310 275 120 325 166 9 24 79 746 0127404 AC 3 PHASE 0 040 945 1360 385 260 120 250 200 12 88 1193 0127444 3 PHASE 0 030 1260 4201 440 290114013001200 12 110 1438 L L Je M M M x He HF e a PE IPS d l d 9 j b b 3 22 i il g E y 14 n ogg TYPE B L 362 Amp 412 662 Amp 40 1 1 1 1 15 15 i 10 onn d SPT ns 8 S 6 FI t ZUM ES J E 945 Amp 250 Amp 4 125 _ z 125 T TP JAL 105 7 a 5 edd B 4 612 rie i tg e s s 4 T 8 000539 Figure 94 Mechanical features of a 3 phase inductance 218 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 5 6 3 PHASE INDUCTANCE 2T 4T CLASSES IP54 CABINET MECHANICAL SIZE SINUS PENTA INDUCTANCE TYPE DIMENSIONS MODEL MODEL see figure below S 0007 y 0009 __ 220112020 AC 3 PHASE A 7 48 0014 0016 505 510 0017 220112030 AC 3 PHASE 0020 0023 0025 510 512 0030 770112040 AC 3 PHASE 0035 0033 0034 12 0036 770112045 AC 3 PHASE
185. SINUS PENTA BRAKING RESISTANCE WITH 20 DUTY CYCLE Braking unit be Applied Mode to the BU AT Class se ra 8 internal 50Q 1100W RE3083500 internal 50Q 1100W RE3083500 internal 500 1100W RE3083500 internal 500 1500W RE3093500 internal 50Q 1500W RE3093500 internal 50Q 2200W RE3113500 internal 500 2200W RE3113500 internal 50Q 4000W RE3483500 internal 250 4000 RE3483250 internal 250 4000W RE3483250 internal 250 4000 RE3483250 internal 500 2200W RE3113500 internal 500 2200 RE3113500 internal 50Q 4000W RE3483500 4 internal 250 4000 RE3483250 internal 250 4000W RE3483250 internal 20Q 4000W RE3483200 internal 20Q 4000W RE3483200 internal 150 4000W RE3483150 internal 15Q 4000W RE3483150 internal 100 8000W RE3763100 internal 100 8000W RE3763100 internal 10Q 12000W RE4023100 internal 10Q 12000W RE4023100 internal 10Q 12000W RE4023100 internal 2 3 30 8000W 2 RE3762330 internal 2 3 30 8000W 2 RE3762330 internal 2 10Q 12000W 2 RE4023100 internal 2 10Q 12000W 2 RE4023100 2 BU200 2 6 6Q 12000W 2 RE4022660 2 BU200 2 6 6Q 12000W 2 RE4022660 3 BU200 3 6 6Q 12000W 3 RE4022660 3 BU200 3 6 6Q 12000W 3 RE4022660 4 BU200 4 6 60 12000 A RE4022660 4 BU200 4 6 6Q 12000W A RE4022660 4 BU200 4 6 60 12000 4 RE4022660 5 BU200 5 10Q 12000W 5 RE4023100 8 5 BU200 5 10Q 12000W 5 RE4023100 continued 154 321 V WALTHER
186. SQ OQ OQ SO O 5 Remove the display keypad from the inverter Figure 61 A short wire with 8 pole telephone connectors is used to connect the display keypad to the inverter Press the cable tab to disconnect it Figure 61 Removing the display keypad module CON O 116 321 y WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA 6 Connect the keypad to the inverter using the wire supplied On the keypad side the wire is provided with a telephone connector and a loop lug connected to the wire screening braiding Fasten the loop to the panel grounding using one of the mounting jig fastening screws Tighten the screw in an uncoated area of the panel to ensure it is electrically connected to the ground Panel grounding must comply with the safety regulations in force 7 Fit the display keypad to its housing side tabs snap make sure that the telephone connector is connected both to the keypad and to the inverter Avoid stretching the keypad wire The remoting kit ensures degree of protection 54 for the front panel gt gt Figure 62 Front rear view of the display keypad and its shell CAUTION CAUTION CAUTION INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Never connect and disconnect the keypad when the inverter is on Temporary overload may lock the inverter due to alarm trip Only use wire
187. TA INSTRUCTIONS Inexpensive and popular 4 pair Category 5 cables are often used for serial links This type of cable can be used for short paths The colours of the conductors of Category 5 NOTE cables are different from the colours defined by the MODBUS IDA association From the four pairs one must be used for the D1 DO signals one as the Common conductor and the other pairs should be left disconnected or connected to the Common conductor For connections through RS232 RS485 converters to a multidrop network up to 247 devices can be connected Make sure that the ID of each device is properly preset see the Programming Instructions manual of ES851 Data Logger All the devices connected to the communication multidrop network should be grounded NOTE to the same conductor OV to minimize any difference of ground potentials between devices that can adversely affect communications Provide a linear wiring not a star wiring for multidrop line RS485 the first device in the multidtrop connection will have only one outgoing line while the last device will have only one incoming line The line terminator is to be installed on the first device and the last device In ES851 the line terminator is selected through the dip switch located next to the 9 pole D connector The line master device ES851 is typically placed at the beginning or at the end of a multidrop connection in that case the line terminator of the farthest inverter from
188. TANCE 07 IMO126004 0140054 IMO126004 2 0mH 1 1Arms 8mH 10 5Arms 12 8Apeak 2 0mH 11Arms AC 3 phase 0008 IMO126044 0140104 IMO126044 S05 0010 1 27mH 17A rms 5 1mH 17Arms 21Apeak 1 27mH 17Arms AC 3 phase IMO126084 0140154 0126084 0020 0 7mH 32Arms 2 8 32 5 40 5 0 7mH 32Arms 3 phase 215 0126084 0126084 0 7mH 32Arms PESE 0 7mH 32Arms AC 3 phase 0020 a19 0025 DOSE IMO126124 IMO126124 TAI 0 51mH 43Arms 0 51mH 43Arms AC 3 phase m IMO126124 0140204 0126124 512 0 51mH 43 2 0mH 47Arms 58 5 Apeak 0 51mH 43Arms 3 phase 0033 9097 0126144 i hood IMO126144 0 3mH 68Arms 0 32mH 8Arms 3 phase 0038 1 Not applicabl MM IM0126164 SEP IM0126164 0060 0 24mH 92Arms 0 24 mH 92Arms 3 phase 0067 0140304 IMO126204 820 0074 1M0126204 5 c4 mH 160Arms 195Apeak 0 16mH 142Arms 3 phase 0 16mH 142Arms 0086 0113 35 0129 IMO126244 IMO140404 IMO126244 0150 0 09mH 252Arms 0 36mH 275Arms 345 Apeak 0 09mH 252Arms AC 3 phase 0162 0179 IM0126284 IM0140504 oa 0200 0 061mH 362Arms 0 24mH 420Arms 520Apeak 77907 pose 950 0216 MOTOS 0140554 IMO126324 556 0 216mH 0 054mH 410Arms AC 3 460Arms 580Apeak phase 0312 0140654 0126364 550 0366 y a 0 132mH 0 033mH 662Arms AC 3 0399 740Arms 930Apeak phase 0457 0140754 01
189. TECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 5 1 1 LiGHT APPLICATION OVERLOAD UP TO 12096 5 1 1 1 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR 2T AND AT VOLTAGE CLASSES Applicable Motor Power inom Imax peak Sinus Penta Model 200 240Vac 380 415Vac 440 460Vac 480 500Vac 35 6 90 5 kW 4 5 5 5 7 5 9 7 6 10 2 1 7 5 7 5 10 11 8 12 5 B 15 10 5 9 2 12 5 143 165 17 10 148 9 2 165 16 5 19 16 5 23 continued 139 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK co OF INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS continued SINUS 0312 160 220 475 280 380 480 315 430 459 355 480 41 480 720 S50 SINUS 0366 185 250 550 315 430 528 375 510 5401400 550 s44 550 660 792 SINUS 0399 200 270 593 375 510 621 400 550 591 450 610 612 630 720 864 720 800 go v SINUS 0457 250 340 732 400 550 450 610 665 500 680 673 SINUS 0524 260 350 780 450 610 765 500 680 731 560 760 751 960 1152 1100 1320 1300 1560 1440 1728 575 280 360Vdc 530 705Vdc The rated current of the applicable motor must not exceed 5 of Input and output choke is required for these models
190. TION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 3 DIGITAL INPUTS TERMINALS 14 TO 21 All digital inputs are galvanically isolated with respect to zero volt of the inverter control board Consider isolated power supply on terminals 23 and 22 or 24V auxiliary supply before activating the inverter digital inputs The figure below shows the different control modes based on the inverter supply or the output of a control system e g PLC Internal supply 24 VDC terminal 23 is protected by 200mA self resetting fuse OV isolated control OVisolaed control board board 24 24 isolated isolated Figure 47 A PNP command active to 24 V through a voltage free contact B PNP command active to 24 V outcoming from a different device PLC digital output board etc Terminal 23 digital input zero volt is galvanically isolated from terminals 1 9 NOTE 13 control board zero volt and from terminals 26 and 28 common terminals of the digital outputs The digital input condition is displayed on the inverter display keypad in the Measure menu as measure M033 Logic levels are displayed as for the inactive input and as B for the active input The inverter software acknowledges all inputs as multifunction inputs Dedicated functions assigned to terminals START 14 ENABLE 15 RESET 16 MDI6 ECHA FINA 19 MDI7 ECHB 20 and MDIB FIN B 21 are also available 3 5 3 1 START TERMINAL 14 To enable the Start input
191. TORAGE AND TRANSPORT Operating ambient temperatures 0 40 C with no derating ub E fam 40 2 rated current for each degree beyond 40 Installation environment Pollution degree 2 or higher Do not install in direct sunlight and in places exposed to conductive dust corrosive gases vibrations water sprinkling or dripping do not install in salty environments Altitude Up to 1000 m above sea level For higher altitudes derate the output current of 196 every 100m above 1000m max 4000 Operating ambient humidity From 596 to 95 from 1g m to 25g m non condensing and freezing class according to EN50178 Storage ambient humidity From 596 to 9596 from 1g m to 25g m non condensing and freezing class 1k3 according to EN50178 Ambient humidity during transport Max 9596 up to 60g m condensation may appear when the equipment is not running class 2k3 according to EN50178 meena 86 to 106 kPa classes 3k3 and 1k4 according to EN50178 From 70 to 106 kPa class 2k3 according to EN50178 Ambient conditions strongly affect the inverter life Do not install the CAUTION equipment in places that do not have the above mentioned ambient conditions 190 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 3 4 2 STANDARD MOUNTING Install braking unit BU720 1440 for modular inverters in an upright position inside a cabinet next to t
192. TRIEBSTECHNIK detection device that disables the inverter to avoid single phase operation of the equipment Please refer to the REACTORS section for the applicable input and output reactors When ordering Sinus Penta drives ranging from S20 to S60 please state if reactors are The wiring diagram relates to factory setting Please refer to the Power Terminal Layout short circuited factory For S60 inverters only if the supply voltage is other than 400Vac the wiring of the internal auxiliary transformer must be changed accordingly see Figure 37 SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 2 WIRING DIAGRAM FOR MODULAR INVERTERS 564 580 3 4 2 1 EXTERNAL CONNECTIONS FOR MODULAR INVERTERS S65 570 575 580 TERMINAL L CA ERTE ERTE ERTE Figure 22 External connections for modular inverters 565 570 NOTE Feeder n 2 power supply 2 is available for size S70 only For the installation of a BU see the section covering the braking unit gt 51 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS E v9 10 SR 4 Pa acre z SONNE uaa 919 7 CY 699 il f 2
193. Trait Te Ses VIO OO O O 9 O 123456 1234 P000593 B Figure 103 PNP or NPN encoder with single ended outputs and internal load resistors Incorporated load resistors may be used only if NPN or PNP encoders are compatible with pull up or pull down external resistors 4 7 NOTE NPN or PNP encoders cause pulse distortions due to a difference in ramp up and ramp down edges Distortion depends on the load resistor ratings and the wire stray capacitance or NPN encoders should not be used for applications with an encoder output frequency exceeding a few kHz dozens For such applications use encoders with Push Pull outputs or better with a differential line driver output V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 9 WIRING THE ENCODER CABLE Use a screened cable to connect the encoder to its control board screening should be grounded to both ends of the cable Use the special clamp to fasten the encoder wire and ground the cable screening to the inverter P000708 0 Figure 104 Wiring the encoder cable Do not stretch the encoder wire along with the motor supply cable Connect the encoder directly to the inverter using a cable with no intermediate devices such as terminals or return connectors Use a model of encoder suitable for your application as for connection length and max rev number Preferably use encoder models with comple
194. US BOX PENTA 0015 SINUS BOX PENTA 0016 SINUS BOX PENTA 0020 SINUS BOX PENTA 0016 SINUS BOX PENTA 0017 SINUS BOX PENTA 0020 SINUS BOX PENTA 0025 SINUS BOX PENTA 0030 SINUS BOX PENTA 0035 SINUS BOX PENTA 0023 5128 SINUS BOX PENTA 0033 500 700 300 SINUS BOX PENTA 0037 SINUS BOX PENTA 0038 600 1000 400 S15B SINUS BOX PENTA 0040 SINUS BOX PENTA 0049 SINUS BOX PENTA 0060 109 5 SINUS BOX PENTA 0067 109 5 SINUS BOX PENTA 0074 112 3 SINUS BOX PENTA 0086 112 3 S20B OPTIONAL FEATURES Disconnecting switch with line fast fuses Line magnetic circuit breaker with release coil Line contactor in ACT Front key operated selector switch for LOCAL REMOTE control and EMERGENCY push button Line input impedance Motor side output impedance Output toroid filter Motor forced cooling circuit Anticondensation resistance Additional terminal board for input output wires lt L 120 NOTE Dimensions and weights may vary depending on optional components required 31 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK O NM SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 3 7 IP
195. VDC 5 Type of power supply T three phase C direct current S single phase available by request D 12 pulse bridge 6 Braking module X no braking chopper optional external braking chopper B built in braking chopper 7 Type of EMC filter no filter provided EN50082 1 2 integrated filter EN 61800 3 issue 2 FIRST ENVIRONMENT Category C2 EN55011 gr 1 cl A for industrial and domestic users EN50081 2 EN50082 1 2 EN61800 3 A11 A2 integrated filter EN 61800 3 issue 2 SECOND ENVIRONMENT Category C3 EN55011 gr 2 cl A for industrial and domestic users EN50081 2 EN50082 1 2 61800 3 11 B integrated input filter type Al plus external output toroid filter EN 61800 3 issue 2 FIRST ENVIRONMENT Category C1 EN55011 gr 1 cl B for industrial and domestic users EN50081 1 2 EN50082 1 2 61800 3 11 8 Control panel X no control panel provided display keypad K control panel and a back lit 16 x 4 character LCD display provided 9 Degree of protection 0 IPOO 2 1 20 3 IP24 4 1 42 5 1 54 gt 17 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 9 CON O amp INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 2 1 INVERTER NAMEPLATE Typical nameplate for voltage class 4T 220102025 34003 SINUS PENTA 0049 4T BA2K2 input AC3PH 380 500V 10415 50 60Hz 80 0 size S20 output AC3PH 0
196. VOLTAGE CLASSES Applicable Motor Power insti Size Inverter Model 575Vac 660 690Vac Imax 3 570 SINUS 0831 710 970 800 900 1230 858 1200 1440 1728 S75 SINUS 0964 900 1230 1000 1000 1360 954 1480 1780 2136 sgo SINUS 1130 1000 1360 1145 1100 1500 1086 1700 2040 2448 SINUS 1296 1150 1570 1337 1380 1880 1337 1950 2340 2808 575 690Vac 810 970Vdc Inverter power supply 500 575Vac 705 810Vdc The rated current of the applicable motor must not exceed 5 of Inom Input and output choke is required for these models Legend Inom continuous rated current of the inverter Imax max current produced by the inverter for 120 sec every 20 min up to 530 and for 60 sec every 10 min for 540 and greater Ipeak deliverable current for max sec co o gt 146 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 5 2 CARRIER FREQUENCY SETTING The continuous current generated by the inverter in continuous operation type S1 at 409 depends on carrier frequency The higher the carrier frequency the more silent is the motor the control performance is enhanced but this causes a greater heating of the inverter thus affecting energy saving Do not exceed the carrier values stated in the table below and set through parameters C001 and C002 in the Carrier Frequency submenu If those
197. Y zs al e E mM 1 2 LH OUTPUT RFACI R AC SUPPLY INPUT OUTPUT CON ROL TERMINALS 00011 Figure 19 Installation example for Sinus Penta 565 in cabinet 46 321 WWWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 7 STANDARD MOUNTING AND PIERCING TEMPLATES MODELS IP54 S05 S30 Fixing templates mm Gaus standard mounting pua X Y D D2 Fastening screws S05 177 558 7 15 M S10 S12 213 602 5 7 15 M6 515 223 695 10 20 M8 S20 274 821 10 20 M8 S30 296 987 10 20 M8 Figure 20 Piercing template for inverter IP54 47 321 WQWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK O NM INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 POWER CONNECTIONS The inverters of the SINUS PENTA series are designed both for DC and AC power supply The wiring diagrams below show the inverter connection to a low voltage 3 phase mains the 12 phase connection 12 pulse is available for sizes 570 and S75 using a dedicated transformer the power supply modules and the interphase reactance The 18 phase 18 pulse connection is available for Size S80 using a dedicated transformer the power supply modules and the interphase reactance VDC direct connection is also available with no need to change the inverter layout only a safety fuse
198. able of the inverter Connection with a computer through a LAN equipped with a DHCP server If an inverter equipped with an Ethernet board is connected to the LAN and if all the dip switches are set to zero up position when the inverter is powered on automatic negotiation with the DHCP server takes place and the inverter is assigned an IP address chosen among the available ones This configuration is then stored to the ethcfg cfg file The Anybus IP config utility contained in the CD ROM can be used to query all the inverters with an Ethernet interface in the LAN from the same computer and if required the network access parameters can be reconfigured The figure below shows the page of the programme when an inverter is acknowledged Multiple inverters can be identified from the same network through their own value of the MAC address Anybus IPconfig SN GW DHCP Version Type MAC 10 0 254 177 255 255 255 0 100254254 On 21 1 ABS EIP 00 30 11 02 2A 02 23 B Scan Figure 136 Screen of the Anybus IP config utility 7025 Query of the inverter data through the ModScan programme Once configuration is achieved and the IP address of the interface board is available you can query the inverter variables through the Modbus TCP protocol WinTECH s ModScan application http www win tech com allows to display the variables read with the Modbus The figure below shows the setting screen of ModScan for the conne
199. ables contained in the following pages state the power of the motors to be connected to SINUS PENTA inverters based on their overload classes IMPORTANT Data contained in the tables below relate to standard 4 pole motors MAKE SURE THAT The rated current of the connected motor is lower than Inom tolerance 4 596 If multiple motors are connected the sum of their rated current values must not exceed Inom The ratio between the inverter maximum current and the motor rated current is included in the overload class required 0 2 3 4 5 6 9 137 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK co o E rR o INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS EXAMPLE Application bridge crane Motor used 37kW Rated current 68A Rated voltage 400V Required overload 16096 Heavy application Inverter ratings at least 68A 0 95 65A Imax at least 68 1 6 102 According to the table SINUS PENTA 0060 providing 88 and 1124 is to be used for this type of application When multiple motors are connected it can happen that the inverter does not detect whether a motor enters a stall condition or exceeds power ratings In that A N CAUTION case motors can be seriously damaged and fire hazard exists Always provide a failure detection system for each motor independent of the inverter in order to lock all motors when failures occur 138 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBS
200. age free 2 4 4 95 Connecting an incremental 97 Signal sent from a Push pull 24 V 98 A Potentiometer wiring for unipolar command REFMAX 100 Wiring of a PLC analog output axis control board 101 Wiring of unipolar remote potentiometer REF 102 420 mA Sensor WIFITIGI Ere tr eie gio d PETS 102 Standard pattern of the thermistor resistor for the motor thermal protection 103 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION Figure 55 Figure 56 Figure 57 Figure 58 Figure 59 Figure 60 Figure 61 Figure 62 Figure 63 Figure 64 Figure 65 Figure 66 Figure 67 Figure 68 Figure 69 Figure 70 Figure 71 Figure 72 Figure 73 Figure 74 Figure 75 Figure 76 Figure 77 Figure 78 Figure 79 Figure 80 Figure 81 Figure 82 Figure 83 Figure 84 Figure 86 Figure 87 Figure 88 Figure 89 Figure 90 Figure 91 Figure 92 Figure 93 Figure 94 Figure 95 Figure 96 Figure 97 Figure 98 Figure 99 Figure 100 Figure 101 INSTRUCTIONS PNP output wiring for relay control a e eren ener nennen enne 106 NPN output wiring for relay enne 107 Cascade connectio
201. aking module terminals B even when the inverter is disabled Wait at least 5 minutes after switching off the inverter before operating on the electrical connection of the motor or the inverter MECHANICAL MOTION The inverter determines mechanical motion It is the operator s responsibility to ensure that this does not give rise to any dangerous situation EXPLOSION AND FIRE Explosion and fire hazard exists if the equipment is installed in presence of flammable fumes Do not install the inverter in places exposed to explosion and fire hazard even if the motor is installed there V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA CAUTION INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Do not connect supply voltages exceeding the equipment rated voltage to avoid damaging the internal circuits If the inverter is installed in environments exposed to flammable and or explosive substances zones AD according to standards IEC 64 2 please refer to IEC 64 2 EN 60079 10 and related standards Do not connect the equipment power supply to the output terminals U V W to the resistive braking module terminals B and to the control terminals The equipment power supply must be connected only to terminals R S T Do not short circuit terminals and and terminals and B do connect any braking resistors with lower ratings than the required ratings Do not start or stop the motor using a contactor over the inverter power su
202. al 500 1100W RE3083500 internal 500 1100W RE3083500 internal 500 1100W RE3083500 internal 50Q 1500W RE3093500 internal 50Q 1500W RE3093500 internal 50Q 1500W RE3093500 internal internal 250 1800W 250 1800W RE3103250 RE3103250 internal 250 1800W RE3103250 internal 50Q 1500W RE3093500 internal 50Q 1500W RE3093500 internal 50Q 1500W RE3093500 internal 250 1800W RE3103250 internal 250 1800W RE3103250 internal 20Q 4000W RE3483200 internal 20Q 4000W RE3483200 internal 15Q 4000W RE3483150 internal 15Q 4000W RE3483150 internal 15Q 4000W RE3483150 internal 10Q 8000W RE3763100 internal 10Q 8000W RE3763100 internal 10Q 8000W RE3763100 internal 10Q 8000W RE3763100 internal 6 6Q 12000W RE4022660 internal 6 6Q 12000W RE4022660 internal 6 60 12000W RE4022660 internal 6 60 12000W RE4022660 2 BU200 2 100 8000W 2 RE3763100 2 BU200 2 6 6Q 12000W 2 RE4022660 2 BU200 2 6 60 12000W 2 RE4022660 2 BU200 2 6 60 12000W 2 RE4022660 3 BU200 3 6 60 12000W 3 RE4022660 3 BU200 3 6 60 12000W 3 RE4022660 3 BU200 3 6 60 12000W 3 RE4022660 3 BU200 3 6 60 12000W 3 RE402266
203. al connection for the proper functioning of the inverter High speed signals in the cable are input with a bandwidth of up to several hundred kHz and are taken directly from the sensor position that is a point in the motor that is continuously electrically disturbed due to the reversing of the inverter It is recommended to always make the connection following good practice using shielded cables and correctly connecting the shields The recommended connection method is to use multi polar shielded cables with double shields connecting the internal shield to the connection frame of the ES860 Card and the external shield to the Encoder frame usually common with the motor frame the internal Encoder shielding does not permit connection to the frame it is possible to connect it to the internal braiding The motor must always be earthed as instructed with a dedicated conductor attached directly to the inverter earthing point and routed parallel to the motor power supply cables It is not advisable to route the Encoder cable parallel to the motor power cables it is preferable to use a dedicated signal cable conduit The figure below illustrates the recommended connection method P000329 Figure 155 Recommended Double Shielding Connection Method for Encoder Cable The output encoder power supply and common encoder signals are isolated with A NOTE respect to common analogue signals of the inverter terminal board CMA Do not carr
204. al length of the cables being used sum of the cable length of each motor 209 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Motor wiring with screened cables 2 4 6 pole MOTORS Up to 530 Up to 540 From S40 Cable Length HER Up to 530 Cable Length The output inductance is not required he output inductance is required Inductance stated in the tables above may be used when the inverter output frequency does not exceed 60 Hz For a higher output frequency a special inductance for the max allowable operating frequency must be used please contact Walther Flender AT GmbH When using gt 10 pole motors an output inductance is always required CAUTION When using parallel connected motors always consider the total length of the DE cables being used sum of the cable length of each motor n S CONVERTER MOTOR T 00168 Figure 93 Output inductance wiring 210 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 6 5 4 APPLYING THE INDUCTANCE TO THE INVERTER 6 5 4 1 2T 55 AC AND DC INDUCTANCE SINUS PENTA INPUT AC 3 PHASE DC SINGLE PHASE SIZE MODEL INDUCTANCE INDUC
205. allows the line termination to be activated deactivated 000688 maman Both ON to activate the internal power supply of the driver m 5 m 5 OFF to deliver external power supply 3 OFF Both ON to enable line termination 4 OFF Both OFF to disable the terminator 287 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK co c r INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 10 1 5 TYPES OF ETHERNET CONNECTIONS The Sunway M XR if supplied with ES851 Data Logger is provided with the standard RJ45 connector IEEE 802 for 10 100 100Base TX 10Base T Ethernet connection Pins are arranged as follows same layout as in network boards used for personal computers P900517 0 N Name Description 1 TD Positive signal transmission line 2 ID Negative signal transmission line 3 RD Positive signal receiving line 4 Terminated pair not used 5 Term Terminated pair not used 6 RD Negative signal receiving line 7 Terminated pair not used 8 Terminated pair not used ES851 can be connected through Ethernet interface to an Ethernet control device with a master PC Modbus TCP protocol in one of the following ways Through a LAN Ethernet business network Through a direct point to point connection The board connection through a LAN is similar to a computer connection Use a standard cable for a Switch or Hub
206. and 50 46 XMDI6 Auxiliary multifunction digital input 6 Single ended In compliance with EN ECHA push pull 24V encoder input phase A Frequency input 61131 2 as type 1 digital FINA A inputs 24Vdc rated 47 XMDI7 Auxiliary multifunction digital input 7 Single ended voltage ECHB push pull 24V encoder input phase B Maximum 48 lt Auxiliary multifunction digital input 8 Frequency input B 2 49 24V Auxiliary supply output for optoisolated multifunction digital inputs 2 2 50 O V digital input isolated to control 0 V Optoisolated digital input zero volt 51 XMDO1 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 1 collector 52 CMDO1 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 1 emitter 53 XMDO2 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 2 collector 54 CMDO2 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 2 emitter 55 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 3 collector 56 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 3 emitter Open collector isolated 57 4 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 4 collector T 48V lomax 50mA 58 CMDO4 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 4 emitter 59 5 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 5 collector 60 CMDO5 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 5 emitter 61 6 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 6 collector 62 CMDO6 Multifunction auxiliary digital output 6 emitter All d
207. ase them until overshoot takes place when the setpoint is attained Decrease P127 and P128 by approx 30 then decrease the high values set for integral time in P125 and P126 keep both values equal until an acceptable setpoint response is obtained Check to see if the motor runs smoothly at constant speed If no failure occurred go to step 11 Otherwise check the drive connections paying particular attention to supply voltages DC link and input reference Also check if alarm messages are displayed In the MEASURES MENU check the speed reference MOOO the reference speed processed by the ramps 002 the supply voltage of the control section M030 the DC link voltage M029 the condition of the control terminals M033 Check to see if these readouts match with the measured values When parameter POO3 Standby Only condition required for altering C parameters you can alter parameters in the CONFIGURATION menu only when the drive is DISABLED or STOPPED whereas if POO3 Standby Fluxing you can alter Cxxx parameters when the motor is stopped but the drive is enabled Before altering any parameters remember that the correct code for parameter POOO must be previously set up You can write down any custom parameters in the table provided on the last pages of the Programming Instruction Manual If an alarm trips find the cause responsible for the alarm and reset the drive Enable input MDI3 terminal 16 for some time
208. ategory Walther Flender AT GmbH is the only manufacturer offering power drive systems with built in A2 level filters up to 1200kW All those classes are provided with the Declaration of European Conformity Additional external RFI filters may be installed to bring emissions of devices of level or Al to level B As for lifts standard UNI EN 12015 relating to electromagnetic compatibility requires incorporated 1 filters for currents under 25 A and incorporated A2 type filters for currents over 25 A Immunity levels Electromagnetic disturbance is caused by harmonics semiconductor commutations voltage variation fluctuation dissymmetry mains failures and frequency variations electrical equipment must be immune from electromagnetic disturbance According to standards 61800 3 1996 11 2000 and Pr EN61800 3 2002 immunity is provided by the following tests Immunity EN61000 4 2 IEC1000 4 2 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Part 4 Testing and Measurement Techniques Section 2 Electrostatic Discharge Immunity Test Basic EMC Publication EN61000 4 3 IEC1000 4 3 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Part 4 Testing and Measurement Techniques Section 3 Radiated Radio frequency Electromagnetic Field Immunity 89 336 CEE Electromagnetic Lu Compatibility Directive and following amendments 92 31 CEE 93 68 CEE and 93 97 CEE 61000 4 4 1000 4 4 Electromagnetic Compatibility
209. ating mm AWG or rating Ohm W Ohm kcmils 0250 BU 720 5 6T 1 2 4 48000 2 40 50 1 0AWG 0312 BU 720 5 6T 1 2 4 48000 2 40 50 1 0AWG 0366 BU 720 5 6T 1 2 4 48000 2 40 50 1 0AWG 0399 BU 720 5 6T 1 1 6 64000 1 60 95 4 0AWG 0457 BU 720 5 6T 1 1 6 64000 1 60 95 4 0AWG 0524 BU 720 5 6T 1 1 2 64000 1 20 120 250 kcmils 0598 BU 720 5 6T 1 1 2 64000 1 20 120 250 kcmils 0748 BU 1440 5 6T 1 0 8 100000 0 80 210 400 0831 BU 1440 5 6T 1 0 8 100000 0 80 210 400 0964 BU 1440 5 6T 2 1 2 64000 parallel connected 0 60 2 150 300kcmils 1130 BU 1440 5 6T 2 1 2 64000 parallel connected 0 60 2 150 300kcmils 1296 BU 1440 5 6T 2 1 2 100000 parallel connected 0 60 2 150 300kcmils Applications with a braking duty cycle of 2096 3 Braking Resistors Inverter Braki Applicable Resistors M Wire Cross section raking Unit ating Size Quantity Recommended Power Resistor Wiring Ohm mm AWG or rang Ohm W kcmils 0250 BU 720 5 6T 1 2 4 64000 2 40 95 4 0312 BU 720 5 6T 1 2 4 64000 2 40 95 4 0366 BU 720 5 6 1 2 4 64000 2 40 95 4 0399 BU 720 5 6 1 1 6 100000 1 60 120 250 kcmils 0457 BU 720 5 6T 1 1 6 100000 1 60 120 250 kcmils 0524 BU 720 5 6T 2 2 4 64000 parallel connected 1 20 185 400 kcmils 0598 BU 720 5 6T 2 2 4 64000 parallel connected 1 20 185 400 kcmils 0748 BU 1440 5 6T 2 1 6 100000 parallel connected 0 80 2 150 300kcmils 0831 BU 1440 5 6T 2 1 6 100000 parallel connected 0 80
210. bits of a reference between the two inverters This also provides disturbance immunity because data are digitally transferred and the control board grounding is galvanically isolated A single master inverter may also control several slave inverters To do so use a screened cable to perform a star connection a wire for each slave inverter will come from the output frequency Optional external power supply 24V 48V s P000289 B Figure 55 PNP output wiring for relay control 106 321 f V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Optional external power supply 24V 48V P000290 B MDI6 FINA MDI8 FINB OV isolated P000291 B Figure 57 Cascade connection frequency output frequency input CAUTION Always use freewheeling diode for inductive loads e g relay coils Diode wiring is shown in the figure Connect either isolated inverter supply or auxiliary supply to power the output NOTE dps dashed lines in the figure gt gt 107 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK lini af INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 5 2 OPEN COLLECTOR MDO2 OUTPUT AND WIRING DIAGRAMS TERMINALS 27 28 Multifunction output MDO2 terminal 27 is provided with common terminal CMDO2 terminal 28 which is galvanically isolated from the other outputs Output MDO2 may be used for PNP and NPN connected loads see wiring diagrams below
211. bove proportion of enclosure to the other is shown as an example and is not binding 2 3 4 5 6 9 11 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 12 321 1 1 FEATURE LIST One product five functions gt vector modulation IFD software for general purpose applications V f pattern gt sensorless vector software for high torque demanding performance direct torque control vector FOC functionality with an encoder for accurate torque requirements and a wide speed range vector SYN functionality for applications with brushless synchronous motors with permanent magnets requiring very accurate torque values and excellent energy performances gt Active Front End function for power exchange with the mains with unitary power factor and very low harmonic current gt special optional functions for any application software instruction manual Wide range of supply voltage values 200 690 VAC both for stand alone models and cabinet models Standard power supply 280 970 VDC Wide power range from 1 3 kW to 2010 kW Wide range of voltage values and power values for the electric motors to be connected to any inverter size MODEL LIGHT STANDARD HEAVY STRONG SINUS PENTA 0025 4TBA2X2 22kW 18 5kW 15kW 11kW Built in filters for the whole SINUS PENTA range in compliance with regulation EN61800 3 issue 2 concerning emission li
212. bove V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 81 321 0 2 3 4 J 6 9 CON INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 7 INVERTER AND MOTOR GROUND CONNECTION A bolted screw for the inverter enclosure grounding is located close to the power wiring terminals The screw can be located by the symbol below Always ground the inverter to a state of the art mains To reduce disturbance and radiated interference to a minimum connect the motor grounding conductor directly to the inverter following a parallel path to the motor supply cables then connect it to the mains Always connect the inverter grounding terminal to the grid grounding using a conductor having a cross section equal to or larger than the cross section of the DANGER supply f conductors The grounding conductor must comply with the safety regulations in force Always connect the motor casing to the inverter grounding to avoid dangerous voltage peaks and electrical shock hazard Always provide a proper grounding of the inverter frame and the motor casing To fulfil UL conformity requirements of the system where the inverter is installed NOTE use a UL R C or UL Listed lug to connect the inverter to the grounding system Use a loop lug fitting the ground screw and having the same cross section as the ground cable being used 82 321 gt V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA 3 5 CONTROL TERM
213. ca Santerno S p A Via G Di Vittorio 3 40020 Casalfiumanese BO Italia AS MANUFACTURER DECLARE UNDER OUR SOLE RESPONSABILITY THAT THE DIGITAL THREE PHASE AC INVERTER FROM SINUS PENTA LINE AND RELATED ACCESSORIES TO WHICH THIS DECLARATION RELATES APPLIED UNDER CONDITIONS SUPPLIED IN THE USER S MANUAL ARE IN CONFORMITY TO WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS 2005 Safety requirements Electrical thermal and energy gt Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems 5 2 mandi du 2009 Safety requirements Functional Semiconductor converters General requirements and line commutated 1 1998 converters Part 1 1 Specifications of basic requirements Semiconductor converters Part 2 Self commutated semiconductor converters including direct d c converters Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 2 EN 61800 2 1999 General requirements Rating specifications for low voltage adjustable frequency a c power drive systems Safety of machinery Electrical equipment of machines EN 60204 1 2005 10 Part 1 General requirements EN 60529 1992 EC 1993 A1 2000 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures IP Code Electronic equipment for use in power installations Electronic equipment for use in power installations FOLLOWING THE PROVISIONS OF LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 2006 95 CE LAST TWO DIGITS OF THE YEAR IN WHICH THE CE MARKING WAS AFFIXED CE 03 EN 60146 1 1 1995
214. cale value Temperature coefficient of the gain error and offset Digital resolution Value of voltage LSB Permanent overload over inputs with no damage Input filter cut off frequency 1st order low pass filter Value Unit 200 ppm C TT aruma e s 10 Sampling time depending on the software being used 1000 ms Value Slow Sampling Analog Inputs Configured in 0 20mA mode Min Type Max Unit Input impedance 124 5 Q Offset cumulative error and gain with respect to full scale value 0 5 Temperature coefficient of the gain error and offset 200 ppm C Digital resolution 12 bit Value of current LSB 4 90 15 Permanent overload over inputs with no damage 3 7 3 7 V Input filter cut off frequency 1st order low pass filter 13 Hz Sampling time depending on the software being used 10 1000 ms Value Slow Sampling Analog Inputs Configured in 0 mode Min Type Max Unit Input impedance 1 MO Offset cumulative error and gain with respect to full scale value 0 2 96 Temperature coefficient of the gain error and offset 50 ppm C Digital resolution 12 bit Value of voltage LSB 24 7 uV LSB Permanent overload over inputs with no damage 30 30 V Input filter cut off frequency 1st order low pass filter 13 Hz Sampling time depending on the software being used 10 1000 ms 252 321 V WALTHER
215. can run with no connected load start the motor at its rated speed read the current value detected by the drive parameter 026 in the Motor Measures Menu and use it as the first attempt value for lo fmot1 rated frequency 1 rated rpm Pmot1 rated power Imot1 rated current Vmot1 rated voltage Speedmax1 max speed desired NOTE If the connected motor must run at a higher speed than its rated speed flux weakening measure the no load current value at its max speed of rotation to ensure better performances If the no load current of the motor is not known and the motor cannot run in no load conditions use a first attempt value for lo that is automatically computed by the drive as described in step 7 NOTE When parameter C021 0 whenever the motor autotune step 7 is performed the drive will automatically set a value depending on the motor ratings Once a no load current value is entered in C021 the value of the parameter relating to mutual inductance CO24 will be automatically computed when parameters 1073 1 Motor Tune and 1074 1 FOC Auto no rotation are set up as for current autotune CO24 is computed even if no autotune procedure occurs Also set 022 resistance of one stator phase for a star connection or one third of one phase resistance for a delta connection and C023 stator leakage inductance of one phase for a star connection or one third of th
216. carrier values are exceeded alarm A094 Heatsink Overheated will trip Depending on the inverter model peak current values represent transient maximum allowable current before overcurrent protections trip Based on the inverter model peak current values represent the maximum current allowed in transient operation before overcurrent protections trip Recommended Maximum Allowable Carrier Frequency Peak Currents Parameters C001 mie C002 2T and 4T Classes SINUS PENTA Grim STANDARD HEAVY STRONG kHz kHz 2 3 5 1128 6 16 38 7 3 5 6 16 43 87 3 5 128 e 16 58 114 3 5 10 128 16 e 133 3 5 5 128 16 86 1 2 3 5 128 16 16 3 72 3 5 128 16 16 38 77 L3 5 128 36 1 4 3 ps 5 wns 14 51 100 3 5 128 16 16 58 1M ps 5 J 310 128 16 67 133 3 5 8 10 16 6 137 3 5 8 0 16 76 153 ps 5 6 8 4 13 Ls 5 41 16 1 3 ps 5 128 16 14 90 170 L3 5 4128 6 16 9 1 3 continued 147 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK co o El o INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS continued L3 5 io 128 328 185 373 3 5 10 10 10 240 484 5 1 1 10 258 520 3 4 5 5 5 374 596 3 4 5 5 5 34 6
217. ces connected to the Modbus and CANopen networks 6 9 5 2 BOARD CONFIGURATION The CANopen communications board shall be used with three rotary switches for configuration which are required to set up the inverter operating mode The rotary switches also allow to set the baud rate and the Device Address The figure below shows the position of the rotary switches and a setting example with a baud rate of 125kbits s and a Device Address equal to 29 P000515 B Figure 130 Example of the position of the rotary switches for 125kbits s and Device Address 29 A NOTE Device Address O is not allowed by the CANopen specifications Values ranging from 1 to 99 can be selected 6 Baudrate 4 125 kbit s Address tenth 2 Address unit 9 268 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS The table below shows the possible settings of the rotary switches for the baud rate selection Baudrate setting not allowed 10 kbits s 20 kbits s 50 kbits s 125 kbits s 250 kbits s 500 kbits s 800 kbits s 1000 kbits s setting not allowed Rotary switch setting CO Ni ON IOO N I O 6 9 5 3 CONNECTION TO THE FIELDBUS High quality wiring is fundamental for the correct operation of the bus For CANopen wiring a shielded twisted pair with known resistance and impedance is recommended The conductor unit is also fundamental for the quality of the sig
218. choke is required for these models Legend Inom continuous rated current of the inverter Imax max current produced by the inverter for 120 sec every 20 min up to S30 and for 60 sec every 10 min for 540 and greater Ipeak deliverable current for max sec 0 2 3 4 6 s 144 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 5 1 4 STRONG APPLICATIONS OVERLOAD UP TO 200 5 1 4 1 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR 2T AND VOLTAGE CLASSES Applicable Motor Power Sinus Penta Ipeak Size E SINUS 0005 2 2 3 3 4 56 37 5 61 10 5 11 5 14 SINUS 0007 1 5 2 61 3 4 64 37 5 6 4 5 6 72 12 5 13 5 16 SINUS 0008 1 8 2 5 73 15 16 19 5 SINUS 0009 4 55 84 45 6 73 55 7 5 90 16 5 175 21 SINUS 0010 2 2 3 85 17 19 23 505 SINUS 0011 451 6 5 5 7 5 97 75 10 118 165 21 25 SINUS 0013 3 4 112 19 21 25 SINUS 0014 5 5 7 5 1 2 7 5 10 125 9 2 12 5143 165 25 30 SINUS 10015137 5 132 23 25 30 SINUS 0016 4 5 5 146 27 30 36 SINUS 0020 4 5 6 157 12 5 156 12 5 156 15 20 25 25 o 56 12 5 156 12 5 156 15 20 25
219. connected to the external interfaces that can be accessed by the user Remove voltage from the Penta drive before wiring ES851 Data Logger AN CAUTION board Take any safety measure required before touching the connectors and handling the Data Logger board ES851 is provided with the following serial communications ports NOTE CN3 RS232 connection replaces 11 RS485 connection Factory setting is CN3 RS232 The Master or Slave operating mode of the COM ports can be changed by NOTE setting some configuration parameters of ES851 board accordingly see the Programming Instructions manual of ES851 Data Logger for further details The preset configurations are given in the table above gt gt 283 321 QWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK c r INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 10 1 1 WiRiNG RS232 SERIAL LINK If ES851 1 board is installed in the Sinus Penta this is provided with a DB9 connector with DTE standard pinout allowing interfacing with a modem or a computer Available pins DB9Connector Name Description Pin N Screen Frame of the connector connected to the PE 1 CD Carrier Detect 2 RD Received Data 3 TD Transmitted Data 4 DTR Data Terminal Ready 5 GND Ground 6 DSR Data Set Ready 7 RTS Request To Send 8 CTS Clear To Send 9 RI Ring Indicator RS232 links are needed for some communication options required by ES851 Data Logg
220. connection or a Straight Through Cable TIA EIA 568 B of class 5 UTP Patch cable for LAN The Ethernet interface board cannot be connected to old LANs using Thin Ethernet 10 2 coaxial cables Connection to this type of LANs is possible using a Hub provided with both Thin Ethernet 10base2 connectors 100Base TX 10Base T connectors The LAN topology is a star one with each node connected to the Hub or the Switch through its cable The figure below shows the pair arrangement in a 5 UTP cable and the standard colour arrangement to obtain the Straight Through cable P000518 B Pin orange white ZZZ KE NE BIET ELI 2 cau 747 a m 194 Figure 143 Cable of Cat 5 for Ethernet and standard colour arrangement in the connector 288 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA Direct point to point connection is obtained with a Cross Over Cable TIA EIA 568 B cat 5 This type of cable INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS performs a cross over of the pairs so that the TD TD pair corresponds to the RD RD pair and vice versa The table below shows the colour matching on the connector pins for the Cross Over Cable and the cross over diagram of the two pairs used from 100Base TX or 10Base T connection EIA TIA 568 standard patch cable UTP STP type cat 5 000689 8 8 1 8 EIA TIA 568B EI
221. ction of a board with the IP address 10 0 254 177 For the Modbus TCP connection port 502 is provided by the Ethernet interface Port 502 is to be used for all the Modbus transactions 276 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Connection Details 23 Connect Using Remote Server IPAddress 10 0254177 Service Port 502 000524 acquired in real time and are provided by the Modbus TCP protocol Refer to Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual Fieldbus section for any detail about the map and the meaning of the input output variables ModScani2 ModSca1 eje vie Device Id Decimal Address 0001 Number of Polls 1128 m MODBUS Point Valid Slave Responses 1123 Length 103 HOLDING REGISTER Reset Cts Figure 137 Setting ModScan for a Modbus TCP connection Figure 138 shows a ModScan screen related to the 10 output variables of the inverter These variables are 2 Figure 138 Display of the output variables of the inverter through the Modbus TCP protocol 8 277 321 Y WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Unlike the Modbus RTU connection through the serial link the Modbus TCP connection is characterised by an offset of 400h 1024 for write variables because the Ethernet board dialogues with the inverter
222. d MDI7 ECHB 20 as shown in the figure below P000281 B Encoder power supply 24V outputs 24V Figure 48 Connecting an incremental encoder An incremental encoder must have PUSH PULL outputs and must be powered at 24V directly to the inverter isolated power supply delivered to terminals 24V 23 and CMD 22 Max allowable feeding current is 200mA and is protected by a self resetting fuse Only encoders of that type may be connected to SINUS PENTA s terminal board Max signal frequency is 155kHz for 1024 pls rev at 9000 rpm To acquire different encoder types or to acquire an encoder without engaging any multifunction input fit optional board for encoder acquisition in SLOT A The encoder acquired via terminal board is indicated as ENCODER A by the inverter software whereas the encoder acquired via optional board is indicated as ENCODER B Therefore two encoders may be connected to the same inverter See Programming instructions Input MDI8 FINB allows to acquire a square wave frequency signal from 10kHz up to 100kHz Then the frequency signal will be converted into an analog value to be used as a frequency reference Frequency values corresponding to the minimum reference and the maximum reference may be set as operating parameters Signals must be sent from a Push pull 24V output with a common reference to terminal CMD 22 see figure below 97 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK J 6
223. d standard colour arrangement the connector 271 Figure 133 Setting a computer for a point to point connection to the 274 Figure 134 Setting the dip switches to set the IP address 192 168 0 2 275 Figure 135 Example of the ping command to the IP address of the inverter interface 276 Figure 136 Screen of the Anybus IP config utility 276 Figure 137 Setting ModScan for a Modbus TCP 277 Figure 138 Display of the output variables of the inverter through the Modbus TCP protocol 277 Figure 139 Position of indicator Leds on the 278 Figure 140 5851 Data Logger 281 Figure 141 Data Logger board fastened to its slot Slot 282 Figure 142 Recommended wiring diagram for the connection of 2 wire MODBUS devices 285 Figure 143 Cable of Cat 5 for Ethernet and standard colour arrangement in the connector 288 Figure 144 Location of the Ethernet 290 Figure 145 Wiring the Ethernet 290 Figure 146 ES860 Sin Cos Encoder 9
224. d their functionality REF LED Green Reference for speed e frequency or torque 0 Motor acceleration 77Tw deceleration P000307 0 LIMIT LED Yellow No active limit Voltage or current limit active Reference on BRAKE LED Yellow Ordinory run RUN LED Green Motor not powered Either one is active DC current brake braking Ramp extension Motor powered 77TW but no torque idle Motor powered e and running L CMD LED Green ALARM LED Red Commonds sent from Inverter OK ourcss other than keypad Alarm tripped Commands sent both keypad terminal board Commands sent from keypad only _ and RX LEDs Green L REF LED Green Reference sent from sources other than keypad Reference sent both from keypad 71 terminal board 7 292 Upload waiting i for confirmation Parameter downloading from keypad to inverter Reference sent from keypad only Parameter uploading from inverter to keypad LED off FWD and REV LEDs Green LED flashing 7 Total reference 0 LED on fixed Total reference of frequency speed torque is being sent and is positive Total r
225. der to install your application SW and update the firmware packets of your NOTE SINUS PENTA you can use our Remote Drive software Refer to the user manual for detailed instructions 1 The multipump application allows to obtain a divided pumping plant with pressure delivery control flow control or level control this application does not need any PLC because the inverter is capable of controlling multiple pumps at a time 2 The regenerative application allows PENTA inverters to be used as AC DC converters for the DC supply of multiple inverters When operating as an AC DC converter the PENTA operates as a bidirectional mains interface both to power connected inverters and to regenerate the braking powers of the connected motors Mains power supply always provides sinusoidal currents and a unitary power factor thus allowing to avoid using braking resistors power factor correction capacitor banks and damping systems of the harmonics delivered to the mains Any detail concerning optional functionality is given in separate manuals covering PENTA s optional applications 13 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 9 g 4 5 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 2 SINUS PENTA CAUTION STATEMENTS This section contains safety statements The non observance of these safety instructions may cause serious injury or death and equipment failure Carefully read the instructions below before insta
226. ductors mm node n 32 node n 64 node n 100 0 25 200 170 150 0 5 360 310 270 0 75 550 470 410 Each CANopen trunk line shall meet particular geometric requirements and shall NOTE be equipped with two terminator nodes provided with adequate resistors Refer to the document CiA DR303 1 CANopen Cabling and Connector Pin Assignment and to all the application notes available at http www can cia org canopen 269 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK c r INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 6 ETHERNET COMMUNICATIONS BOARD Ethernet communications board allows to interface a Sinus PENTA inverter to an external control unit with a communications interface operating with Modbus TCP Ethernet IEEE 802 protocol complying with the Modbus IDA V1 0 specifications The IP rating for the communications board can be configured both through the on board dip switches and automatically network assignation through a DHCP protocol The communications board performs automatic negotiation with the mains if the baud rate is set to 10 or 100 Mbits s The module also supports IT Information Technology functionality with FTP HTTP SMTP standard protocols allowing to exchange files through the internal storage operate as Web Servers with dynamic pages and send e mail messages These functions can be used by advanced users and are detailed in the Instruction Manual contained in the CD ROM supplied w
227. e above mentioned ambient conditions 8 19 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 2 AIR COOLING Make sure to allow adequate clearance around the inverter for the free circulation of air through the equipment The table below shows the min clearance to leave with respect to other devices installed near the inverter The different sizes of the inverter are considered Si A side clearance Ize side clearance between two inverters mm C bottom top clearance clearance Minimum Maximum Maximum Maximum side side id Clearance clearance side clearance between clearance clearance between Top Bottom io Size iwo between two between two inverter clearance clearance Nue inverter inverter supply modules and mm mm Units cedula modules modules supply mim mari mm mm modules mm S65 S80 20 50 50 400 300 500 300 The air circulation through the enclosure must avoid warm air intake make sure to provide adequate air cooling through the inverter The technical data related to dissipated power is shown in the ratings table To calculate the air delivery required for the cabinet cooling consider coefficients for ambient temperature of about 35 and altitudes lower than or equal to 1 000 m a s l The air delivery required is equal to Q Pti Pdsu At 3 5 m h Pti is the overall th
228. e leakage of one phase for a delta connection The value for C022 corresponds to half the resistance value measured with an ohm meter between two phases of the motor If values to be set for 022 and C023 are not known motor autotune is required see step 6 otherwise go to step 7 Press SAVE ENTER each time a new parameter is set V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA 6 Encoder TEST 7 Autotune of the stator resistance and leakage inductance 8 Autotune of the current loop INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS The motor must run when testing the encoder Access the ENCODER FREQUENCY INPUTS MENU set the source of the encoder signal used as a speed feedback Encoder A in terminal board Encoder B from ES836 optional board enter the number of pulse rev and the number of the encoder channels more details are given in the section relating to the Encoder Frequency Input menu in the present Programming Manual In the MOTOR CONTROL MENU set the parameter relating to the speed feedback from encoder C012 Yes Access the AUTOTUNE MENU and set parameter 073 Select Autotune Type as Encoder Tune Use the ESC key to confirm changes Close the ENABLE command and wait until encoder tune is complete W32 Open Enable is displayed Once encoder tune is complete the display will show one of the following messages W31 Encoder Ok the speed feedback is correct If the speed detected by the encoder is opposite to the de
229. e tables above Failure to do so will cause irreparable damage to the braking resistors also fire hazard exists Braking resistors may dissipate up to 5096 of the rated power of the connected CAUTION motor use a proper air cooling system Do not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects j For parameters C211 and C212 do not set values exceeding the max allowable 6 1 2 1 MODEL 56 100 OHM 350 W 30 M00265 0 Figure 66 Overall dimensions resistor 56 1000 350W 170 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Max Duration of Continuous Operation for 200 240 VAC s Mean Power to be Dissipated W Degree of Type Weight g Protection 56Ohm 350W RE2643560 1000hm 350W RE2644100 400 IP55 350 3 5 400 IP55 350 3 5 mox value to be set for parameter C212 When setting the braking duty cycle in C211 make sure that the maximum power dissipated from the braking resistor being used is not exceeded 6 1 2 2 MODEL 75 OHM 1300W 2 5 mm 00298 0 300 L 13 Dearee of Mean power to Max duration of continuous Typs L mm D mm Wet g ue be dissipated operation for 380 5000 protection W VCA s 75Ohm 1300W max value to be set for parameter C212 When setting the braking duty cycle in C211 make sure that the
230. ean current in output cables 1600A Peak peak current in output cables 4 Minimum value of the resistor to be connected to the output terminals see application table 188 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 3 2 OPERATION Each size of the braking unit can be used with a braking resistor avoiding exceeding the max instant current stated in its specifications The braking unit is controlled directly by the control unit Braking units cannot be parallel connected when applied to modular inverters 6 3 3 RATINGS Dissipated power Max braking Mean braking min prokio at mean SIZE Inverter supply voltage resistor current A current A Ohm braking current W BU1440 2 4 200 240Vac 1700 BU720 5 6T 500 575Vac BU720 5 6T 600 690Vac 1 1000 500 575Vac 1200 1300 BU9605 6T 100 BU9605 6T 1000 BU14405 T 100 800 500 575Vac 1600 069 600 690Vac BU1440 2 4T 380 500Vac 1800 600 690Vac BU1440 5 6T 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 189 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 3 4 INSTALLATION 6 3 4 1 MOUNTING Install vertically Make sure to allow a min clearance of 2 cm on both sides and 10 cm on top and bottom Use Lexan cable glands to maintain degree of protection IP20 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BRAKING UNIT INSTALLATION S
231. ean value Category C2 Quasi Peak Category C1 Mean value Category C1 20 10 0 0 1 1 10 100 log f MHz 1 EN 61800 3 issue 2 FIRST ENVIROMENT Category C2 EN5501 1 gr 1 cl A EN50081 2 61800 3 11 EN 61800 3 issue 2 FIRST ENVIROMENT Category EN5501 1 gr 1 cl B 50081 1 2 61800 3 11 N SECOND ENVIRONMENT Disturbance Limits S lt Quosi Peak lt 100 Mean value lt 100A Quasi Peak gt 100 A Mean value gt 100 A 0 1 1 10 100 log f MHz A2 EN 61800 3 issue 2 SECOND ENVIRONMENT Category C3 EN55011 ES gr 2 cl A 61800 3 11 306 321 WOWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Inverters manufactured by Walther Flender AT GmbH allow to choose among four levels no suppression of the emissions for users who use power drive systems in a non vulnerable environment and who directly provide for the suppression of the emissions A1 suppression of the emissions for power drive systems installed in the FIRST ENVIRONMENT Category C2 A2 suppression of the emissions for power drive systems installed in the SECOND ENVIRONMENT Category C3 B suppression of the emissions for power drive systems installed in the FIRST ENVIRONMENT C
232. easure respectively Voltage inputs have high input impedance and must always be closed when active Isolating a conductor connected to an analog input set as a voltage input will not ensure that its channel reading will be equal to zero Zero is detected CAUTION a only if the input is short circuited or wired to a low impedance signal source Relay contact should not series connected to the inputs to reset the detected value gt You can adjust the relationship between the analog input set as a voltage input or a current input and the detected value by altering those parameters that regulate upper values full scale values and lower values thus adjusting the analog channel gain and offset You can also adjust the signal filtering time constant For any detail concerning functionality and programming of analog input parameters see SINUS PENTA S Programming Instruction manual 3 5 4 1 REF SINGLE ENDED REFERENCE INPUT TERMINAL 2 Reference input REF 2 is assigned to the inverter speed reference factory setting and is a single ended input related to terminal CMA 1 The figure below shows wiring to a unipolar potentiometer a bipolar potentiometer and a sensor with 4 20mA current output The REF input is factory set as 10V voltage input 99 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Potentiometer Potentiometer 1 5kohm Voltage analog in
233. ed On The interface is operating 3 ERROR It indicates the error status of the CANopen interface Off No error One flash The frame error counter has reached the warning limit Two flashes A Control Error event guard event or heartbeat event occurred Three flashes A synchronisation error event occurred the SYNC message was not received within the time out On The bus is disabled due to an unresettable event error 4 POWER Off The module is off On The module is on The word Flashing in the table indicates a LED that comes on for 200ms every 200ms One flash Two flashes and Three flashes indicate a LED that comes on one twice or three times for 200ms every 200ms and with an inactivity time of 1000ms 6 9 7 5 LEDs FOR ETHERNET BOARD DIAGNOSTICS In the Ethernet board the diagnostics LEDs indicate the status of the connection to the LAN 1 LINK Off The module has not detected any legal carrier signal and is not in the LINK status On The module has detected a legal carrier signal and is in the LINK status 2 Off The module is off MODULE Green The module is properly operating STATUS Flashing green The module was not configured and communication is in stand by Flashing red the module has detected a resettable event error Red the module has detected an unresettable event error Flashing red green the module is performing a self test at power on 6 3 Off The IP address
234. eference of frequency QD speed torque is being sent and is negative Figure 60 Display keypad 112 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 6 2 FUNCTION 5 The table below details the display keypad function keys Key Functions Allows to quit menus and sub menus and to confirm a new parameter value when the editing mode is activated the cursor starts flashing which is not saved to non volatile memory the value is lost when the inverter is turned off If the Operator mode is set up and the keypad is locked on the Keypad page press ESC for at least 5 s to restart navigation Down arrow scrolls through the menus and submenus the pages in a submenu or the parameters in descending order While programming it decrements the parameter value Hold it down along with the increment key A to access the next menu Up arrow scrolls through the menus and submenus the pages in a submenu or the parameters in ascending order While programming it increments the parameter value Allows to access menus and submenus programming mode cursor flashing this key saves to non volatile memory EEPROM the value of the parameter being altered This prevents any parameter modification from being cleared in case of mains loss If pressed when the Keypad page is displayed the SAVE ENTER key allows to display the Keypad Help pa
235. elow are to be made on the mounting panel see relevant measures The following figure also shows the side view of the equipment through panel assembly The air flows and the front and rear projections are highlighted as well with relevant measures 1 i 4 193 i bos j Mur Y 1 5 Y ra Y aa Y pam Figure 12 Through panel assembly and piercing templates for SINUS PENTA S40 I 41 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK C2 0 2 3 4 J 6 9 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 5 6 SINUS PENTA S50 For the through panel assembly of this inverter size remove the bottom mounting plate The figure below shows how to disassemble the mounting plate To disassemble the bottom mounting plate remove 6 screws M8 the figure shows the three screws in one side of the inverter SP OSA QS MA Figure 13 Removing the mounting plate SINUS PENTA S50 for through panel assembly The fixing points shown in the figure below right are to be made on the mounting plate see relevant measures The figure also shows the side view of the through panel assembly of the equipment The air flows and the front and rear projections are highlighted as well see measures in the table Toad DX
236. enforces its rights on the drawings and catalogues according to the law WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK Walther Flender Antriebstechnik GmbH Schwarzer Weg 100 107 D 40593 D sseldorf Tel 49 0 211 7007 00 Fax 49 0 211 7007 227 e mail info walther flender de web www walther flender de O N INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS 0 1 CHAPTERS 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS iecore eene noe ta ka eoa eee Fe excel ssvedusgceseeceusenevavs 2 0 1 2 0 2 FIGURES sic 8 0 3 10 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION eei seo eor eo eo nea ago o Re ea eu ee ES e Nee a FEE KS SIE ee Fe eo aao 11 Ted FEATURE c H 12 1 2 SPECIAL APPLICATIONS AVAILABLE ON SINUS PENTA 13 2 CAUTION STATEMENTS 14 3 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION 16 3 1 PRODUCTS COVERED IN THIS 16 3 2 INSPECTION UPON RECEIPT OF THE 5
237. ential inputs Analog inputs may be configured either as voltage inputs or as current inputs AIN2 input may be used to acquire a PTC thermistor in compliance with DIN44081 DIN44082 for the motor thermal protection In that case up to 6 PTCs can be series connected functionality of the overtemperature alarm is not altered Two reference outputs with rated values 10 V and 10 V are also available for the direct connection of a reference potentiometer Configuration as voltage input current input or motor PTC input is done through dip switches see section 3502 Five acquisition modes are available see the Programming Manual for three hardware settings as shown in the table Type of preset data HW configuration for Full scale values and notes acquisition SW Unipolar 0 10 V Voltage input 0 10V Bipolar 10 V Voltage input 10 10V Unipolar 0 20 mA Current input 0 mA 20 mA Unipolar 4 20 mA Current input 4 mA 20 mA wire disconnection alarm with current values under 2 mA PTC acquisition PTC input Motor overtemperature alarm if PTC resistance exceeds threshold defined DIN44081 DIN44082 NOTE Software parameter setting must be consistent with dip switch setting Otherwise no predictable result is given for acquired values Any voltage or current value exceeding full scale values or dropping below min NOTE values will generate an acquired value limited to the max measure or the min m
238. equipment of machines Part 1 General requirements 60204 1 er of machines 2 Item designation and examples of drawings diagrams tables and instructions AND MUST NOT BE PUT INTO SERVICE UNTIL THE MACHINERY INTO WHICH IT IS TO BE INCORPORED HAS BEEN DECLARED IN CONFORMITY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF MACHINERY DIRECTIVE 89 392 EEC AND SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS 91 368 EEC 93 44 EEC AND 93 68 EEC AND THEIR RIFUSION AS 2006 42 CE PLACE AND DATE Gene a Casalfiumanese 05 03 2007 i G 10 Elettronica Santerno Spa Stabilimenti e uffici Divisione R amp D Ufficio Milano Cap Soc 2 500 000 i v Societ soggetta all attivit di Via G Di Vittorio 3 S S Selice 47 Via Trieste 99 Codice Fiscale e Partita Iva direzione e coordinamento di 40020 Casalfiumanese Bo Italia 40060 Imola Bo 20064 Gorgonzola Mi 03686440284 Carraro Spa Tel 39 0542 668611 el 39 0542 687711 Tel 39 02 95138126 R E A PD 328951 Fax 39 0542 668600 m 39 0542 687722 Tel 39 02 95179254 Cod Mecc 054138 CARRARO www elettronicasanterno com Tel 39 02 95179458 Ident IVA Intracom salesQelettronicasanterno it Fax 39 02 95139216 1703586440284 M 1 M DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY UK doc 315 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ES o c o rs uva SANTERNO BO 9001 EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Elettroni
239. er Direct connection to a computer with a null modem cable MODBUS RTU protocol in slave mode or PPP protocol Connection via analog digital modem to a remote computer Connection through an RS232 RS485 converter to the multidrop network of the plant devices MODBUS RTU protocol in master mode For null modem connections the terminal board or DB9 connector are to be connected through a null modem RS232 cable cross over cable to the computer For connections via analog modem the terminal board or DB9 connector are to be connected through an RS232 cable not crossed to the modem For connections through RS232 RS485 converters to a multidrop network up to 247 devices can be connected Make sure that the ID of each device is properly preset see the Programming Instructions manual of ES851 Data Logger 284 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA 6 10 RS485 links are needed for certain communication options required by 5851 Data Logger Direct connection to a computer with a properly wired cable and an RS485 USB or RS485 RS232 1 2 WiRING RSA85 SERIAL LINK converter MODBUS RTU protocol in slave mode or PPP protocol A Direct connection to the multidrop network of the plant devices MODBUS in master mode The MODBUS IDA http www modbus org Association defines the type of connection for MODBUS communications over serial link RS485 which is used by the Sinus Penta as a 2 wire cable
240. er to remove the covering of the terminal board In the PENTA s control board you can then reach the slot B where you can install the Profibus communications board 000309 A DE gast correct the three fastening holes will match with the housings of fastening screws for the fixing spacers Tighten the board fixing screws as shown in Figure 122 and Figure 123 3 Figure 121 Location of the slot B inside the terminal board cover of the Sinus PENTA inverters 4 Insert the communications board in the slot B make sure that the comb connector in the board is inserted in the front part of the slot only and that the last 6 pins are not connected If installation is 256 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Figure 122 Checking contacts in the slot B 257 321 WOWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS P000557 0 Figure 123 Fastening the communications board to the slot B 5 Configure the dip switches and rotary switches following the instructions given in the relevant section 6 Connect the Fieldbus cable by inserting its connector or by connecting wires to the terminals 7 Power on the inverter and set the parameters relating to the option Fieldbus board see programming section in the Sinus PENTA s Programming Instructions manual Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter remove voltage fr
241. ermal power dissipated inside the cabinet and expressed in W Pdsu is the thermal power dissipated from the cabinet surface At is the difference between the air temperature inside the cabinet and the air temperature outside the cabinet temperatures are expressed in degrees centigrade C For sheet steel enclosures power dissipated from the cabinet walls Pdsu may be calculated as follows Pdsu 5 5 x Atx S where 5 is equal to the enclosure overall surface in sq m Q is the air flow expressed in m per hour circulating through the ventilation slots and is the main dimensioning factor to be considered in order to choose the most suitable air cooling systems 20 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA Example INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Enclosure with a totally free external surface housing a SINUS PENTA 0113 and a 500 VA transformer dissipating 15 W Total power to be dissipated inside the enclosure Pti generated the Pi 2150 inverter generated from other Pa 15W components Pti Pi Pa 2165W Temperatures Max inside temperature desired Ti 40 C Max outside temperature desired Te 35 C Difference between temp Ti and Te At 5 C Size of the enclosure metres Width W 0 6m Height H 1 8m Depth D 0 6m Free external surface of the enclosure S Wx H W x H Dx H Dx H Dx W 4 68 Thermal power dissipated outside the enclosure Pdsu only for sheet steel enclosu
242. es 000594 Figure 96 Picture of the encoder board ES836 2 COMPATIBLE ENCODERS DESCRIPTION CODE POWER SUPPLY OUTPUT Complementary LINE DRIVER NPN PNP PUSH ene 720095834 to 19VDC PULL outputs and singleserided NPN PNP PUSH ES836 2 24VDC PULL outputs 6 6 1 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Operating temperature 0 to 50 C ambient temperature contact Walther Flender AT GmbH for higher ambient temperatures Relative humidity 5 to 9596 non condensing Max operating altitude 4000 m 5 1 221 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 2 ELECTRIC SPECIFICATIONS Ratings Electric Specifications Min Type Max Unit Encoder supply current 24 V protected with resettable fuse 200 mA Electronically protected encoder supply current 12V 350 mA Electronically protected encoder supply current 5V 900 mA Adjustment range for encoder supply voltage 5V mode 4 4 5 0 7 3 V Adjustment range for encoder supply voltage 12V mode 10 3 12 0 17 3 V Input channels Three channels A B and zero notch Z Type of input signals Complementary or single ended Voltage range for encoder input signals 4 24 V Pulse max frequency with noise filter on 77kHz 1024pls 4500rpm Pulse max frequency with no
243. es below apply to copper cables The links between the motor and the Penta drive must have the same lengths and must follow the same paths Use 3 phase cables where possible 73 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 6 1 SINUS PENTA 2T VOLTAGE CLASS Cable Cross Magnetic Circuit Breaker Fast Fuses 700V Disc Switch ACI the Terminal Contactor 0 2 3 20 6AWG 10 6AWG 16 5WG 25 4AWG 25 4AWG 0 5 25 20 4 AWG 0 5 25 20 4 AWG 4 J 6 9 4 25 12 4 AWG 25 4AWG 35 2AWG 25 50 6 1 0 50 1 95 4 0AWG 35 185 2 0AWG 350kcmils 120 250kcmils continued V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS continued Cable Cross gt Cable Cross 9L seclion to Fast Fuses Magnetic 4 A lightening ACI 9 5 Ysection Fitting G Mains and 700 Circuit E J the Terminal Dr Motor Side Disc Switch Breaker Cantador mm mm lAWG kemils NM awG kemils A 5 A 185 400kcmils 70 240 210 400kcmils cmils 240 500kcmils 2x150 2x300kcmils 2x210 2x
244. eters when the motor is stopped but the drive is enabled Before altering any parameters remember that the correct code for parameter POOO must be previously set up You can write down any custom parameters in the table provided on the last pages of the Programming Instruction Manual If an alarm trips find the cause responsible for the alarm and reset the drive Enable input MDI3 terminal 16 for some time or press the RESET key on the display keypad When the IFD control algorithm is used only speed references can be set up 127 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 CON INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA 4 2 VTC Motor Control 1 Wiring 2 Power on 3 Parameter alteration 4 Supply voltage 5 Motor parameters 6 Autotune 7 Overload 128 321 Follow the instructions stated in the Caution Statements and Installation sections Power on the drive and do not close the link to the START input to prevent the motor from running Access parameter POOO Key parameter and set its code default value 00001 Select the Engineering access level seting POO1 Eng Use the ESC and SAVE ENTER keys to access the programming parameters Also refer to the Menu Tree in the SINUS PENTA S Programming Instruction Manual Set the real supply voltage for the drive You can set either mains voltage range or the DC supply stabilized by a Regenerat
245. eypad can then communicate with one device at a time and will become the network master thus avoiding communicating with any other master devices e g PLCs The keypad automatically detects which device it is connected to If multiple devices are connected you can select the device to be used from a selection list The devices connected to the same network must have different addresses Otherwise no communication is possible NOTE The sections below state the applicability of the keypad remoting kit to the products manufactured by Walther Flender AT GmbH 6 4 2 1 COMPONENT PARTS The kit for the keypad used via serial link RS485 includes the following component parts N 1 Interface converter provided with 1 plug RJ45 on one side and with a 9 pole female sub D N 1 220 VAC 9 VAC supply for separate supply from standard keypad DESCRIPTION ID NUMBER Adaptor kit for keypad connection 5 485 220101850 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 201 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 4 2 2 OPERATING CONDITIONS Operating temperature 0 to 50 C ambient temperature contact Walther Flender AT GmbH for higher ambient temperatures Relative humidity 5 to 9596 non condensing Mox operating altitude 4000 m 5 1 Max consumption over 9 V power 300 mA supply Max baud rate 38 400 bps
246. f the Sinus PENTA series Sin Cos type Encoder with 5V 12V 15V 5 15V power supply and output 3 or 5 differential channels 6 11 2 INSTALLING THE BOARD ON THE INVERTER SLOT A Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 5 minutes The electronic components in the inverter and the communications board are sensitive to electrostatic discharge Be careful when you reach the component parts inside the inverter and when you handle the communications board The board should be installed in a workstation equipped with proper grounding and provided with an antistatic surface If this is not possible the installer must wear a ground bracelet properly connected to the PE conductor Remove the protective cover of the inverter terminal board by unscrewing the two screws on the front lower part of the cover Slot A of the PENTA control card into which the ES860 Card will be installed is now accessible as shown in the figure below Figure 147 Slot A location inside terminal board cover of PENTA Inverter Insert the Card into Slot A being careful to correctly align the contact pins of the two slot connectors If the Card is correctly inserted the three fixing points and corresponding screw holes in the small metal fixing spacers will be properly aligned After checking the correct alignment tighten the three fixing screws of the card as shown in the figure below 292 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIE
247. fferential voltage range 0 8 1 0 1 2 Vpp Common input mode voltage range 0 5 V Input Impedance 1 Kohm Input signal type R Differential analogue type 0 5Vpp 1Vpp Encoder signal input differential voltage range 0 2 0 5 1 1 Vpp 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 e Common input mode voltage range 0 5 V e Input Impedance 120 Ohm 301 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 5 6 8 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA Values Absolute maximum values Min Type Max Unit Maximum allowable common mode voltage range without damage 20 25 V Maximum allowable differential voltage range in channels A B and R 3 5 3 5 V Maximum allowable differential voltage range in channels C and D 10 10 V Value Signal static input characteristics Min Type Max Unit Exceeding the maximum differential input or common mode voltages will result in WARNING irreversible damage to the apparatus Signal dynamic input characteristics Value Maximum signal frequency in analogue by position Arctan channel C D or channel A B in three channel mode 1000Hz 60000rpm 2 1 p rev 60 rpm 1024 Maximum signal frequency with digital counting on zero crossing channels A B 140 kHz 1024imp 8200rpm Minimum duration of zero crossing pulse channel R
248. g detailed wiring information and the document named Recommendations for Cabling and Assembly containing NOTE important guidelines to avoid the most common wiring errors The links below allow to access directly to these documents documentationfree Inst_ Guide PA 2092 V22 Feb03 pdf documentationfree Recommendation Assembling 8022 V103 05 72DPI pdf NOTE 262 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 4 DEVICENET FIELDBUS COMMUNICATIONS BOARD The DeviceNet communications board allows to interface a Sinus PENTA inverter with an external control unit through a communications interface using a CAN protocol of the DeviceNet 2 0 type The baud rate and the MAC ID can be set through the on board dip switches Max 512 bytes for input output data are available some of them are used for the interfacing with the inverter Refer to the Sinus PENTA S Programming Instructions manual for more details on the inverter control modes through the DeviceNet fieldbus board The main features of the interface board are the following Baud Rate 125 250 500 kbits s DIP switch for baud rate and MAC ID selection Optically isolated DeviceNet interface Max 512 bytes for input amp output data Max 2048 bytes for input amp output data through mailbox DeviceNet Specification version Vol 1 2 0 Vol 2 2 0 Configuration test version A 12 P0005 12 8 A 00279
249. g for the START signal number 6 fixed IFD enabled and START signal on but waiting for reference number 7 fixed the actual value of the reference is below the minimum value Waiting for pre load number 8 fixed inverter is waiting for VDC current inside the capacitor to exceed the minimum running value Inverter enabled power devices activated a segment rotates to form an 8 shaped figure Emergency condition a 3 alarm code cyclically flashes on the display the example shows alarm A019 Hardware and or software failure Symbol or sequence displayed Inverter condition Hardware Software Failure The self diagnostics function integrated to the control board detected a hardware software failure Please contact Walther Flender AT GmbH Customer Service Updating of the operating software flash memory Symbol or sequence displayed Inverter condition WWI Flash memory deletion letter E flashing 90 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Flash memory programming letter P flashing An alarm tripped while deleting or programming the software flash memory Repeat programming letter A flashing WWA AA c WAWA Autoreset letter C flashing Current limit and voltage limit while running Symbol or
250. ge where the variables viewed in the previous page are detailed If pressed more than once it allows to scroll through the menus start page access page for parameter alteration gt ID SW page keypad start page and so on Allows to enter the pages for the parameter DOWNLOAD from the keypad to the inverter TX or the parameter UPLOAD from the inverter to the keypad RX if pressed more than once the TX RX key allows to select either operating mode The active selection is highlighted by the page displayed the relevant TX or RX LED starts flashing To confirm Upload Download press the Save Enter key when the wanted selection is active If pressed once reference and commands are forced via keypad press it again to return to the prior configuration or to change the active reference in the Keypad page depending on the preset type of Keypad page see the Display menu in the SINUS PENTA s Programming Instruction manual It allows to reset the alarm tripped once the cause responsible for the alarm has disappeared Press it for 8 seconds to reset the control board thus allowing the microprocessors to be reinitialized and to activate R parameters with no need to shut off the inverter If enabled it starts the motor at least one of the command sources is represented by the keypad If enabled it stops the motor at least one of the command sources is represented by the keypad The Jog key is active only
251. h the following appliances which are installed on the machines and which are sensitive to radiated interference as they are measurement circuits operating at low voltage or current signal levels uA transducers tachos encoders resolvers thermoregulators thermocouples weighing systems loading cells PLC or NC inputs outputs photocells or magnetic proximity switches 309 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 7 9 EN o a N INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Disturbance is mainly due to high frequency currents flowing in the grounding mains and the machine metal components disturbance occurs in the sensitive sections of components optical transducer magnetic transducer capacitive transducer Disturbance may also occur in appliances installed on machines with the same grounding or metal and mechanical interconnections A possible solution is to enhance the inverter motor and cabinet grounding as high frequency currents flowing in the grounding between the inverter and the motor capacity distributed to the ground of the motor cable and casing may cause a strong difference of potential in the system 7 1 1 THE MAINS Disturbance and radiated interference occur in the mains Limiting disturbance results in weakening radiated interference Disturbance on the mains may interfere with devices installed on the machine or devices installed even some
252. has not yet been assigned NETWORK Green At least one active Ethernet IP connection is in progress STATUS Flashing green No active Ethernet IP connection is in progress Flashing red Timeout of one or more links performed directly to the module Red The module has detected that its IP is used by another device in the LAN Flashing red green The module is performing a self test at power on 4 ACTIVITY Flashing green A data packet is being transmitted or received 6 9 8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL BOARDS Operating temperature 0 to 50 C ambient temperature contact Walther Flender AT GmbH for higher ambient temperatures Relative humidity 5 to 9596 Non condensing Max operating altitude 4000 m 5 280 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 10 ES851 DATA LOGGER BOARD SLOT B ES851 Logger is an optional board allowing acquiring the operating variables of a plant and interfacing to a supervisor computer even a remote computer through different connecting modes for data logging and monitoring of the devices connected to the plant The main features of the Data Logger are the following 8 Mb Data Flash allowing setting how many variables and which variables are acquired as well as their acquisition time for optimum performance of the available memory RS485 and RS232 interface with Modbus
253. hasev 5841 IGBT fault phase W Single optical FAW conirol unit ES842 5 phoseW 5841 Vbus readout VB control unit ES842 OP2 one phase ES843 OP2 IGBT status phase U ST U control unit ES842 16 phase U 5843 IGBT status phase V ST V control unit 5842 11 phase V ES843 IGBT status ph ingl tical s x ST W eontrolumit ES842 OP6 phase W ES843 9 Factory set connection provided in the inverter 66 321 I WOWALTHER FLENDER SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Make sure that links are correct incorrect links cause the inverter malfunctioning as CAUTION CAUTION NEVER power the inverter when the optical fibre connectors are not connected The figure below shows the links required for the components of the modular inverter mj POWER eds B Fe FOWL 5 1 wa SUPPL SOLE FIBER 3PTIC C P 2 f 2 VB SINGLE TIER 21 sit P 24y UV MET ide s mid AT nur C Ex 0 5 0 3 53 u a UAL FIER OPTIC CORRES IR FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR 10210 CONNECTOR MIA FIER OPTIC pa
254. he other inverter modules Its overall dimensions are the same as those of an inverter arm ee 230 1400 480 120 237 u 25 i Y LM JN i IC Ns III iu i Y J Figure 83 Dimensions and fixing points of BU720 1440 Walther Flender AT GmbH reserves the right to make any technical changes to this manual and to the device described herein without prior notice 191 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 c r INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 3 4 3 WIRING WIRING DIAGRAM a Power unit The braking unit must be connected to the inverter and the braking resistor The connection to the inverter is direct through 60 10mm copper plates connecting the different inverter modules The braking resistor is connected to the bar and to the braking unit Also connect the single phase 220Vac supply of the cooling fan TERMINAL L CA INTERFACE CAR ES84 L gt RAKI ESIST LE INVERTE
255. he piercing template of the mounting panel including four M4 holes for the inverter mounting and two slots 142 x 76 mm and 142 x 46 mm for the air cooling of the power section Figure 5 Piercing templates for through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA S05 37 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 4 J 6 8 CON O EXE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA 3 3 5 2 SINUS PENTA S10 A through panel assembly kit is provided for this inverter size to be mounted the inverter No 13 self forming M4 screws are used for this type of assembly Figure 6 Fittings for through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA S10 The overall dimensions of the equipment including the through panel assembly kit are 452 x 238 mm see figure below The figure shows the piercing template of the mounting panel including four holes M5 and a rectangular slot 218 x 420 mm as well as the equipment side view with two air flows air flow A for the control section and air flow B for the power section ls xi 1r d ds koe 1 cT S i ar om _ TAP a Figure 7 Piercing template for through panel assembly for SINUS PENTA S10 38 321 i V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLAT
256. home page http www odva org particular you can refer to the Planning and Installation Manual DeviceNetTM Cable System document http www odva org 10 2 Cable Manual Cable Guide Cable Guide Print pdf In case of failures or disturbance in the DeviceNet communications please fill in the DeviceNet Baseline amp Test Report form in the Appendix C of the Planning and Installation Manual before contacting the After sales service V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 5 CANOPEN FIELDBUS COMMUNICATIONS BOARD The CANopen communications board allows to interface a Sinus PENTA inverter with an external control unit using communications interface operating with a CAN protocol of the CANopen type complying with the CIA DS 301 V3 0 specifications The baud rate and the Device Address can be set through the on board rotary switches Eight baud rate levels can be set up to 1Mbit s Refer to the Sinus PENTA s Programming Instructions manual for more details on the inverter control modes through the CANopen fieldbus board The main features of the interface board are the following Unscheduled data exchange support Synch amp Freeze operating mode Possibility of setting Salve Watch dog timer Eight baud rate levels from 10kbits s to 1Mbit s Possibility of setting different Device Addresses up to max 99 nodes Optically isolated CAN interface CANopen conformity CIA 05 3
257. igital outputs are inactive under the following conditions inverter off 6 8 5 software updating inverter initialization stage after power on alarm tripped see Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual Consider this when choosing the inverter application SET UP DIP SWITCHES Board ES847 is provided with three configuration dip switches Figure 98 allowing to set the operating mode see table below SW Sets the operating mode for slow analog inputs XAIN8 and XAIN9 SW2 Sets the operating mode for slow analog inputs and 11 SW3 Factory setting SW3 2 ON SW3 5 ON the other dip switches are OFF Do not alter factory setting 241 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 8 6 SINUS PENTA POSSIBLE SETTINGS FOR DIP SWITCHES SW1 AND SW2 Configuring Slow Analog Channel XAIN8 Mode 0 10V f s Default configuration Mode 0 100mV f s Mode 0 20mA f s Temperature Reading with Thermistor PT100 SW1 i sw1 i sw1 sw1 i Setting Slow Analog Channel XAIN9 Mode 0 10V f s Default configuration Mode 0 100mvV f s Mode 0 20mA f s Temperature Reading with Thermistor PT100 SWI SW Setting Slow Analog Channel XAIN10 Mode 0 10V f s Default configuration M
258. in force After connecting the equipment check the following all wires must be properly connected no link is missing no short circuit is occurring between the terminals and between the terminals and the ground Do not start or stop the inverter using a contactor installed over the inverter power supply line The inverter power supply must always be protected by fast fuses or by a thermal magnetic circuit breaker Do not apply single phase voltage Always mount antidisturbance filters on the contactor coils and the solenoid valve coils At power on if the inverter commands ENABLE terminal 15 and START terminal 14 are active the motor will immediately start when the main reference is other than zero This may be very dangerous To prevent the motor from accidentally starting see the Programming Manual to set configuration parameters accordingly In that case the motor will start only after opening and closing the command contact on terminal 15 49 321 V WALTHER FLENDER i ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 9 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 1 SINUS PENTA WIRING DIAGRAM FOR INVERTERS 05 S60 AKI BRAKIN RESIST 1 UNIT i iom
259. in order to output as analog signals three measured values chosen among the available values for each application see Programming Manual The operating mode gain offset and filtering time constant if any may be defined by the user The inverter software allows four operating modes that must match with the setup of the configuration dip switches Type of acquisition set for Hardware Full scale value and notes the inverter parameters configuration for SW2 10V Voltage output 10V 10V 0 10 Voltage output 0 10V 20 mA Current output 20mA 4 20 mA Current output 4mA 20mA Never deliver input voltage to analog outputs Do not exceed max allowable CAUTION current Digital outputs MDO1 and MDO2 are protected against transient short circuits by NOTE a self resetting fuse After wiring the inverter make sure that the output voltage is correct as a persistent short circuit may damage the equipment gt gt 3 5 6 1 TECHNICAL SHEET FOR ANALOG OUTPUTS Specification Min Type Max Unit of m Load impedance with voltage outputs 2000 Q Load impedance with current outputs 500 Q Max allowable load to be connected to voltage outputs 10 nF Offset cumulative error and typical gain related to full scale value 1 5 96 Temperature coefficient of gain error and offset 300 Digital resolution in voltage configuration 11 bit Digital
260. in the table The figure below also shows the side view of the through panel assembly of the equipment The air flows and the front and rear projections are highlighted as well see measures in the table 1 III HII e B Figure 10 Through panel assembly and piercing template for Sinus PENTA 515 520 S30 Slot size for Thread and Front and rear Templates for fastening Inverter size Fern through panel fastening projection holes assembly screws 51 52 X1 Y X2 Y2 Y3 MX 15 256 75 207 420 185 18 449 4 x M S20 256 76 207 558 250 15 593 4 x M S30 257 164 270 665 266 35 715 4 x M8 40 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 5 5 SINUS PENTA S40 For the through panel assembly of this inverter size remove the bottom mounting plate The figure below shows how to disassemble the mounting plate EN w To disassemble the mounting plate remove 8 screws M the figure shows 4 screws on one side of the inverter Figure 11 Removing the mounting plate in SINUS PENTA 540 for through panel assembly The fixing points shown in the figure b
261. inals 24 49 and CMD 50 The maximum allowable supply current is 200mA and is protected by a resettable fuse Only encoders described above can be acquired directly by the terminal board of the SINUS PENTA encoder signals shall have a maximum frequency of 155kHz corresponding to 1024 pulse rev at 9000 rpm Input XMDI8 can also acquire a square wave frequency signal ranging from 10kHZ to 100kHz which is converted into an analog value to be used as a reference Frequency values corresponding to the min and max reference can be set up as parameters Do not exceed the allowable duty cycle ratings for the frequency inputs Signals are sent from a 24V Push pull output with a reference common to terminal CMD 50 as shown in Figure 118 Figure 118 Signal sent from a 24V Push pull frequency output 248 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 8 7 8 CONNECTION TO ISOLATED DIGITAL OUTPUTS Multifunction outputs XMDO1 8 terminals 51 62 are all provided with a common terminal CMDO1 8 which is isolated from the other outputs They can be used to control both PNP and NPN loads based on the wiring diagrams shown in Figure 109 and Figure 110 Electrical conductivity similar to a closed contact is to be found between terminal MDO2 and CMDO2 when the output is active i e when the symbol is displayed next to the output Loads connected as PNP or as NPN are activated Outputs can be p
262. ing electrical conductivity once closed C Segregate cables bases on the type and intensity of electrical quantities and the type of devices which they are connected to components that may generate electromagnetic disturbance and components that are particularly sensitive to disturbance 310 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS A Hinged parts or mobile parts i e doors must be made of metal and capable of restoring electrical conductivity and avoiding any cracking once closed B Segregate cables bases on the type and intensity of electrical quantities and the type of devices which they are connected to components that may generate electromagnetic disturbance and components that are particularly sensitive to disturbance high sensitivity Analog inputs and outputs voltage reference and current reference sensors and measurement circuits ATs and VTs DC supply 10V 24V low sensitivity digital inputs and outputs optoisolated commands relay outputs low perturbation filtered AC supply high perturbation Power circuits in general inverter non filtered AC supply contactors inverter motor wires Measures to take when wiring the cabinet or the system Sensitive signals and perturbator signals must never exist within a cable Avoid that cables carrying sensitive signals and perturbator signals run parallel at short distance whenever possible paths of cables carrying sensitive
263. ing resistors may dissipate approx 50 of the rated power of the connected CAUTION motor use a proper air cooling system Do not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects Do not connect any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower than the value CAUTION stated in the tables gt gt 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 166 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 1 10 BRAKING RESISTORS FOR APPLICATIONS WITH BRAKING DUTY CYCLE or 10 AND 660 690 VAC SUPPLY VOLTAGE SINUS Min Resistance Size PENTA Braking Unit to be Applied BRAKING RESISTANCE WITH 10 DUTY CYCLE Model to the BU 6T Class Q Type 0250 BU720 5 6 1 38 2 40 48000 IP23 RE4462240 0312 BU720 5 6 1 38 2 40 48000W IP23 RE4462240 0366 BU720 5 6 1 38 2 40 48000 IP23 RE4462240 565 0399 BU720 5 6 1 38 2 40 64000W IP23 RE4562240 0457 BU720 5 6 1 38 1 60 64000W IP23 RE4562160 0524 BU720 5 6 1 38 1 60 64000W IP23 RE4562160 0598 BU960 5 6 1 10 2 2 40 48000W IP23 2 RE4462240 0748 BU960 5 6 1 10 2 2 40 48000W IP23 2 RE4462240 S70 0831 BU960 5 6 1 10 2 2 40 48000 IP23 2 RE4462240 75 0964 01440 5T 6T 0 69 2 1 60 64000W IP23 2 RE4562160 130 BU1440 5T 6T 0 69 2 1 60 64000W IP23 2 RE4562160 1296 BU1440 5T 6T 0 69 3 2 40 64000W IP23 3 RE4562240 NOTE For the connection of external braking units and bra
264. ing the braking duty cycle in C211 make sure that the maximum power dissipated from the braking resistor being used is not exceeded 172 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 2 4 IP20 MoDELs 8 12 RESISTOR Protection Average Power to be Dissipated W Passacavo PG 11 i PG11 CABLE GLAND Max Duration of Continuous Operation Wire Cross Operation at 380 500VAC s Operation at 200 240VAC s section sqmm 5O4KW RE3482500 1504KW RE3483150 2004kW RE3483200 2504kW RE3483250 3904kW RE3483390 5004kW RE3483500 not applicable 10 5 100 10 150 20 60 90 not limited 3 30 8kW RE3762330 50 8kW RE3762500 10Q 8kW RE3763100 not applicable not applicable 2 3 3 Q 12kW RE4022330 6 60 12kW RE4022660 10Q 12kW RE4023100 Max value to be set for parameter C212 When setting the braking duty cycle in C211 make sure that the not applicable 70 5 200 12 maximum power dissipated from the braking resistor being used is not exceeded Wire cross sections relate to the applications covered in this manual CAUTION Because the metal frame of the braking must be used V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK not limited resistor can temperatures appropriate cables capable of with
265. ing the disturbance in the motor cables will also limit mains disturbance Screened cables allow both signal sensitive cables and perturbator cables to run in the same raceway When using screened cables 360 screening is obtained with collars directly bolted to the ground support The figure below illustrates the correct wiring of an enclosure containing an inverter example of the correct wiring of an inverter installed inside an enclosure 311 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 7 9 E o a c N INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Unpainted rear panel Signal cables segregated power cables possible perpendicular arrangement 90 Output Toroid Filters for class B only Screening for ground input wire to the inverter as near as possible to the output toroid inductance and to the motor 312 321 SINUS PENTA INVERTER Control terminals Motor cable shielded P000104 B power supply Figure 158 Example of correct wiring of an inverter inside a cabinet V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 7 1 4 INPUT AND OUTPUT FILTERS The inverters of the SINUS PENTA series may be delivered with incorporated input filters in that case models are marked with A2 B in the ID number If built in filters are fitted disturbance amplitude ranges between allowable emission limits
266. inputs have high input impedance and must be closed when active The disconnection of the conductor relating to an analog input configured as a voltage input does not ensure that the channel reading is zero Proper zero reading occurs only if the input is connected to a low impedance signal source or is short circuited Do not series connect relay contacts to inputs to obtain zero reading 243 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 8 7 WIRING DIAGRAMS 6 8 7 1 CONNECTION OF FAST DIFFERENTIAL ANALOG INPUTS A differential input allows to weaken disturbance due to ground potentials generated when the signal is acquired from remote sources Disturbance is weaker only if wiring is correct Each input is provided with a positive terminal and a negative terminal of the differential amplifier They are to be connected to the signal source and to its ground respectively Common voltage for the signal source ground and the ground of the CMA auxiliary inputs must not exceed the maximum allowable value To reduce noise for a differential input do the following ensure a common path for the differential torque connect the source common to CMA input in order not to exceed the common mode input voltage use a screened cable and connect its braiding to the terminal located next to the inverter terminal boards Board ES847 is also provided with a
267. inverter allows to select an inverter among multidrop inverters connected to one display keypad Once new parameter values are set press the SAVE key for more than two seconds to return to the inverter ordinary operation CON 114 321 WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 6 4 REMOTING THE DisPLAY KEYPAD The REMOTING KIT is required to remote the keypad The remoting kit includes Plastic shell Keypad mounting plate Fastening brackets Remoting wire length 5 A NOTE The cable length can be 3m or 5m state cable length when ordering the equipment Do the following Pierce the holes as shown in the figure template 138 x109 mm L 2 Apply the self adhesive mounting plate on the rear part of the plastic shell between the shell and the cabinet make sure that holes coincide V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK CON O 115 321 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 Fit the plastic shell in the relevant slot 4 Fasten the plastic shell using the brackets supplied and tighten the fastening screws Four self threaded screws are supplied to fasten the brackets to the mounting plate four fastening screws are also supplied to fix the shell to the panel SS RERO SOS 9292424244946 0 0 0 9 9 9 OO 25252 LLB 525555255 LLB 3024207024 SQ OQ
268. ise filter off 155kHz 1024pls 9000rpm Input impedance in NPN or PNP mode external pull up or pull down resistors 15k Q required Input impedance in push pull or PNP and NPN mode when internal load 3600 Q resistors at max frequency are connected Input impedance in line driver mode or complementary push pull signals with 780 Q internal load resistors activated via SW3 at max frequency ISOLATION 6 The encoder supply line and inputs are galvanically isolated from the inverter control board grounding for a 500 VAC test voltage for 1 minute Encoder supply grounding is in common with control board digital inputs available in the terminal board 222 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 3 INSTALLING ENCODER BOARD ES836 2 SLOT THE INVERTER 1 Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 5 minutes 2 Remove the cover allowing to gain access to the inverter control terminals The fixing spacers and the signal connector are located on the left 00321 8 Figure 97 Position of slot A for the installation of the encoder board 3 Fit the encoder board and make sure that all contacts enter the relevant housing in the signal connector Fasten the encoder board to the fixing spacers using the screws supplied 4 Configure the Dip switches and the jumper located on the encoder board based on the connected encoder Chec
269. ith ID A2 in column 7 in the nameplate see section 1 2 These are category devices according to 61800 3 They can produce CAUTION gt gt gt CAUTION radio interference in domestic environments additional measures should be taken to suppress radio interference IEC61800 5 1 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 5 1 Safety requirements Electrical thermal and energy IEC 22G 109 NP Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 5 2 Safety requirements Functional EN60146 1 1 IEC146 1 1 Semiconductor convertors Low Voltage Directive General Requirements line commutated 73 23 CEE and convertors following amendment Part 1 1 Specifications of basic requirements 93 68 CEE EN60146 2 IEC1 800 2 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems Part 2 General requirements Rating specifications for low voltage adjustable frequency AC power drive systems EN60204 1 IEC204 1 Safety of machinery Electrical equipment of machines Part General requirements EN60529 IEC529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures IP Code EN50178 1997 10 Electronic equipment for power systems BECO c sS Walther Flender AT GmbH is capable of providing Declaration CE of Conformity according to the requirements of LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 73 23 CEE 93 68 CEE and to MACHINES DIRECTIVE 89 392 CEE 91368 93 44 reproduced on the last pages
270. ith the communications board The main features of the interface board are the following Parameter configuration for Ethernet connection through DIP switches DHCP BOOTP ARP or internal Web server Modbus TCP slave functions of class 0 class 1 and partially class 2 Possibility of supporting EtherNet IP level 2 1 Server CIP ControlNet amp DeviceNet Transparent socket interface for potential implementation of over TCP IP dedicated protocols Ethernet interface galvanically isolated through a transformer E mail SMTP functionality Resident WEB pages that can be downloaded through an FTP server P0005 16 8 2 522 Fixing holes i N 7 NL lja Board status iti LED indicator tittFusl ili il l i tcrl YytYttYIh gt Biss n Ethernet address Ethemet status connector dip switch LED indicators Figure 131 Ethernet Fieldbus Communications Board 270 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 6 1 ETHERNET CONNECTOR The board is provided with a standard RJ 45 connector IEEE 802 for Ethernet connection 10 100 100Base TX 10Base T The pin arrangement is the same as the one used for each network board computers are equipped with Pin arrangement 29093 Description 1 Positive signal transmission line 2 TD
271. ive Penta drive To set the type of power supply for the drive access the MOTOR CONTROL MENU and set configuration parameter C008 to the value corresponding to the installation concerned Set C010 Control Algorithm as VTC Vector Torque Control Set the motor ratings as follows C015 rated frequency C016 C017 C018 C019 Vmotl rated voltage C029 Speedmax1 max speed desired Also set C022 resistance of one stator phase for a star connection or one third of one phase resistance for a delta connection and C023 stator leakage inductance of one phase for a star connection or one third of the leakage of one phase for a delta connection The value for C022 corresponds to half the resistance value measured with ohm meter between two phases of the motor If values to be set for C022 and C023 are not known motor autotune is required see step 6 otherwise go to step 7 Press SAVE ENTER each time a new parameter is set rpmnom rated rpm Pmot1 rated power Imot1 rated current First remove the ENABLE command then access the AUTOTUNE MENU and set 1073 1 Motor Tune and 1074 0 All Ctrl no rotation Use the ESC key to accept changes Close the ENABLE command and wait until tune is complete Warning W32 Open Enable is displayed The drive has computed and saved the values for 022 stator resistance C023 leakage inductance If alarm A097 Motor Wires KO trips check the
272. k that the supply voltage delivered to the terminal output is correct 5 Power on the inverter and set up parameters relating to the encoder feedback see Sinus Penta s programming Manual P000707 0 Figure 98 Encoder board fastened to its slot 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 223 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 6 4 TERMINALS IN ENCODER BOARD A 9 pole terminal board is located on the front side of the encoder board for the connection to the encoder Terminal board pitch 3 81 mm in two separate extractable sections 6 pole and 3 pole sections Terminal Signal Type and Features 1 Encoder input channel true polarity 2 CHA Encoder input channel A inverse polarity 3 CHB Encoder input channel B true polarity 4 CHB Encoder input channel B inverse polarity 5 CHZ Encoder input channel Z zero notch true polarity 6 CHZ Encoder input channel Z zero notch inverse polarity 7 Encoder supply output 5V 15V 24V 8 GNDE Encoder supply ground 9 GNDE Encoder supply ground For the encoder connection to the encoder board see wiring diagrams on the following pages 6 6 5 CONFIGURATION DIP SWITCHES Encoder board ES836 2 is provided with two dip switch banks to be set up depending on the type of connected encoder Dip switches are located in the front left corner of encoder board ES836 2 and are adjusted
273. king resistors please refer to the relevant instruction manuals Braking resistors may dissipate approx 1096 of the rated power of the connected CAUTION motor use a proper air cooling system Do not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects CAUTION Do not connect any braking resistor with Ohm value lower than the value stated in the tables 167 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 1 11 BRAKING RESISTORS FOR APPLICATIONS WITH A BRAKING DUTY CYCLE or 20 AND 660 690 VAC SUPPLY VOLTAGE SINUS Min Resistance to PENTA be Barros to the BRAKING RESISTANCE WITH 20 DUTY CYCLE Model Braking Unit SE Clust m rme e 0250 BU720 5T 6T 1 3 2 40 64000W IP23 RE4562240 0312 BU720 5T 6T 1 38 2 1 20 64000W IP23 2 RE4562120 0366 BU720 5T 6T 1 38 2 1 2Q 64000W IP23 2 RE4562120 S65 0399 BU720 5 6 1 38 2 1 20 64000W IP23 2 RE4562120 0457 BU720 5 6 1 38 2 0 8Q 64000W IP23 2 RE456 1800 0524 BU720 5T 6T 1 38 2 0 80 64000W IP23 2 RE4561300 0598 BU960 5T 6T 1 10 4 5Q 48000W IP23 4 RE4462500 0748 BU960 5 6 1 10 4 5Q 48000W IP23 4 RE4462500 S70 0831 BU960 5 6 1 10 4 5Q 48000W IP23 4 RE4462500 575 0964 BU1440 5 6 0 69 4 0 80 64000W IP23 4 RE4561800 S80 1130 BU1440 5 6 0 69 6 5Q 64000W IP23 6 RE4552500 1296 BU1440 5 6 0 69 6 5Q 64000W IP23 6 RE4552500 NOTE For the connection of
274. l gear assemblies Part 1 EN 60439 1 2000 Requirements for type tested and partially type tested assemblies FOLLOWING THE PROVISIONS OF LOW VOLTAGE DIRECTIVE 2006 95 CE LAST TWO DIGITS OF THE YEAR IN WHICH THE CE MARKING WAS AFFIXED CE 03 PLACE AND DATE Jane SpA Casalfiumanese 05 03 2007 BOARA QH 4 le GIORGI Elettronica Santerno Spa Stabilimenti e uffici Divisione R amp D cic Cap Soc 2 500 000 i v Societ soggetta all attivit di Via G Di Vittorio 3 S S Selice 47 Via Trieste 99 Codice Fiscale e Partita Iva x direzione e coordinamento di 40020 Casalfiumanese Bo Italia 40060 Imola 20064 Gorgonzola Mi 03686440284 Carraro Spa Tel 39 0542 668611 Tel 39 0542 687711 Tel 39 02 95138126 R E A PD 328951 GRUPPO Fax 39 0542 668600 Fax 39 0542 687722 Tel 39 02 95179254 Mecc PD 054128 CARRARO www elettronicasanterno com Tel 39 02 95179458 Cod ident IVA Intracom salesQelettronicasanterno it Fax 39 02 95139216 1703686440284 LV BOX DECLARATION CONFORMITY UK doc 319 321 V WALTHER FLENDER i ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS INDEX A bore ete ER TERRE REX get 89 135 Application obrera 137 1 126 128 132 Data 281 Encoder ox Ue UE 221 223 Field mE 255 RI gc 232 SIN COS 291 B
275. le invertfers 203 Wiring diagram for optional inductance 7 205 Amplitude of harmonic currents approximate 207 Layout of a 12 phase CONNECTION 929 lt 208 Output inductance Wiring P NE IEEE ERSTER Ge e Ea ten PRICE Eee 210 Mechanical features of a 3 phase inductance sse eren 218 Mechanical features of AC 3 phase inductance 2T 4T classes in IP54 cabinet 220 Picture of the encoder board 5836 2 9 221 Position of slot A for the installation of the encoder board 1 102 lt 00000006000000 223 Encoder board fastened to its 223 Positions of dip switches and their factory Setting 224 LINE DRIVER or PUSH PULL encoder with complementary 227 PUSH PULL encoder with single ended 228 PNP or NPN encoder with single ended outputs and load resistors with external wiring 229 Figure 102 Figure 103 Figure 104 Figure 105 Figure 106 Figure 107 Figure 108 PNP or NPN encoder with single ended outpu
276. lling starting and operating the inverter Only competent personnel must carry out the equipment installation SYMBOLS DANGER NOTE Indicates operating procedures thot if not correctly performed may cause serious injury or death due to electrical shock Indicates operating procedures that if not carried out may cause serious equipment failure Indicates important hints concerning the equipment operation SAFETY STATEMENTS TO FOLLOW WHEN INSTALLING AND OPERATING THE EQUIPMENT s 14 321 Always read this instruction manual before starting the equipment The ground connection of the motor casing should follow a separate path to avoid possible interferences ALWAYS PROVIDE PROPER GROUNDING OF THE MOTOR CASING AND THE INVERTER FRAME The inverter may generate an output frequency up to 1000 Hz this may cause a motor rotation speed up to 20 twenty times the motor rated speed never use the motor at a higher speed than the mox allowable speed stated on the motor nameplate ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD Never touch the inverter electrical parts when the inverter is on always wait at least 5 minutes after switching off the inverter before operating on the inverter Never perform any operation on the motor when the inverter is on Do not perform electrical connections on the motor or the inverter if the inverter is on Electrical shock hazard exists on output terminals U V W and resistive br
277. llow the instructions given in step 8 and decrease the value of 1 parameter C021 the MOTOR CONTROL MENU If the motor is noisy when starting this means that the rotor time constant is not correct Follow the instructions given in step 9 again or manually change the value of the rotor time constant parameter C025 for a smooth motor startup If no failure occurred go to step 13 Otherwise check the drive connections paying particular attention to supply voltages DC link and input reference Also check if alarm messages are displayed In the Motor Measure Men check the speed reference MOOO the reference speed processed by the ramps M002 the supply voltage of the control section M030 the DC link voltage M029 the condition of the control terminals M033 Check to see if these readouts match with the measured values 132 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA 13 Additional parameter alterations 14 Reset INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS For the optimization of the motor performance manually adjust parameters C021 no load current 024 mutual inductance C025 rotor time constant Consider the following C021 Too high values Lower torque especially at rated speed because most part of the voltage imposed by the drive is used to magnetize the motor instead of generating a proper motor torque C021 Too low values Because of the motor flux weakening higher current ratings are
278. low indicates the overload class typically required for each application Dimensioning is not binding the torque model required by the duty cycle of the connected machine should be known co o o 136 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Application Atomizer bottle washer screw compressor no load damped axial fan undamped axial fan centrifugal damped fan undamped centrifugal fan high pressure fan bore pumps centrifugal pumps positive displacement pumps dust collector grinder etc Slurry pump Agitator centrifuge piston compressor no load screw compressor loaded roller conveyor cone crusher rotary crusher vertical impact crusher debarker edger hydraulic power pack mixer rotary table sanding machine bandsaw disk saw separator shredder chopper twister spinner industrial washer palletizer extruder etc Conveyor belt drier slicer tumbler mechanical press forming machine shears winding unwinding machine drawplate calender screw injection moulding machine etc Piston compressor loaded conveyor screw crusher jaw mill ball mill hammer mill roller mill planer pulper vibrating screen hoist and crane displacement loom etc Mandrel axis control lifting application hydraulic power pack injection press etc OVERLOAD LIGHT STANDARD HEAVY STRONG The t
279. ly MDI and MDI7 functions are active while the ENCODER A acquisition function is assigned to the optional board For more details see the section relating to the Options and the Programming Manual 1 Reference inouts In Out 7 Analog outputs ore tr Digital inputs Digital 24V supply Digital outputs Figure 40 Control terminals V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 1 1 GAINING ACCESS TO CONTROL TERMINALS AND POWER TERMINALS FOR MODELS 20 AND IPOO To access the inverter control terminals loosen the two fastening screws shown in the figure below and remove the cover E Figure 41 Gaining access to the control terminals Size S05 515 remove the cover to reach power terminals as well Upper sizes removing the cover allows to reach control signals only Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter remove voltage from DANGER the inverter and wait at least 5 minutes Wait for a complete discharge of the internal components to avoid any electrical shock hazard Do not connect or disconnect signal terminals or power terminals when the AUTI CAUTION inverter is on to avoid electrical shock hazard and to avoid damaging the inverter All fastening screws for removable parts terminal cover serial interface NOTE connector cable path plates etc are black rounded head cros
280. mbled profibus plug INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS last inverter profibus plug with 1 cable assembled 000312 8 Figure 125 Example of a Profibus multidrop network the correct setting of the line terminators is highlighted Each device in the network must have its own Profibus address The addresses of the inverters of the Sinus PENTA series are set through the rotary switches installed in the interface board Each rotary switch is provided with a pin that can be turned to position 0 9 using a small screwdriver The left rotary switch allows to set the tenths of the Profibus address while the right rotary switch allows to set the units Figure 126 shows an example of the correct position to set address 19 P0000313 B NOTE A Tenth digit 1 Unit digit 9 Figure 126 Example of the rotary switch position to set Profibus address 19 The rotary switches allow to set Profibus addresses ranging from 1 to 99 Addresses exceeding 99 are not yet allowed V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 261 321 0 2 j 4 2 6 8 0 2 3 A 5 d 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 3 3 CONNECTION TO THE FIELDBUS Make sure that wiring is correct specially if the fieldbus operates at high baud rates higher than or equal to 1 5Mb s Figure 116 is an example of a Profibus link connecting multiple devices Use special Profibus cables Profibus Standard Bus Cable Type A
281. mentary LINE DRIVER or PUSH PULL outputs Non complementary PUSH PULL PNP or NPN open collector outputs offer a lower immunity to noise The encoder electrical noise occurs as difficult speed adjustment or uneven operation of the inverter in the worst cases it can lead to the inverter stop due to overcurrent conditions 231 321 WALTHER FLENDER M ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 7 ISOLATED SERIAL BOARD ES822 1 SLOT Isolated serial board RS 232 485 controlling SINUS PENTA inverters allows to connect a computer through RS232 interface or allows a multidrop connection of modbus devices through RS485 interface It provides galvanic isolation of interface signals relating to both the control board ground and the terminal board common of the control board Y 000555 RS485 connecior gt I I AT 5 RS232 RS485 aw selection Jumper 1 87 a m gt m lt Termination resistor TET Dip Switet RS232 connector Figure 105 Picture of Board ES822 DESCRIPTION ID NUMBER Isolated serial board RS 232 485 ZZ0095850 6 7 1 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS c r Operating temperature 0 to 50 C ambient temperature contact Walther Flender AT GmbH for higher ambient temperatures Relative humidity 5 to 9596 non condensing Max operating altitude
282. minal of the inverter In that way no sudden variation in braking current occurs in the supply line between the inverter and BU200 In order to minimize NOTE electromagnetic radiated emissions when BU200 is operating the loop obtained from the wiring connecting terminal of the inverter the braking resistor terminals B and of BU200 and terminal of the inverter should be as short as possible Install a 50A fuse with a DC current of at least 700 Vdc type URDC SIBA series NH1 fuse provided with a safety contact CAUTION Link the safety contact of the fuse being used with the external alarm of BU200 NOTE 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 183 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK r INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS MASTER SLAVE CONNECTION The Master Slave connection must be used when multiple braking units are connected to the same inverter An additional connection must be done between the Master output signal terminal 8 in M1 and the Slave input signal terminal 4 in M1 zero volt of the signal connector in the Master module terminal 2 in M1 must be connected to zero volt of the signal connector in the Slave module terminal 2 in M1 The connection of more than two modules must always be done by configuring one module like a master and the other modules like slaves Use configuration jumpers accordingly The max temperature alarm of the braking unit must be used as a digi
283. minimum output voltage of 5 4V suitable for a nominal encoder power supply of 5V 1090 to take account of the unavoidable voltage drop in the cable and its connection contacts Using the Trimmer it is possible to raise the voltage up to 8V To raise the voltage to higher values for example with an encoder power supply of 12V or 15V it is necessary to set the Jumper selection to the 12V position In this position it is possible to adjust the Trimmer to regulate the voltage between 10 5 and 15 7V Regulation is carried out by rotating the Trimmer in a clockwise direction to increase the output voltage Supply voltage is always measured directly from the encoder power supply terminals so that it will take account of the voltage drop along the connection cable especially if it is long Always use a tester to check the voltage supplied by the ES836 Card having first configured it before connecting the cable The Encoder power circuit has an electronic current limiter and a re settable fuse Powering the Encoder with an inadequate voltage can damage the component CAUTION NOTE In the event of an accidental short circuit of the output supply switch off the inverter and wait several minutes before resetting the fuse 299 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 r INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 11 7 CONNECTION Or ENCODER CABLE The Encoder cable connection is the most critic
284. mits e No line contactor needed The new hardware configuration 15 standard supplied with a safety system including redundant contacts for the inhibition of firing pulses in the power circuit in compliance with the latest requirements of the safety regulations in force 61800 5 1 EN61800 5 2 However respect the specific rules of the field of application Beyond performance enhancement the new series of SINUS PENTA models is more compact than the prior models the SINUS PENTA may be installed in cabinets and its design offers a better price performance ratio Detection of the heatsink temperatures and control component temperatures Automatic control of the cooling system up to Size S10 The ventilation system activates only when required and indicates any failures of the cooling fan This ensures a greater energy saving a minor wear of the cooling fans and reduced noise In case of equipment failure it is possible to adjust the system speed in order not to stop the equipment and to limit dissipated power Built in braking module up to Size S30 Noiseless operation ensured by high modulation frequency programmable up to 16 kHz Motor thermal protection to be integrated both through thermal relay function and PTC input in compliance with DIN44081 2 Remotable control panel with a 12 key LCD display showing full words for an easier managing and programming of the displayed measures Five languages available Function parameter saving to
285. motor wiring If alarm A065 Autotune KO trips this means that the ENABLE command has opened before autotune was complete In this case reset the drive sending a command from terminal MDI3 or press the RESET key in the display keypad and perform the autotune procedure again Set parameter C048 in the LIMITS MENU based on the maximum torque that can be generated expressed as a percentage of the motor rated torque V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA 8 Startup 9 Speed regulator adjustment 10 Possible failures 11 Additional parameter alterations 12 Reset INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Activate the ENABLE input terminal 15 and the START input terminal 14 and send a speed reference The RUN LED and REF LED will come on and the motor will start Make sure that the motor is rotating in the correct direction If not set parameter CO14 Phase Rotation to 1 Yes or open the ENABLE and START inputs remove voltage from the drive and after waiting at least 5 minutes reverse two of the motor phases If overshoot occurs when the speed setpoint is attained or if a system instability is detected uneven motor operation adjust the parameters relating to the speed loop SPEED LOOP AND CURRENT BALANCING MENU Set the two parameters relating to integral time P125 P126 as Disabled and set low values for the parameters relating to proportional gain P127 P128 Set equal values for P127 and P128 and incre
286. mponents SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 3 8 IP24 IP54 CABINET MoDELs 515 580 Power Size MODEL Voltage Class L H WEIGHT xu ong kg W S15C SINUS CABINET 0049 2 4 130 950 SINUS 0060 140 1050 S20C SINUS CABINET PENTA 0067 2T AT 500 1250 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0074 143 1350 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0086 600 1500 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0113 2150 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0129 2300 S30C SINUS CABINET PENTA 0150 SEP 2000 i 2450 2 SINUS 0162 2700 SINUS PENTA 0179 3200 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0200 600 3650 5592 SINUS 0216 1999 ate 4100 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0250 4250 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0312 4900 S50C SINUS CABINET PENTA 0366 2T AT 1200 350 5600 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0399 6400 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0457 7400 S200 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0524 1900 Bee 8400 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0598 9750 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0748 2T AT 10750 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0831 12900 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0250 5000 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0312 2350 800 6100 S65C SINUS CABINET PENTA 0366 2000 854 6900 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0399 5T 6T 8000 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0457 9150 SINUS CABINET PENTA 0524 9800 5 SINUS CABINET PENT
287. n 178 Positions of BU200 adjusting trimmers 179 Position of Indicator Leds retia 180 Dimensions and fixing points 0200 182 Connecting one BU200 to the inverter 183 Master Slave multiple connection 184 Terminals in BU2ZO00 niis ie E Eo eicit t ee 185 Max allowable duty cycle depending on Ton for the connected braking resistor 186 Peak power and average power depending on Ton dissipated to the braking resistor 187 Nameplate for BU 720 960 1440 188 Dimensions and fixing points of 0720 1440 191 External power connections for modular inverters 65 S70 provided with braking unit BU770 1440 asss Z UN IM 192 External power connections for modular inverters 575 580 provided with braking unit BU770 1440 REP 193 Gate unit board ES841 for the braking unit eene nennen 198 wiring points of the optical fibres in control board 5 42 199 Internal wiring of inverters S65 provided with a braking unit 2 2 2 2 2 200 Wiring diagram of the keypad remoting kit controlling multip
288. n frequency output gt frequency inpu r rra 107 PNP output wiring for relay control 108 NPN output wiring for relay 108 Display keyp8d tl ea ree CEU Eoo e Re 112 Removing the display keypad module 116 Front rear view of the display keypad and its 117 Example of multidrop and direct 119 Pin lay out of serial link 1 connecfor 121 Recommended wiring diagram for 2 wire MODBUS connection 2 121 Overall dimensions resistor 56 1000 350 2 2002020000 0011 1 170 Overall dimensions and ratings for braking resistor 75 1300 171 Overall dimensions and mechanical features for braking resistors from 1100 W to 2200 W 172 Overall dimensions for braking resistors 4 kW 8 kW and 12 kW 173 Overall dimensions of IP23 Box resistors 174 Position of electrical connections in box 174 Nameplate 200 177 Positions of BU200 configuratio
289. n auxiliary supply output protected by a fuse which can be used to power external sensors Do not exceed the max current ratings Wiring is shown in the figure below 0270 Differential voltage analog input Analog output 10V max OV control board sensor device max 1 Connecting terminal CMA to the signal source ground ensures better acquisition NOTE standards Wiring can be external to the screened cable or it can consist of the optional common connection of the auxiliary supply NOTE circuits After wiring the inverter check output voltage because a permanent short circuit can damage the inverter 6 Figure 112 Connection of a bipolar voltage source to a differential input Auxiliary supply outputs are electronically protected against temporary short 244 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 8 7 2 CONNECTION OF FAST CURRENT INPUTS Three fast low impedance analog inputs are available which are capable of acquiring sensors with current output The correct wiring is shown in the diagram below P000272 B 4 20 sensor Current analog input bL J Sensor power XAINx 4 OO 13 15 17 N Figure 113 Connecting 0 20mA 4 20mA sensors to fast current inputs XAIN5 XAIN6 XAIN7 Do not use 24V power supply available on terminals 44 and 49 in ES847 board to power 4 20mA sensor
290. nabled dip switch SW3 selector switches 1 and 2 in position ON The line terminator of the other inverters in intermediate positions shall be disabled dip switch SW3 selector switches 1 and 2 in position OFF Communication does not take place or is adversely affected if multidrop terminators A NOTE are not properly set especially in case of a high baud rate If more than two terminators are fitted some drivers can enter the protection mode due to thermal overload thus stopping dialoguing with some of the connected devices The line terminator in serial link 1 which is available on the keypad connector is always ON and cannot be disabled This avoids any multidrop connection of multiple inverters A multidrop network can be used for point to point communications with CAUTION the master computer or for the first last inverter in multidrop chain If multidrop network is connected to serial link 1 port communications will not take place and the network connected devices will be damaged by the large resistive load of the parallel connected terminator resistors 3 7 4 How USE ISOLATED SERIAL BOARD ES822 OPTIONAL Optional board ES822 allows the connection to a serial link RS485 or RS232 Board ES822 to be installed inside the inverter allows the inverter to be connected both to a computer through RS232 with no need to use additional devices and to serial link RS485 Board ES822 also provides galvanic isolation between
291. nal The higher the baud rates the shortest the bus lengths allowed The maximum length of the bus is also affected by the number of nodes The tables below indicate the cable specifications based on the cable length and the variation features of the max length based on the number of nodes and the cross section of the conductors Tables refer to copper wires with a characteristic impedance of 1200 and a typical propagation delay of 5ns m Bus length m Max specific Recommended Recommended Max baud rate resistance of the cross section for terminator Kbit s cable mQ m conductors mm resistance Q 0 40 70 0 25 0 34 124 1000 kbits s 404 300 60 0 34 0 6 150 300 500 kbits s max 100m 300 600 40 0 50 75 150 300 100 kbits s max 500m 600 1000 26 0 75 0 8 150 300 50 kbits s The total resistance of the cable and number of nodes determine the mox allowable length for the cable as per static features not for dynamic features Indeed the max voltage delivered by a node with a dominant bus is reduced by the resistive divider consisting of the cable resistor and the terminator resistors The residual voltage must exceed the dominant voltage of the receiving node The table below indicates the max length values based on the cable cross section i e the cable resistance and the number of nodes Cross section of the Max wiring length m based on the number of nodes con
292. nal connector Use the screws supplied to fasten board ES847 to the fixing spacers Figure 111 TEF 211 WE mueca e 122 sinn name Figure 111 Fitting the strips inside board ES847 and fixing the board on slot C 238 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 4 Configure the Dip switches located on board ES847 based on the type of signals to be acquired see relevant section 5 For the terminal board wiring follow the instructions given in the section below 6 Power on the inverter and configure the parameters relating to the operation of board ES847 see Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual Before removing the terminal board cover remove voltage and wait at least 5 DANGER minutes to allow for capacitor discharge and to avoid electrical shock hazard Electrical shock hazard do not connect disconnect the signal terminals or the CAUTION power terminals when the inverter is on This also prevents the inverter from being damaged All the screws used to fasten removable parts terminals cover serial interface NOTE connector cable plates etc are black round head cross head screws gt gt When wiring the inverter remove only this type of screws If different screws bolts are removed the inverter guaranty will be no longer valid 239 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8
293. nalogue values measured from the voltage differentials in channels C and D known before inverter start up For further information regarding this refer to the Configuration Guide 296 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 360 gt 000324 Figure 152 Typical signal waveform in Five channel Mode 297 321 WOWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS All input signals are used with this function mode the SW1 dip switch must be set up as in the figure below i e with even numbered switches ON and odd numbered switches OFF SW Figure 153 Dip switch setup for Five channel Mode reception inverter is powered up An unexpected change in settings even of short duration will result in irreversible damage to the Encoder Carefully follow the dip switch setup and do not change the settings when the CAUTION 6 11 6 CONFIGURATION AND REGULATION OF ENCODER POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE The ES860 Card permits the encoder to be powered with different supply voltages A selection Jumper and a power supply voltage regulation Trimmer are provided as shown in the figure below 5V 5 4 8V Figure 154 Position of Jumper and Voltage Regulation Trimmer 298 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS The Card is factory set with a
294. ncorporated in the motor windings to obtain a hardware thermal protection of the motor The thermistor ratings must comply with 34 11 2 BS4999 Pt 111 DIN44081 DIN44082 or to thermistors named Mark A in standard IEC60947 8 Resistor corresponding to Tnf temperature value 1000 ohm typical rating Resistor at Tnf 5 C 550 ohm Resistor at Tnf 5 C gt 1330 ohm The typical resistor pattern with respect to temperature is shown in the figure below R Logarithmic scale 000527 TNF 1 Figure 54 Standard pattern of the thermistor resistor for the motor thermal protection Tnf temperature is the thermistor rated transient temperature to be adjusted based on the max allowable temperature of the motor windings The inverter sends a motor overheating alarm when it detects the thermistor resistance transient temperature of at least one of the series connected thermistors but does not display the real temperature of the motor windings An alarm trips even if a short circuit condition is detected in the thermistor circuit wiring This alarm trips when the measured resistance is nominally lower than 200 Maximum six 6 series connected PTCs can be acquired Motors usually have three or six series connected PTCs one or two per phase If multiple sensors NOTE are series connected a false alarm trip may occur even when the motor is cold 103 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J
295. nd Piercing Templates Stand Alone Models 505 to S50 37 3 35 SINUS PENTA SOS t npe tee 37 3 9 5 2 SINUS PENTA SIO 38 3 3 5 3 85122 25 watana Sae roo Ea 39 3 3 5 4 SINUS PENTA 15 520 530 4 e aao eR Rd ea ao ENG 40 3 3 5 5 SINUS PENTA 540 41 3 3 2 6 SINUS PENTA S50 ME 42 3 3 6 Standard Mounting and Piercing Templates for IPOO Modular Models 564 580 43 3 3 6 1 Installation and Lay out of the Connections of a Modular Inverter 565 46 3 3 7 Standard Mounting and Piercing Templates Models IP54 505 530 47 3 4 POWER CONNECTIONS ecce ete ette 48 3 4 1 Wiring Diagram for inverters 505 560 50 3 4 2 Wiring Diagram for Modular Inverters 564 580 51 3 4 2 1 External Connections for Modular Inverters 565 570 575 580 51 3 4 2 2 External Connections for Modular Inverters 564 54 3 4 2 3 External Connections for Modular Inverters 574 55 3 4 2 4 12 Connection for Modular Inverters
296. nd if the board is connected to a LAN that is provided with a DHCP server The section below covers these types of connection LAN is provided with a DHCP server If this is not the case your network administrator will assign the static IP addresses for each inverter For the connection to the LAN consult your network administrator who can tell if the A NOTE 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 273 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK c r INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Point to point connection to the computer If a point to point connection to the computer is used first configure the network board of the computer by setting a static IP address as 192 168 0 nnn where nnn is any number ranging from 1 to 254 To set the static IP address with Windows 20007 or Windows open the Network Properties folder in the field for the properties of the TCP IP protocol set the address value e g 192 168 0 1 Figure 133 shows the correct setting of the computer properties for Windows 2000 Settings are very similar for computers running on Windows T Local Area Connection Properties General Authentication Advanced Connect using Intel R PRO 100 VE Network Conne Configure This connection uses the following items ivi E Client for Microsoft Networks File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks e QoS Packet Scheduler internet Protoc
297. ne and inverted cosine of the mechanical angle repeated np times the mechanical revolution In this mode the Card also receives non sinusoidal signals in channels A B and R therefore it is possible to accept rectangular waves provided by a normal incremental differential line driver encoder The other two channels C and D still accept 1Vpp type signals but with form equal to the sine and cosine of the mechanical angle with a cycle per revolution To accept this signal type the inverter Counts Encoder cycles by means of quadrature discrimination and bi directional digital count based on Channels A and B Resets the digital counter corresponding to the reference mark in channel R to zero Obtains channels C and D by means of sampling and analogue digital conversion extracting the value of the angle during the revolution cycle precise position 4 calculation of the precise position during the cycle is obtained within the limits of the ADC converter resolution and noise overlying the analogue signal In all cases the calculation of the precise position is only activated at low speed whereas the alignment of the encoder measuring position at high speed is guaranteed by the reference mark In the five channel mode it is possible to ascertain the precise mechanical position of the Encoder when the inverter is switched on The precise mechanical position is established through the appropriate trigometric functions starting from a
298. ne tuning of the braking unit voltage threshold trip Jumper trimmer matching is as follows Jumper Function J3 Fine tuning of pick up voltage through trimmer RV2 JA Fine tuning of pick up voltage through trimmer RV3 J5 Fine tuning of pick up voltage through trimmer 4 16 Fine tuning of pick up voltage through trimmer RV5 The rated voltage for the braking unit activation and its range to be set with the 4 trimmers is stated in the table below Minimum braking Rated braking Mains voltage Vac Jumper Trimmer braking voltage voltage Vdc Vde voltage Vdc Max values in the table above are theoretical values for special applications CAUTION only their use must be authorized Walther Flender AT GmbH For standard applications never change the factory set rated value Figure 74 Positions of BU200 adjusting trimmers 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 179 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 2 2 3 INDICATOR LEDs The indicator LEDs below are located on the front part of the braking units OK LED Normally on the equipment is running smoothly This LED turns off due to overcurrent or power circuit failure B LED Normally off this LED turns on when the braking unit activates TMAX LED Normally off this LED turns on when the thermoswitch located on the heatsink of the braking unit trips if overtemperature protection tri
299. nge kW connected motor voltage range 0 55 630kW 200 240 3phase 1 1170kW 380 415Vac 3phase 1 1340kW 440 460Vac 3phase 1 1460kW 480 500Vac 3phase 83 1670kW 575 3phase 100 2010kW 660 690Vac 3phase Degree of protection size STAND ALONE IP20 from Size 505 to Size S40 IPOO Size S50 S60 S70 IP54 from Size 505 to Size S30 BOX IP54 CABINET IP24 and IP54 Specifications for motor wiring Motor voltage range precision 0 290 Current torque to motor time 105420096 for 2 min every 20 min up to S30 105 200 for 1 min every 10 min from 540 Starting torque max time 24096 for a short time Output frequency resolution 071000 Hz resolution 0 01 Hz Braking torque DC braking 3096 Cn Braking while decelerating up to 2096 Cn with no braking resistor Braking while decelerating up to 15096 Cn with braking resistors Adjustable carrier frequency with silent random modulation 505 515 0 8 16 kHz S20 0 8 12 8 kHz 30 0 8 10 kHz 5 kHz for 0150 and 0162 gt 540 0 8 4 kHz Mains VAC supply voltage tolerance 2T 200 240 Vac 3phase 15 10 AT 380 500 Vac 3phase 15 10 5T 500 575 3phase 15 10 6T 575 690 Vac 3phase 15 10 Maximum voltage imbalance 390 of the rated supply voltage VDC supply voltage tolerance 2T 280 360 15 1096 AT 530 705 15 1096 5T 705 810
300. nknown internal error or module operating in bootloader mode diagnostic 1 Hz Red blinker RAM fault 2 Hz red blinker ASIC or FLASH fault 4 Hz Red blinker DPRAM fault 2 Hz green blinker Module not initialized 1 Hz green blinker Module initialized and operating 6 The red green LED mounted on the board relates to all interface models whereas the LEDs mounted on the 278 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 7 2 LEDs FoR PROFIBUS DP BoARD DIAGNOSTICS In the PROFIBUS DP board LED 1 is inactive the remaining LEDs are described below N amp Name Function 2 It indicates that the inverter is on line on the fieldbus On Line Green The module is on line data exchange is allowed Off The module is not on line 3 It indicates that the inverter is off line on the fieldbus Off Line Red The module is off line data exchange is not allowed Off The module is not off line 4 Fieldbus It indicates some possible errors Diagnostics 1 Hz Red blinker Configuration error the length of IN messages and OUT messages set while initializing the module does not match with the message length set while initializing the network 2 Hz Red blinker User Parameter error the data length and or contents for the User Parameters set while initializing the module does not match with the data length and or contents set while initializing the network
301. nstall braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects Do not connect any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower than the value CAUTION stated in the tables gt gt 161 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 1 6 BRAKING RESISTORS FOR APPLICATIONS WITH A BRAKING DUTY CYCLE or 50 AND 200 240 SUPPLY VOLTAGE Min SINUS PENTA Resistance to Model 2T Class 0007 internal 25 0 50Q 1100W IP55 RE3083500 0008 internal 25 0 25Q 1800W IP54 RE3103250 0010 internal 25 0 25Q 1800W IP54 RE3103250 S05 0013 internal 20 0 25Q 4000W IP20 RE3483250 0015 internal 20 0 25Q 4000W IP20 RE3483250 0016 internal 20 0 250 4000W IP20 RE3483250 0020 internal 20 0 200 4000W IP20 RE3483200 0016 internal 25 0 25Q 4000W IP20 RE3483250 0017 internal 25 0 250 4000W IP20 RE3483250 Eum 0020 internal 25 0 25Q 4000W IP20 RE3483250 0025 internal 10 0 10Q 8000W IP20 RE3763100 0030 internal 10 0 10Q 8000W IP20 RE3763100 0035 internal 10 0 10Q 8000W IP20 RE3763100 0023 internal 15 0 200 4000 20 RE3483200 12 0033 internal 10 0 10Q 8000W IP20 RE3763100 0037 internal 10 0 100 8000W IP20 RE3763100 0038 internal 7 5 100 8000W IP20 RE3763100 15 0040 internal 7 5 10Q 8000W IP20 RE3763100 0049 internal 5 0 6 6Q 12000W IP20 RE
302. nstalled both on AC side and on DC side Unlike DC inductance AC inductance filters also high frequency components with greater efficiency DC side inductance can be connected only to inverters sizes from S15 on to NOTE be stated when ordering the equipment NOTE When a DC side inductance is used it is sometimes possible that no braking resistor or external braking unit can be connected to the inverter 206 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Harmonic currents in the inverter power supply 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 gt gt 5 7 With inductance 1 m g 11 13 17 1 With no inductance With AC inductance 9 23 25 Figure 91 Amplitude of harmonic currents approximate values CAUTION CAUTION NOTE For inverter sizes lower than S40 included always use an input inductance under the following circumstances mains instability converters installed for DC motors loads generating strong voltage variations at startup power factor correction systems mains rated power exceeding 500 KVA Always activate a line inductance for inverter sizes higher than S50 unless the inverter is powered via a dedicated transformer Always activate AC line inductance for modular inverters equipped with multiple supplies size S70 575 S80 The amplitude of harmonic currents and their distortion of the mains voltage is strongly
303. nt in the connector 271 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 c r INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA Direct point to point connection is obtained with a Cross Over Cable TIA EIA 568 B cat 5 This type of cable performs a cross over of the pairs so that the TD TD pair corresponds to the RD RD pair and vice versa The table below shows the colour matching on the connector pins for the Cross Over Cable and the cross over diagram of the two pairs used from 100Base TX or 10Base T connection Pin and wire colour first part of the Pin and wire colour last part of the connector connector blue green white orange s sss E rra 7 whisforonge s a er f asr a sen a 2 orange NOTE NOTE NOTE A 272 321 The inverter is typically installed with other electric electronic devices inside a cubicle Normally the electromagnetic pollution inside the cubicle is remarkable and is due to both radiofrequency disturbance caused by the inverters and to bursts caused by the electromechanical devices To avoid propagating disturbance to Ethernet cables they must be segregated and kept as far as possible from the other power cables and signal cables in the cubicle Disturbance propagation to Ethernet cables may affect the correct o
304. ntact the supplier or the insurance company concerned If the equipment does not comply with the one you ordered please contact the supplier as soon as possible If the equipment is stored before being started make sure that temperatures range from 20 C to 60 C and that relative humidity is 9596 non condensing The equipment guarantee covers any manufacturing defect The manufacturer has no responsibility for possible damages due to the equipment transportation or unpacking The manvfacturer is not responsible for possible damages or faults caused by improper and irrational uses wrong installation improper conditions of temperature humidity or the use of corrosive substances The manufacturer is not responsible for possible faults due to the equipment operation at values exceeding the equipment ratings and is not responsible for consequential and accidental damages The braking unit BU200 is covered by a one year guarantee starting from the date of delivery 176 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 2 1 1 NAMEPLATE or BU200 220063010 DC200 800V Braking Unit BU200 input output average 80 130 2 7 5 2T 44 200 240Vac J3 380 480Vac 4T J5 480 500Vac FOR USE AND INSTALLATION SEE USER MANUAL gt 6 I
305. ntly trip This is due to the wire parasite capacity generating current pulses at the inverter output This current peaks may be limited by an inductance installed on the inverter output Screened cables even have a higher capacity and may have problems with a shorter length The recommended output inductance is the same that can be installed at the inverter input see previous section The max distance between the motor and the inverter is given as an example as parasite capacity is also affected by the type of wiring path and wiring system For instance when several inverters and their connected motors are networked segregating the inverter wires from the motor wires will avoid capacitive couplings between the wiring of each motor In that case a reactance should be installed at the output of each inverter Motor wiring with unscreened cables 2 4 6 pole MOTORS gt NN Up to S40 From S40 coe tne 20 ra o Jo Upto S10 Up to S30 LL Fase so co vn gt Inductance stated in the tables above be used when the inverter output frequency does not exceed 60 Hz For a higher output frequency a special CAUTION inductance for the max allowable operating frequency must be used please contact Walther Flender AT GmbH NOTE When using gt 10 pole motors an output inductance is always required NOTE When using parallel connected motors always consider the tot
306. o the inverter CAUTION and the display keypad A remoting wire with different specifications may cause disturbance and affect communications between the inverter and the display keypad Only use wires supplied by Walther Flender AT GmbH for the keypad wiring Wires 118 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 7 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS 3 7 1 GENERAL FEATURES The inverters of the SINUS PENTA series may be connected to peripheral devices through a serial link this enables both reading and writing of all parameters normally accessed through the display keypad Two wire RS485 is used which ensures a better immunity to disturbance even on long cable paths thus limiting communication errors The inverter will typically behave as a slave device i e it only answers to queries sent by another device a master device typically computer is then needed to start serial communication The inverter may be connected directly to a computer or a multidrop network of inverters controlled by a master computer see Figure 63 below ENTA ENTA ENTA ENTA AC CONVERTE C mast AC CONVERTE A IVERTE VERTER Addr T WITH T WITH Addr Addr 2 Addr Figure 63 Example of multidrop and direct connection The Sinus Penta is supplied with a connector which is equipped with 2 pins fo
307. ode 0 100mV f s Mode 0 20mA f s Temperature Reading with Thermistor PT100 SW2 I Sw2 i sw2 Sw2 i Setting Slow Analog Channel XAIN11 Mode 0 10V f s Default configuration Mode 0 100mvV f s Mode 0 20mA f s Temperature Reading with Thermistor PT100 5992 1 5 2 Five acquisition software modes are available see Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual corresponding to four hardware settings see table below 242 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Type of Preset Mode Set for SW and Full scale Values and Notes Acquisition SW2 Voltage 0 10 Mode 0 10 f s 07 10V Voltage 0 100 Mode 0 100 f s 04 100mV Current 0 20 mA Mode 0 20mA f s OmA 20mA Current 4 20 mA Mode 0 20 f s AmA 20mA cable disconnection alarm with measure lower than 2mA Temperature Temperature Reading with Thermistor PT100 50 C 125 C Disconnection alarm or short circuit sensor if resistance measure is lower higher than the preset range NOTE NOTE CAUTION gt Software settings must be consistent with dip switch settings Otherwise unpredictable results for real acquisition are produced A voltage current value exceeding the input range will be saturated at minimum or maximum value Inputs configured as voltage
308. oder ratings Dip Switch SW1 1 is not shown in the figures below because its setting depends NOTE on the supply voltage required by the encoder Refer to the dip switch setting table to set SW1 1 Zero notch connection is optional and is required only for particular software applications However for those applications that do not require any zero notch its connection does not affect the inverter operation See SINUS PENTA s Programming Manual for details NOTE REDI 2 3 4 J 6 8 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS o Hrs ra ul 123456 1 234 PUSH PULL Encoder with complementary outputs P000590 Figure 100 LINE DRIVER or PUSH PULL encoder with complementary outputs is used power supply 5V or 12V If a 24V push pull encoder is used put 0 2 3 4 lacs fo OFF 9 6 8 Put SW3 contacts to ON only if a complementary Push pull or Line driver encoder CAUTION 227 321 WOWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS ue m R s rit UB E 2 12345 1 234 indi 2345 In m Nm PUSH PULL single ended Encoder P000591 B Figure 101 PUSH PULL encoder with single ended outputs Because settings required for a single ended encoder deliver a reference voltage CAUTI
309. of the instruction manual 308 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 7 1 RADIOFREQUENCY DISTURBANCE Radiofrequency disturbance RFI may occur where the inverter is installed Electromagnetic emissions produced by the electrical components installed inside a cabinet may occur as conduction radiation inductive coupling or capacitive coupling Emissions disturbance can be the following a Radiated interference from electrical components or power wiring cables inside the cabinet b Disturbance and radiated interference from outgoing cables feeder cables motor cables signal cables The figure shows how disturbance takes place P000093 B Conducted Radiated Radiated and radiated emissions emissions emissions Figure 157 Disturbance sources in a power drive system equipped with an inverter The measures to be taken to suppress disturbance include grounding enhancement changes made to the cabinet structure installation of mains filters on the line and installation of output toroid filters on the motor cables optimization of the wiring and cable screening Always restrict as much as possible the area exposed to disturbance so as to limit interferences with the other components in the cabinet Grounding Disturbance occurring in the grounding circuit affects the other circuits through the grounding mains or the casing of the connected motor Disturbance may interfere wit
310. oise overlying the analogue signal In all cases the resolution increment is only activated at low speed In the three channel mode it is not possible to ascertain the precise mechanical position of the Encoder when the inverter is switched on The precise mechanical position becomes known after inverter power up only after having passed the encoder zero notch for the first time homing operation For further information regarding this refer to the Configuration Guide 1Vpp 360 np P000323 360 np Figure 150 Typical waveform of signals in three channel mode 295 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Input signals C C D D are not used with this function mode the SW1 dip switch must be set up as in Figure 151 i e with odd numbers switches ON and even numbered switches OFF SW1 002325 Figure 151 Dip switch SW1 setup for Three channel Mode reception Carefully follow the dip switch setup and do not change the settings when the CAUTION inverter is powered up An unexpected change in settings even of short duration will result in irreversible damage to the Encoder 6 11 5 FIVE CHANNEL OPERATING MODE Figure 152 shows the Sin Cos Encoder signals in five channel mode The first three channels receive signals in the same way as in the three channel mode i e in addition to the reference mark si
311. ol TCP IP Description Transmission Control Proto Wide area network protocol across diverse interconnect General Show icon in notification Notify me when this conne You can get IP settings assigned automatically if your network supports this capability Otherwise you need to ask your network administrator for the appropriate IP settings Obtain an IP address automatically Use the following IP address IP address 182 168 000 001 000521 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 Default gateway Use the following DNS server addresses Preferred DNS server Alternate DNS server i j Figure 133 Setting a computer for a point to point connection to the inverter 274 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS After configuring your computer as described above in the dip switches of the communications board set a binary number different from O different from 255 and different from the number set in the low portion of the IP address of the computer For example number 2 can be set by lowering logic 1 only switch 7 as shown in the figure below 0 P000522 0 MSB LSB Figure 134 Setting the dip switches to set the IP address 192 168 0 2 If the computer is connected to
312. olling asynchronous motors and brushless motors up to 2010 kW Inverters of the SINUS PENTA series are designed and manufactured in Italy by the technicians of Walther Flender AT GmbH they incorporate the most advanced features offered by the latest electronic technologies SINUS PENTA inverters fit any application thanks to their advanced features among which 32 bit multiprocessor control board vector modulation power control with the latest IGBTs high immunity to radio interference high overload capability Any value of the quantities required for the equipment operation may be easily programmed through the keypad the alphanumeric display and the parameter menus and submenus The inverters of the SINUS PENTA series are provided with the following standard features four classes of power supply 2T 200 240 Vac AT 380 500 Vac 5T 500 575 Vac 6T 575 690 Vac EMC filters for industrial environment incorporated in any inverter Size EMC filters for domestic environment incorporated in Sizes S05 and 510 DC power supply available as a standard feature built in braking module up to Size S30 serial interface RS485 with communications protocol according to standard MODBUS RTU degree of protection IP20 up to Size S40 possibility of providing IP54 up to Size S30 3 analog inputs 0 10 VDC 0 4 20 mA one input may be configured as a motor input 8 optoisolated digital inputs PNP inputs
313. om DANGER the inverter and wait at least 5 minutes Wait for a complete discharge of the internal components to avoid any electrical shock hazard Electrical shock hazard do not connect disconnect the signal terminals or the AN CAUTION power terminals when the inverter is on This also prevents the inverter from being damaged All the screws used to fasten removable parts terminals cover serial interface connector cable plates etc are black round head cross head screws When wiring the inverter remove only this type of screws If different screws or bolts are removed the inverter guaranty will be no longer valid NOTE c r 258 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 3 FiELDBUS PROFIBUS DP COMMUNICATIONS BOARD The Profibus communications board allows interfacing between an inverter of the Sinus PENTA Series and an external control unit such as a PLC using a PROFIBUS DP communications interface The Sinus PENTA inverter operates as a Slave device and is controlled by a Master device PLC through command messages and reference values which are equivalent to the ones sent via terminal board The Master device is also capable of detecting the operating status of the inverter More details about Profibus communications are given in the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions manual Profibus communications board has the following features Type of fieldbus
314. on when it detects power supply 5 It turns off to indicate the following conditions o Short circuit over the power supply delivered to connector RS 485 output o Short circuit over the power supply delivered to the connector output of remotable keypad o Parameter quick storage and autoreset procedure due to VDC undervoltage Messages appearing on the 7 segment display are the following A NOTE The display can be seen only after removing the keypad For more details see section 1 6 in this installation manual Ordinary operation and alarms Symbol or sequence displayed Inverter condition Inverter initialization stage Inverter ready waiting for the enable command symbol 0 NOT flashing Inverter ready waiting for the ENABLE command 0 gt 1 number 1 fixed see Programming Manual parameter C181 Inverter ready waiting for the START command O gt 1 number 2 fixed see Programming manual parameters Power Down and DC Braking CO CO CO CO 89 32 V WALTHER FLENDER f ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 9 6 9 CON INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA Motor not running because the PID value is disabled number 3 fixed see Programming Manual parameters P254 and 255 Motor not running because the PID value is disabled number 4 fixed see Programming Manual parameters 65 and 66 IFD enabled but waitin
315. onnected to the inverter grounding conductor terminals are located near the control terminals Their function is dual they allow cables to be mechanically fastened and they allow braiding of signal screened cables to be grounded The figure shows how to wire a screened cable Pr 2 Er TSE i mod 44 T hdd MY gas PE a Ead arg qs Shield connected UNG Cable damp xing screw il el 9 Figure 42 Clamping a signal screened cable If no state of the art wiring is provided the inverter will be more easily affected by CAUTION disturbance Do not forget that disturbance may also accidentally trigger the motor startup 87 321 y WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 2 CoNTROL BOARD SIGNALS AND PROGRAMMING RS 485 n l E d 000055 Serial line Ta X RRR rer connector i 2 UTE due SW3 Dip swilch 4 Termination resistors settings Display and LEDs Slot C optional Slot A optional boards angle meas boards i Slot B optional communication boards SWI Dip switch SW2 Dip switch Analog inputs Analog outputs configuration configuration Figure 43 Control board signals and programming 88 321 QWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 2 1 DISPLAY AND INDICATOR LEDS The board display and indicator L
316. oss Cable Peeling Tightening Torque Cable Cross section to Mains and Motor Fast Fuses 700V Disc Switch Magnetic Circuit Contactor gt x 5 3 93 3 240 500kcmils 2 2x150 2x300kcmils 3x210 3x400kcmils 3x240 3x500kcmils 5701 0831 1200 4x185 3x400kcmils 2x800 1600 2x800 2x240 2x500kcmils 2x210 2x400kcmils S75 0964 1480 4x240 4x500kcmils 2x1000 2000 2x1000 1130 1700 Bar 35 1 6 210 6 400 3x800 2000 3x800 S80 5 1296 1950 35 1 6 240 6x500kcmils 3x1000 2500 3 1000 4 Always use the correct cable cross sections and activate the protecting devices CAUTION provided for the inverter Failure to do so will cause the non compliance to standard regulations of the system where the inverter is installed In modular sizes 565 575 each supply arm shall be protected by a separate A NOTE f use see table above 5 SINUS Rated Output Rated Input Cable Cross section Tightening Motor Cable Cross E Current Current Fitting the Terminal Torque section odel mm mm A ins AWG or kcmils AWG or kcmils 0250 390 390 Bar 35 240 500kcmils 0312 480 480 Bar 35 2x150 2x300kcmils 0366 550 530 Bar 35 2x210 2x400kcmils 0399 630 660 Bar 35 2x240 2x500kcmils 564 0457 720 750 Bar 35 0524 CC
317. output and the analog auxiliary output are protected by a resettable fuse capable of protecting the feeder inside the inverter against short circuits Nevertheless in case of short circuit it can happen that the inverter does not temporarily lock and does not stop the motor SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 BOARDS FOR FIELD BUS SLOT Four interfacing option boards are available for the connection of the inverters of the Sinus PENTA series to automation systems based on Fieldbus Four fieldbus standards are also available Option boards allow to interface systems based on Profibus DeviceNet CAN CANopen CAN Ethernet Modbus TCP IT functions The inverters of the Sinus PENTA series can house only one option board per fieldbus This board allows to control the inverter through the desired bus starting from a control device PLC industrial computer The control method from fieldbus integrates the control methods from local terminals remote terminals through MODBUS serial link and from keypad which are provided from the inverter For more details on the inverter command modes and the possible matching among the different sources refer to the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions Control Method and Fieldbus sections The sections below cover the installation procedure and the configuration and diagnostics of the different types of option boards
318. owered by the inverter isolated power supply or by an external source 24 or 48V see dashed lines in the figure below Optienal external power supply 24V 48V 000278 Optional exernal power supply 24V 48V isolated 000279 Figure 120 Connection of an NPN output for relay control 249 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS When inductive loads e g relay coils are connected always use the freewheel diode which is to be connected as shown in the figure CAUTION Do not simultaneously connect the isolated internal supply and the auxiliary NOTE supply to power the isolated digital outputs Dashed lines in the figures are alternative to standard wiring Digital outputs XMDO1 8 are protected from a temporary short circuit by a NOTE resettable fuse After wiring the inverter check the output voltage as a permanent short circuit can cause irreversible damage gt gt 6 8 8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Operating temperature ambient temperature O to 4 50 C contact Walther Flender AT GmbH for lower higher temperatures Relative humidity 5 to 9596 non condensing Max operating altitude 4000 m 5 1 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 250 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA 6 8 9 ELECTRICAL RATINGS 6 8 9 1 ANALOG INPUTS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
319. peration of the inverter and the other devices computers PLCs Switches Routers connected to the same LAN The maximum length of the LAN cable cat 5 UTP allowed by IEEE 802 standards results from the mox transit time allowed from the protocol and is equal to 100m The longer the cable length the higher the risk of communications failure For Ethernet wiring only use cables certified for LAN cables of 5 UTP category or higher For standard wiring avoid creating your own cables Straight Through or Cross Over cables should be purchased from an authorised dealer For a proper configuration and utilisation of the communications board the user should know the basics of the TCP IP protocol and should get familiar with the MAC address the IP address and the ARP Address Resolution Protocol The basic document on the Web is RFC1180 A TCP IP Tutorial The English version can be downloaded from http www fags org ftp rfc pdf rfc1180 bx pdf V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 9 6 3 BOARD CONFIGURATION The first step in configuring the Ethernet interface board consists in communicating with the board through a computer in order to update the configuration file etccfg cfg stored to the non volatile memory of the board The configuration procedure is different if you use a point to point connection to the computer if the board is connected to a LAN that is not provided with a DHCP server a
320. phase sequence is not important 44 U 45 V Three phase motor outputs 46 W Link to the DC voltage positive pole It can be used for DC voltage supply the DC 47 reactor the external braking resistor and the external braking unit for the inverter models where it is not built in Link to the positive pole of the continuous AC rectified voltage It can be used for the 47 D DC reactor if no DC reactor is used terminal 47 0 must be short circuited to terminal 47 using cable having the same cross section as the cables used for power supply factory setting 48 B When available it can be used to connect the IGBT brake for braking resistors Link to the negative pole of the DC voltage It can be used for DC power supply and 49 the external braking resistor When available it can be used to connect the positive pole of the DC voltage to be 50 used for the external braking resistor only When available it can be used to connect the positive pole of the DC voltage to be 51 used for the external braking unit only When available it can be used to connect the negative pole of the DC voltage to be 52 used for the external braking unit only 505 4T 510 515 520 Terminal board 4 S05 2T Terminal board 512 Terminal board mmm fee fae oe Bad 6 S30 Terminal board Connect the braking unit to terminals 50 and 48 B Avoid using terminals 48
321. ply from control unit to inverter arm U phase U control signals from control unit to inverter arm V phase V control signals from control unit to inverter arm W phase W control signals 4 connections with AWG17 18 1sqmm unipolar cable pairs delivering low voltage DC power supply from inverter arm with auxiliary power supply unit to control unit control unit 24V voltage supply from inverter arm with auxiliary power supply unit to driver boards of each power arm of the inverter the power supply can be transferred from the supply unit to a driver board in arm U for instance then to arm V finally to arm W IGBT driver board 24V power supply N 4 optical fibre connections 1mm single standard plastics 0 22dB m typical attenuation with Agilent HFBR 4503 4513 connectors HFBR 4503 4513 Simplex Latching SIMPLEX CRIMP RING 3 Figure 34 Single optical fibre connector 64 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA The following links are required N 4 from control unit to driver board in inverter arm U U fault signal from control unit to driver board in inverter arm V V fault signal from control unit to driver board in inverter arm W W fault signal from control unit to bus voltage detecting board installed on inverter arm U VB signal optical fibre connections 1mm double standard plastics 0 22dB m typical attenuation with Agilent HEBR 45 16 connectors
322. pper bar Inverter DC side connected to terminal B 21 Copper bar Connection to braking resistor 22 Copper bor Inverter DC side connected to terminol Signol terminol block M1 con be accessed through its hole see figure below Terminal block M1 N Name Description Notes Features 1 Not used 1 2 OVE Signal zero volt Control board zero volt 1 3 Modulation input 0 10 V To be used for special Rin 10kOhm applications M1 4 15 Logic input for signal sent from Master The SLAVE brakes if a signal Max 30V gt 6Vis sent M1 5 contact of thermoswitch on relay The relay energizes when 250Vac 3A M1 6 Common of the contact of thermoswitch on overtemperature alarm trips 30Vdc 3A relay for BU200 1 7 RL NC NC contact of thermoswitch on relay M1 8 Mout Digital output for Slave command signal High level output when the PNP output 0 Master is braking 15V 1 9 Not used MI 10 Not used b crminal lock MI P000074 B connection screw Figure 79 Terminals in BU200 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 185 321 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 oco INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS WIRE CROSS SECTIONS Use 25 sqmm wires for power connection wirings and 0 5 or 1sqmm wires for signal wiring When connecting the conductor to the braking resistor
323. pply Do not install any contactor between the inverter and the motor Do not connect any power factor correction capacitor to the motor Operate the inverter only if a proper grounding is provided In case of alarm trip a comprehensive review of the Diagnostic section in the Programming Manual is recommended restart the equipment only after removing the cause responsible for the alarm trip Do not perform any insulation test between the power terminals or the control terminals Make sure that the fastening screws of the control terminal board and the power terminal board are properly tightened Do not connect single phase motors Always use a motor thermal protection use the inverter motor thermal model or a thermoswitch installed in the motor Respect the environmental requirements for the equipment installation The bearing surface of the inverter must be capable of withstanding high temperatures up to 90 C The inverter electronic boards contain components which may be affected by electrostatic discharges Do not touch them unless it is strictly necessary Always be very careful so as to prevent any damage caused by electrostatic discharges 15 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 9 6 8 O NM INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION The inverters of the SINUS PENTA series are fully digital inverters capable of contr
324. ps the equipment is locked until temperature drops below the alarm threshold awww ewe TTT eee nee me N SUS Z OC OC NE P000655 0 E Figure 75 Position of Indicator Leds 6 2 3 RATINGS INVERTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE and JUMPER POSITIONS 200 240Vac 380 480Vac 480 500Vac class 2T class 4T class 4T Max Average SIZE Braking Braking Current A Current A J4 J3 15 MIN BRAKING MIN BRAKING MIN BRAKING RESISTOR Ohm RESISTOR Ohm RESISTOR Ohm BU200 130 80 3 6 6 c r 180 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 2 4 INSTALLING THE BRAKING UNIT 6 2 4 1 MOUNTING Install vertically Make sure to allow a min clearance of 5 cm on both sides and 10 cm on top and bottom Use cable glands to maintain degree of protection IP20 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BRAKING UNIT INSTALLATION STORAGE AND TRANSPORT Operating ambient temperatures 0 40 with no derating from 40 C to 50 C with a 2 derating of the rated current for each degree beyond 40 C 25 70 C Installation environment Pollution degree 2 or higher Do not install in direct sunlight and in places exposed to conductive dust corrosive gases vibrations water sprinkling dripping depending on IP ratings do not install in salty environments Altitude Up to 1000 m above sea level For higher altitudes derate
325. put 2kohm 5kohm Voltage analog input 10V A P000283 B 4 20mA sensor Current analog input y Sensor pow supply OV control 000284 Figure 50 Potentiometer wiring for unipolar command 0 B Potentiometer wiring for bipolar command REFmax REFmax C 4 20 mA Sensor wiring Do not apply 24V voltage ovailable on terminal 23 of the control board to supply 4 20 mA analog sensors because it is used for the common terminal of the digital inputs CMD terminal 22 not for the common terminal of CMA analog inputs Galvanic isolation exists between the two terminals and must not be suppressed CON O 100 321 f V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 4 2 DIFFERENTIAL AUXILIARY INPUTS TERMINALS 5 8 Auxiliary inputs allow auxiliary voltage and current values for signals exceeding ground signals up to a preset maximum voltage value in common mode A differential input weakens disturbance due to ground potentials occurring when the signal is sent from a source that is located far from the inverter Disturbance is weakened only if wiring is correct Each input is provided with a positive terminal and a negative terminal of the differential amplifier Both terminals must be connected to the signal source and the signal grounding respectively Make sure that the common mode voltage between
326. r i The metal frame of the connector is connected to the inverter grounding Connect 202 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Connector RJ 45 must be connected to the keypad This connector has the following connections PIN FUNCTION 4 TX RX A Differential input output A bidirectional according to standard RS485 Positive polarity with respect to pin 6 for one MARK 6 TX RX B Differential input output B bidirectional according to standard RS485 Negative polarity with respect to pin 4 for one MARK 1 2 3 GND keypad zero volt 7 8 5 V max 100 mA power supply The figure below shows the wiring diagram ADAPTE exampl max 247 devices 1 Figure 89 Wiring diagram of the keypad remoting kit controlling multiple inverters 203 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 c r INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 4 2 5 COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOL Standard MODBUS RTU protocol is used for communications Set the following values for the inverter keypad please refer to the Programming Manual of the inverter being used for the setup of the relevant parameters Setting values to the inverter
327. r the first command will create a static entry assigning the matching between the MAC address of the board and the static IP address The ping command queries the interface board to check the connection and returns the transit time of the data packet between the computer and the board through the network as shown in Figure 135 275 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS C WINDOWS Ws ystemi32Wcmd exe C gt ping 10 0 254 177 inging 10 0 254 177 with 32 bytes of data Reply from 1f A 254 177 bytes 32 time lt ims Reply from 10 8 254 177 5 22 timelims T Heply From 1M 254 177 bytes 17 timecC1ims Reply from 16 6 254 177 bytes 32 time lt ins Ping statistics for A 254 177 Packets Sent 4 Received 4 Lust 8 luss gt Approximate round trip times milli sceconde Minimum ms Maximum Oms Average Oms 000520 Figure 135 Example of the ping command to the IP address of the inverter interface board When the interface board is sent the data packet it gets the MAC address IP address match as a permanent match then it compiles and saves an ethcfg cfg file where the IP address 10 0 254 177 is stored as its own address each time the inverter is turned on Command number 3 is optional and removes the static match IP MAC related to the inverter Ethernet board from the ARP t
328. r 5V and 12V depending on the dip switch selection to the power supply termination lugs For a power supply of 5V supply may range from 4 4V to 7 3V for a power supply of 12V supply may range from 10 3V to 17 3V Output voltage cannot be adjusted by trimmer RV1 jumper 1 in pos 1 2 for NOTE 24V power supply Power supply values exceeding the encoder ratings may damage the encoder Always use a tester to check voltage delivered from board ES836 before wiring CAUTION Do not use the encoder supply output to power other devices Failure to do so CAUTION would increase the hazard of control interference and short circuits with possible uncontrolled motor operation due to the lack of feedback The encoder supply output is isolated from the common terminal of the analog CAUTION signals incoming to the terminals of the control board Do not link the two common terminals together Pe 6 6 8 ENCODER WIRING AND CONFIGURATION The figures below show how to connect and configure the dip switches for the most popular encoder types A wrong encoder board connection may damage both the encoder and the board In all the figures below dip switches SW1 4 SW2 3 SW2 6 are set to ON i e 77 NOTE kHz band limit is on If a connected encoder requires a higher output frequency set dip switches to OFF CAUTION NOTE The max length of the encoder wire depends on the encoder outputs not on encoder board ES836 See the enc
329. r each signal of the RS485 pair thus allowing easier multidrop links with no need to connect two conductors to the same pin and thus avoiding creating a star network which is not recommended for this type of bus Any information sent to from the inverter through the display keypad unit may be obtained also via serial link using the RemoteDrive software offered by Walther Flender AT GmbH RemoteDrive allows the following functions image acquisition keypad simulation oscilloscope functions and multifunction tester table compiler including operation data log parameter setup and data reception transmission storage from and to a computer scan function for the automatic detection of the connected inverters up to 247 inverters may be connected Please refer to the RemoteDrive Instruction Manual for the inverters of the Sinus PENTA series manufactured by Walther Flender AT GmbH The inverter is provided with two serial communication ports The basic port Serial Link 0 see Programming Instructions manual is provided with a male D connector described in the wiring section above the second port Serial Link 1 see Programming Instructions manual which is provided with RJ 45 connector is used for the connection of the display keypad When the display keypad is not used a master MODBUS device such as a computer where RemoteDrive is installed can be connected to Serial Link 1 port through a DB9 RJA5 adaptor gt 119 321 V WALTHER FLENDER
330. rance company concerned If the equipment does not comply with the one you ordered please contact the supplier as soon as possible If the equipment is stored before being started make sure that the ambient conditions do not exceed the ratings mentioned in Section INSTALLING THE EQUIPMENT The equipment guarantee covers any manufacturing defect The manufacturer has no responsibility for possible damages occurred when shipping or unpacking the inverter The manufacturer is not responsible for possible damages or faults caused by improper and irrational uses wrong installation improper conditions of temperature humidity or the use of corrosive substances The manvfacturer is not responsible for possible faults due to the inverter operation at values exceeding the inverter ratings and is not responsible for consequential and accidental damages The equipment is covered by a 3 year guarantee starting from the date of delivery Product codification SINUS PENTA 0005 4 T B A2 X 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 Product line SINUS stand alone inverter SINUS BOX inverter contained inside a box SINUS CABINET inverter contained inside a cabinet 2 PENTA control incorporating IFD VTC FOC SYN RGN functionality 3 Inverter Model 4 Supply voltage 2 power supply 200 240 280 340VDC 4 power supply 380 500 530 705 5 power supply 500 575VAC 705 810VDC 6 power supply 575 690VAC 810 970
331. re used size S65 to S80 the input inductance shall NOTE be connected to each supply arm 215 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 5 4 4 2T AT CLASSES INTERPHASE INDUCTANCE SIZE INVERTER INVERTER MODEL INTERPHASE INDUCTANCE MODEL 0598 1100A 0143504 565 0748 0831 1400A 1 0143604 0964 2000 0143704 575 1130 1296 2650A 1 0143804 NOTE Inductance designed for 12 phase connection Carefully follow the application diagram 6 5 4 5 5T 6T CLASSES INTERPHASE INDUCTANCE SIZE INVERTER 3 INVERTER MODEL INTERPHASE INDUCTANCE MODEL 0399 850A 1 0144304 0457 565 0542 1200A IM0144454 0598 0748 4 S70 0831 1450A IM0144504 0964 1850A IMO144604 575 580 1130 1296 2450A IM0144754 5 NOTE Inductance designed for 12 phase connection Carefully follow the application diagram 216 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 5 5 INDUCTANCE RATINGS 6 5 5 1 CLASS 2T 4 INDUCTANCE INDUCTANCE DIMENSIONS HOLE WGT LEAKAGE DS TYPE RATINGS mH L IDIM E G m W IM0126004 AC 2 0 11 120 125 75 25 67 55 5 29 29 IM0126044 AC 127 17 A 120 125 75 25 67 55 5 3 48 IM0126084 AC 3 PHASE 0 70 3
332. rent mode 11 bit Value of voltage LSB 4 88 mV Value of current LSB 9 8 Max voltage of differential input common mode 7 7 V Rejection ratio for differential input common mode at 50Hz 50 dB Persistent overload with no damaging in voltage mode 50 50 V Persistent overload with no damaging in current mode 23 23 mA Input filter cut frequency first prevailing order over REF 230 Input filter cut frequency first prevailing order over AINT AIN2 500 Sampling time 1 0 6 1 2 Max current of resistance measure in PTC acquisition mode 2 2 Resistive trip threshold for PTC protection 3300 3600 3930 Resistive trip threshold for PTC protection deactivation 1390 1500 1620 Resistive trip threshold for PTC short circuit 20 Tolerance of reference output voltage 10 VR 10 VR 0 8 96 Current absorbed by reference outputs 10 mA Note 1 depending on the commutation time period set for the connected motor CAUTION damages to the equipment gt gt V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK Avoid exceeding min and max input voltage values not to cause irreparable Reference outputs are electronically protected against temporary short circuits NOTE After wiring the inverter make sure that the output voltage is correct as a persistent short circuit may damage the equipment 0 1 2 4 5 6 9 105 321 CON INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 5 DIGITAL OUTPUTS TE
333. res Pdsu 5 5 x Atx 128 W Remaining power to be dissipated Pdsu 2037 W To dissipate Pdiss left provide a ventilation system with the following air delivery Q Q Pdsu At x 3 5 1426 m h The resulting value for air delivery is to be divided by one or multiple fans or air exhausting tower fans V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 21 321 CON O NN INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 3 3 SIZE WEIGHT AND DISSIPATED POWER 3 3 3 1 IP20 AND IPOO STAND ALONE 505 S60 2T 55 Power Size MODEL L H eigh at SINUS PENTA 0007 7 SINUS PENTA 0008 SINUS PENTA 0010 S05 SINUS PENTA 0013 170 SINUS PENTA 0015 SINUS PENTA 0016 SINUS PENTA 0020 SINUS PENTA 0016 SINUS PENTA 0017 SINUS PENTA 0020 SINUS PENTA 0025 SINUS PENTA 0030 SINUS PENTA 0035 SINUS PENTA 0023 512 SINUS 0033 215 SINUS PENTA 0037 SINUS PENTA 0038 515 SINUS PENTA 0040 225 SINUS PENTA 0049 SINUS PENTA 0060 SINUS PENTA 0067 SINUS PENTA 0074 SINUS PENTA 0086 SINUS PENTA 0113 SINUS PENTA 0129 SINUS PENTA 0150 SINUS PENTA 0162 SINUS PENTA 0179 SINUS PENTA 0200 SINUS PENTA 0216 SINUS PENTA 0250 SINUS PENTA 0312 550 SINUS PENTA 0366 666 SINUS PENTA 0399 SINUS PENTA 0457 2 SINUS 0524 dd S10 215 S20 279
334. resolution in current configuration 10 bit Value of voltage LSB 11 1 mV Value of current LSB 22 2 Stabilization time within 2 of the final value 1 11 ms Time period of output activation 500 us Analog outputs configured as voltage outputs are controlled by operational amplifiers that are subject to fluctuations Do not install filter capacitors on analog output supply mains If noise is detected at the system input connected to the analog outputs switch to current output mode I 111 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK CON I INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 6 OPERATING AND REMOTING THE KEYPAD For the parameter programming and view a display keypad is located on the front part of the SINUS PENTA drives The display keypad is fitted on the drive front part press the side tabs to remove the display keypad For more details see the Remoting the Display Keypad section below 3 6 1 INDICATOR LEDS ON THE DISPLAY KEYPAD Eleven LEDs are located on the keypad along with a 4 line 16 character LCD display a buzzer and 12 function keys The display shows parameter values diagnostic messages and the quantities processed by the inverter For any detail concerning menus and submenus parameter programming measure selection and messages displayed please refer to the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions Manual The figure below shows the location of the indicator Leds an
335. rminals 44 and 49 is protected by a 200mA self resetting fuse OVisolated control OV molaed control board board 24 isolated Figure 116 PNP Command active to 24V via voltage free contact B PNP Command active to 24 sent from a different device PLC digital output board etc 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 247 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK r INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 8 7 7 CONNECTION TO AN ENCODER OR A FREQUENCY INPUT Auxiliary digital inputs XMDI6 XMDI7 and XMDI8 are capable of acquiring fast digital signals and can be used to be connected to a push pull single ended incremental encoder or for the acquisition of a frequency input When fitting board ES847 encoder B functions are no more implemented by the basic terminal board of board ES821 but are implemented by board ES847 The incremental encoder must be connected to fast digital inputs XMDI6 and XMDI7 as shown in Figure 117 P000701 B R XMDI6_ 2 46 gt O XMDI7 47 gt O p CMD 50 d power supply 24V m isolate outputs 24V Fue 7 200mA 24V isolated Figure 117 Connecting the incremental encoder to fast inputs XMDI7 and XMDI8 The encoder shall have PUSH PULL outputs its 24V power supply is delivered directly by the isolated supply internal to the inverter term
336. roking ROSISIOIS ra pro ori qkuna 151 160 Resistors AT e 152 3 i OR RR 33 310 Carrier frequency sss 147 Choosing the producl 136 SJ 20 Current 132 D Declarations of conformily 314 Dissipated power 2 2 20 22 Disturb nce n una teen eseni 309 Download 113 96 aset TP 97 248 Configuration sss 225 226 Telminals riot pud eri E ROC erue eg bes 224 d suyana aaa URN SM RIEN REA REN ex ds 131 bn me 231 Environmental requirements 19 134 ay 232 ES836 idee a P URS HE ORE alee REGE PEOR Ree RUE 221 PP 237 585 n HR 281 P 291 F Feedback Encoder uui 223 5 A 131 221 Z 11 12 130 320 321 SINUS PENTA G Ground connection 14 82 H FIC GVY 137 143 i 11 12 126 Input Inductance 205 Inputs Analog 99 105 245 246 247 251 bI 101 95 98 253 FREQUENCY D 97 IO Expansion WHIT
337. rom control unit to inverter arm U phase U control signals from control unit to inverter arm V phase V control signals from control unit to inverter arm W phase W control signals N 4 connections with unipolar cable pairs AWG17 18 1 mm for AC low voltage supply from supply 1 to control unit power supply 24 V control unit from supply 1 to driver boards of each power arm supply line can run from supply to one driver board e g arm U to arm V then to arm W 24 V supply for IGBT driver boards N 4 optical fibre connections 1mm standard single plastic material typical damping 0 22dB m with connectors type Agilent HFBR 4503 4513 HF BR 4503 4513 Simplex Latching SIMPLEX CRIMP RING HF BR 4525 C m 3 P000050 B Figure 27 Single optical fibre connector 0 2 3 4 J 6 9 57 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK CON O NM INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Connections required from control unit to arm U driver board fault U signal from control unit to arm V driver board fault V signal from control unit to arm W driver board fault W signal from control unit to bus voltage reading board assembled on inverter arm U VB signal N 4 optical fibre connections 1mm standard double plastic material typical damping 0 22dB m with connectors type Agilent HFBR 451 6 HFBR 4516 Duplex Latching DUPLEX CRIMP x RING HFBR 4526
338. rom the inverter Dissipated EQUIPMENT WC T Be Brel ower mm mm mm kg W Control unit 222 410 189 100 In the standard configuration the control unit is installed on an inverter module 24 321 WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS b Inverter modules and supply modules Configuration power supply delivered from the mains Models where no parallel connected inverter modules are installed 565 and S70 Power dissipated at Modules Dimensions Weight P Inom z o a i 2 o a gt gt A 70 79 52 8 4 4 5 5 5 9415255 5556 gt 5 2 3 62 235359 23 S es o gt aD gt 0 gt 2 50 gt 0 oz gt gt z 2 5 a t a a gt lt 0598 2T 4T 1 2 5 9 75 0748 2 4 1 2 75 10 75 0831 2 4 1 3 3 12 9 0250 5 6 1 1 3 5 0 0312 5 6 1 1 3 1 6 6 1 565 0366 5T 6T 1 980 1400 560 440 1 5 1 8 6 9 0399 5T 6T 1 230x1400x480 110 110 17 21 8 0 0457 5T 6T 1 1 95 2 4 9 15 0524 5T 6T 1 2 0 2 6 9 8 0598 5T 6T 1 2 4 2 95 11 25 0748 5T 6T 1 2 7 3 25 12 45 S70 0831 5T 6T 2 1230x1400x560 550 1 6 3 9 14 9 5 When housing the control unit the module depth becomes 560 mm
339. ry capacity must meet the requirements of the test supply Lower ratings than the supply test can cause the control board failure and the irreparable loss of the user defined parameters On the other hand higher ratings can cause irreparable damage the inverter control board Switching feeders installed in the control board are characterized by strong inrush current at power on Make sure that the feeder being used is capable of delivering such current ratings V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 7 3 3 LINE TERMINATORS Provide a linear wiring not a star wiring for multidrop line RS 485 To do so two pins for each line signal are provided on the inverter connector The incoming line may be connected to pins 1 and 2 whereas the outgoing line may be connected to pins 3 and 4 The first device in the multidrop connection will have only one outgoing line while the last device will have only one incoming line The line terminator is to be installed on the first device and the last device In serial link 0 the terminator is selected through dip switch SW3 in the control board see Dip switches section for SINUS PENTA inverters The line master computer is typically placed at the beginning or at the end of a multidrop connection in that case the line terminator of the farthest inverter from the master computer or the only inverter in case of direct connection to the master computer shall be e
340. s because it is to be used for the common of the digital inputs CMD terminals 43 and 50 not for the common of the analog inputs CMA Terminals 44 and 49 are galvanically isolated and must be kept galvanically isolated 6 8 7 3 CoNNECTING SLOW ANALOG INPUTS TO VOLTAGE SOURCES Use a screened pair data cable and connect its braiding to the side of board ES847 Connect the cable braiding to the inverter frame using the special conductor terminals located next to the terminal boards Although slow acquisition analog channels have a cut off frequency slightly exceeding 10Hz and the mains frequency which is the main disturbance source is weakened make sure that wiring is correct particularly if the full scale value is 100mV and if wires are longer than 10 m The figure below shows a wiring example for the acquisition of a voltage source Properly set the dip switches for the configuration of the analog channel being used set the full scale value to or to 100mV The setting of the programming parameter must be consistent with the hardware setting Voltage analog output Voltage analog input OV control board P000273 B 2 3 4 J 6 8 Figure 114 Connecting a voltage source to a slow analog input 245 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK co c r INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 8 7 4 CoNNECTING SLOW ANALOG INPUTS TO VOLTAGE SOURCES
341. s and braking resistors please refer to the relevant instruction manuals DANGER Braking resistors may reach temperatures higher than 200 C Braking resistors may dissipate approx 50 of the rated power of the connected CAUTION motor use a proper air cooling system Do not install braking resistors near heat sensitive equipment or objects Do not connect any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower than the value CAUTION stated in the tables gt gt 163 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 1 7 BRAKING RESISTORS FOR APPLICATIONS WITH A BRAKING DUTY CYCLE or 10 AND 500 575 SUPPLY VOLTAGE SINUS Min Resistance to PENTA be Applied to the BRAKING RESISTANCE WITH 1096 DUTY CYCLE Model Broking Unit BU Bree IP Rating ID BU720 5T 6T 2 4Q 48000W RE4462240 BU720 5T 6T 2 4Q 48000W RE4462240 BU720 5T 6T 2 40 48000W RE4462240 BU720 5T 6T 1 6Q 64000W RE4562160 BU720 5T 6T 1 6Q 64000W RE4562160 BU720 5T 6T 1 2Q 64000W RE4562120 BU720 5T 6T 1 2Q 64000W RE4562120 BU1440 5T 6T 2 1 60 48000W 2 RE4462160 BU1440 5 6 2 1 6Q 48000W 2 RE4462160 75 0964 BU1440 5T 6T 0 58 2 1 20 64000W IP23 2 RE4562120 580 1130 BU1440 5 6 0 58 2 1 20 64000W IP23 2 RE4562120 1296 BU1440 5 6 0 58 2 1 20 64000W IP23 2 RE456
342. s headed screws Only these screws may be removed when connecting the equipment If other screws or bolts are removed the product guarantee will be no longer valid gt gt gt 0 2 3 4 5 6 9 85 321 V WALTHER FLENDER f ANTRIEBSTECHNIK CON I INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 1 2 GAINING ACCESS TO CONTROL TERMINALS AND POWER TERMINALS INVERTER IP54 To reach the control terminals and power terminals remove the front panel by removing its fastening screws The following can be accessed control terminals power terminals serial interface connector For ingoing outgoing cables pierce some holes in the inverter front plate To remove the inverter front plate remove its fastening screws wee qt T M 3 M P k For ingoing outgoing cables through the inverter bottom plate the following CAUTION safety measures are required to maintain degree of protection 54 cable glands or similar with degree of protection not lower than IP54 Always remove the inverter front plate before piercing holes for ingoing outgoing CAUTION cables thus preventing metals chips from entering the equipment gt gt 86 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 1 3 GROUNDING SCREENED CABLE BRAIDING The inverters of the SINUS PENTA series include special conductor terminals c
343. s supplied by Walther Flender AT GmbH for the keypad wiring Wires with a different contactor arrangement will cause irreparable damages to the inverter and the display keypad A remoting wire with different specifications may cause disturbance and affect communications between the inverter and the display keypad Properly connect the remoting wire by grounding its braiding as explained above The remoting wire must not be parallel connected to the power wires connecting the motor or feeding the inverter This will reduce disturbance between the inverter and the display keypad connection to a minimum 0 2 3 4 5 6 9 117 321 WOWALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK O NM INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 6 5 USING THE DISPLAY KEYPAD FOR PARAMETER TRANSFER The display keypad can be used for parameter transfer between two inverters Do the following to transfer parameters from an inverter to the display keypad connect the display keypad to inverter 2 download parameters from the display keypad to the inverter Follow the instructions given in section 3 6 4 to fit remove the display keypad from the inverter More details are given in the SINUS PENTA s Programming Instructions manual Never connect and disconnect the keypad when the inverter is on Temporary CAUTION overload may lock the inverter due to alarm trip with a different contactor arrangement will cause irreparable damages t
344. s sw 1 ON sw 2 OFF The MAC ID can be set between 0 and 63 by entering the configuration of the binary number for six dip switches from sw 3 to sw 8 The most significant bit MSB is set through sw 3 while the least significant bit LSB is set through sw 8 Some possible settings are shown in the table below MAC ID sw 3 MSB sw 4 sw 5 sw 6 sw 7 sw 8 LSB 0 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 1 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 2 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 3 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON 62 ON ON ON ON ON OFF 63 ON ON ON ON ON ON If multiple devices are connected to the same bus different MAC IDs are to be set 264 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA 6 9 4 3 CONNECTION TO THE FIELDBUS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS The wiring quality is fundamental for the best reliability of the bus operation The higher the baud rates the shortest the bus lengths allowed Reliability is strongly affected by the type of wiring and the wire topology The DeviceNet standard allows four types of wires based on the type of related devices It also allows to connect signal dispatching nodes line terminators and supply couplers Two types of lines are defined the trunk line and the drop lines The figure below illustrates the topology of a typical DeviceNet trunk line 080513 trunk line drop lines P Power Supply Figure 128 Outline of the topology of a DeviceNet
345. se time to processor 500 us 18 MDI5 Multifunction digital input 5 19 MDI6 ECHA Multifunction digital input 6 Encoder dedicated input Optoisolated digital inputs 24 VDC FINA push pull 24 V single ended phase A frequency input A positive logic PNP active with 20 MDI7 ECHB Multifunction digital input 7 Encoder dedicated input greater signal with respect to CMD push pull 24 V single ended phase B terminal 22 In compliance with 21 MDI8 FINB Multifunction digital input 8 Frequency dedicated input B EN 61131 2 as type 1 digital inputs with rated voltage equal to 24 VDC Max response time to processor 600 us 22 CMD OV digital input isolated to control OV Optoisolated digital input zero volt 23 24V Auxiliary supply output for optoisolated multifunction digital 24V 15 Imax 200mA inputs Protect with resetting fuse 24 VMDO1 Supply input for MDO1 output 20 48 VDC IDC 10 mA output current max 60 mA V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK continued 83 321 0 2 3 4 J 6 9 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS continued SINUS PENTA 25 MDO1 Multifunction digital output 1 frequency output Optoisolated digital output push FOUT pull lout 50 mA max fout max 100 kHz 26 1 OV Multifunction digital output 1 Common for supply and MDO1 output 27 MDO2 Multifunction digital output 2 Isolated digital output open collector Vomax 48 V
346. see section 5 Provisions As for devices of group 1 class B for standard EN55011 and VDE0875G just install an additional output toroid filter e g type 2xK618 on the models with incorporated filter A1 make sure that the three cables between the motor and the inverter go through the core The figure shows the wiring diagram for the line the inverter and the motor GROUND GROUND R INTERNAL EMC FILTER OUTPUT AC INVERTER TOROIDAL FILTER P000095 B Figure 159 Wiring the toroid filter for the inverter of the SINUS PENTA series Install the output filter near the inverter to comply with the standards in force NOTE leave a minimum clearance for the cable connections A NOTE Install the toroid filter by leading the connection cables between the motor and 5 the inverter inside the toroid 313 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 7 2 Declarations of conformity EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Elettronica Santerno S p A Via G Di Vittorio 3 40020 Casalfiumanese BO Italia AS MANUFACTURER DECLARE UNDER OUR SOLE RESPONSABILITY THAT THE DIGITAL THREE PHASE AC INVERTER FROM SINUS PENTA AND RELATED ACCESSORIES TO WHICH THIS DECLARATION RELATES APPLIED UNDER CONDITIONS SUPPLIED IN THE USER S MANUAL ARE IN CONFORMITY TO WITH THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS CEI EN 61800 3 Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems 23 ed 2005 04
347. sequence displayed Inverter condition I due to overload conditions letter H flashing if the output current is limited to the values set in the operoting porometers Voltage limit while accelerating or voltage limit Output voltage limit letter L flashing if no voltage is delivered to the motor due to a too weak value Voltage limit when decelerating letter U flashing if Vpc in the equipment exceeds the rated value by 2096 during dynamic braking E x d WWA SAA EAA AAA I AERAN ZA AAS Braking function active letter D flashing when the inverter is stopping the motor forcing DC current See Programming Manual DC Braking function 91 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 9 CON INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 2 2 DIP SWITCHES The inverter control board includes three banks of dip switches SW1 SW2 and SW3 for the following functions Dip switch SW1 analog input configuration Dip switch SW2 analog output configuration Dip switch SW3 line termination over line RS 485 To gain access to dip switches SW1 and SW2 remove the front cover of the control terminals by loosening the relevant fastening screws SW Dip switch Analog inputs configuration SW2 Dip switch Analog outputs configuration Terminal cover fixing screws threaded holes
348. signals and perturbator signals should be reduced to a minimum Move away as much as possible any cables carrying sensitive signals and perturbator signals The distance between segregated cables should be proportional to the cable length Whenever possible cable crossing should be perpendicular Wires connecting the motor or load mainly generate disturbance Disturbance is important in inverter power drive systems or the devices installed on the machine and could interfere with any equipment installed on the machine or with local communication circuits located near the inverter radiotelephones mobile phones Follow the instructions below to solve these problems Provide for a motor cable path as short as possible Screen the power cables to the motor ground screening both to the inverter and to the motor Excellent results are obtained using cables in which the protection connection yellow green cable is external to the screening this type of cables are available on the market with a cross section up to 35mm per phase if no screened cable having a suitable cross section is available segregate power cables in grounded metal raceways Screen signal cables and ground screening on the inverter side Segregate power cable from signal cables Leave a clearance of at least 0 5m between signal cables and Motor cables Series connect common mode inductance toroid approx 100 to the inverter Motor connection Limit
349. sired speed the drive will automatically reverse the feedback sign parameter C199 A59 Encoder Fault the speed detected from the encoder is not consistent with the control speed Possible causes Wrong number of pls rev of the encoder Wrong power supply of the Encoder e g 5V instead of 4 24V check the encoder ratings and the position of jumpers and dip switches for the encoder supply in the optional encoder board Wrong configuration of the dip switches for the encoder selection push pull or line driver encoder in the optional encoder board No connection to the encoder channel check wiring At least one Encoder channel is faulty replace the encoder First remove the ENABLE command then access the MOTOR CONTROL MENU and set 1073 1 Motor Tune and 1074 0 All Ctrl no rotation Use the ESC key to accept changes Close the ENABLE command and wait until autotune is complete warning W32 Open Enable is displayed The drive has computed and saved the values for C022 and C023 If alarm A097 Motor wires KO trips check the motor wiring If alarm A065 Autotune KO trips this means that the ENABLE command has opened before autotune was completed In this case reset the drive sending a command from terminal MDI3 or press the RESET key in the display keypad and perform the autotune procedure again First remove the ENABLE command then access the AUTOTUNE MENU and set 1073 1 Motor Tune and 074 1 FOC
350. sition of the inverter prior to starting The card characteristics are summarised below Five channel input of 1vpp balanced line analogue type Two channel input by means of zero crossing and bi directional digital counter with quadrature direction discriminator and x4 resolution multiplication factor e g 2048 cycles rev to 4096 pulses rev Channel index mark management for accurate alignment Two channel analogue input with 12 bit resolution for precise angle measurement 140kHz maximum input frequency in zero crossing channels for speeds up to 800rpm with 1024 cycles rev alternatively up to 2000rpm with 5000 cycles rev Maximum input frequency of 1kHz in analogue channels Ability to re direct analogue input to zero crossing channels Galvanic isolation in all channels for both digital and analogue Encoder power output of 5V and 12V with ability to regulate output isolated from common power and inverter signal Fine encoder supply voltage regulation Fixing holes D sub 15 female encoder connector 5V 12V encoder supply voltage selection 3 5 channels jumper mode selection dip switch Figure 146 ES860 Sin Cos Encoder Card 291 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 11 1 IDENTIFICATION DATA Description Order Code Compatibility ES860 Sin Cos Interface Encoder 770101830 inverter o
351. spect to its shaft the motor normally rotates clockwise if the connection sequence is U V W and if a positive reference is set FWD Contact the motor manufacturer to check the preset direction of rotation of the motor gt When an alarm message is displayed find the cause responsible for the alarm trip before restarting the equipment CAUTION 125 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 CON INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS SINUS PENTA 4 1 IFD Motor Control SINUS PENTA drives are factory set with the IFD C010 control algorithm allowing the first startup of the equipment The default functions of the drive terminals are given in the table below For more details please refer to the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions Manual 1 Wiring 2 Power on 3 Parameter alteration 4 Supply voltage 5 Motor parameters 6 Autotune 7 Overload 126 321 Follow the instructions stated in the Caution Statements and Installation sections Power on the drive and do not close the link to the START input to prevent the motor from running Access parameter POOO Key parameter and set its code default value 00001 Use the ESC and SAVE ENTER keys to access the programming parameters Also refer to the Menu Tree in the SINUS PENTA S Programming instruction Men Set the real supply voltage for the drive You can set either mains voltage range or
352. standing high temperatures reach high 173 321 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 1 2 5 Box RESISTOR MODELS IP23 4KW 64KW Lifting eyebolt only for power jreater or equal to 24k roduct identification Earth connector plate 8 bolt A A i il lir grati ELA E s a E zt Fixi hol holes 3 Figure 70 Overall dimensions of IP23 Box resistors y nnectior ECTION TERMINAL DETAIL terminal j bolts 5 GF Figure 71 Position of electrical connections in box resistors Remove the grids to gain access to wiring terminals loosen fastening screws The figure shows 20Ohm 12kW resistor In certain models remove both NOTE gt panels to gain access to the wiring terminals Because the metal frame of the braking resistor can reach high CAUTION temperatures appropriate cables capable of withstanding high temperatures must be used 174 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Max Duration of Continuous Operation RESISTOR Degree of Protection Average Power to be Dissipated limited not limited not imited not imited not imited not imited not imited not imited not imited not imited 150 not limited 100
353. sters 10 h Preset Multiple Registers Device address configurable between 1 and 247 default value 1 Electric standard RS485 Inverter response delay configurable between 0 and 1000 ms default value 5 ms End of message timeout configurable between 0 and 10 000 ms default value O ms Communications Watch Dog 2 configurable between 0 and 65 000 s default value disabled 1 Ignored when receiving 2 Ifset up an alarm trips if no legal message is sent within the timeout period For the parameters relating to the configuration of the serial communications see NOTE the SINUS PENTA s Programming Manual 124 321 gt V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 4 STARTUP This section covers the basic startup procedures for IFD motor control configurations For any detail concerning startup procedures of devices configured as regenerative inverter see SINUS PENTA REGENERATIVE APPLICATION For more details on the equipment functionality please consult SINUS PENTA s Programming Instruction Manual Before changing the equipment connections shut off the inverter and wait at least 5 minutes to allow for the discharge of the heatsinks in the DC link DANGER At startup if the connected motor rotates in the wrong direction send a low frequency reference in IFD mode and check to see if the direction of rotation is DANGER correct With re
354. supply cable power supply supply unit unit inverter arm auxiliary OV control unit 1 sqmm unipolar with auxiliary power MRI 2 control unit ES842 MR1 2 power supply coble power supply supply unit unit ES841 driver board inverter arm auxiliary 24VD power 1 sqmm unipolar with auxiliary power MR2 1 phase U ES841 MRI 1 cable power supply supply supply unit unit inverter arm auxiliary ES841 driver board 1 sqmm unipolar with auxiliary power phase U 2 OVD power supply cable power supply supply forest MRI unit unit ES841 driver board 1 sqmm unipolar 24 power cable phase U ES841 MR1 3 phase V Esg41 MR1 1 supply 24V GV ES841 driver board 1 sqmm unipolar phase U gt phase V OVD power supply cable pe EXE NRI ES841 driver board 1 sqmm unipolar 24VD power cable phase V ES841 MR1 3 phoseW diga MR1 1 supply 24V GW ES841 driver board 1 sqmm unipolar phase V ES841 MRI 4 phase W ES841 MRI 2 OVD power supply cable IGBT command double optical 19 phase fibre G U control unit ES842 OP20 phase U ES84 5 IGBT command double optical OP13 phase fibre G V control unit ES842 OP14 phase V ES84 OP4 OP5 GW control unit 5842 OP8 OP9 phaseW 5841 5 IGBT fault phase U Single optical control unit ES842 OPI5 phaseU 5841 IGBT fault phase V MMP Control unit ES842 p
355. tal signal to control the inverter stop All contacts voltage free contacts in all braking modules may be series connected as shown in the diagram below m E to the inverter INVERTE n mS external alarry E lee THEWos Lu EM LAVE fir 2 OVE 4SLAVE ER Eg MASTE x ra DOC au EN E Ls Dues 1 PR B Figure 78 Master Slave multiple connection NEVER connect signal zero volt terminal 2 in M1 to zero volt of the inverter NOTE power supply voltage NH1 fuse provided with a safety contact A NOTE Install a 50A fuse with a DC current of at least 700 Vdc type URDC SIBA series CAUTION Link the safety contact of the fuse being used with the external alarm of BU200 184 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA LAY OUT OF POWER TERMINALS AND SIGNAL TERMINALS Remove the cover of the braking unit to gain access to its terminal blocks Just loosen the four fixing screws of the cover located on the front side and on the bottom side of the braking unit Loosen the fastening screws to slide off the cover from above Power terminals consist of copper bars that can be reached through the three front holes INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Terminal N Type t Connection terminal 20 Co
356. ted 2 4 120 250 kcmils 0366 BU 720 5 6T 2 1 2 64000 series conneded 2 4 120 250 kcmils 0399 BU 720 5 6T 2 1 2 64000 series connected 2 4 120 250 kcmils 0457 BU 720 5 6T 2 0 8 64000 series connected 1 6 185 400 kcmils 0524 BU 720 5 6T 2 0 8 64000 series connected 1 6 185 400 kcmils 0598 BU 960 5 6T 2 0 6Ohm 100000 series connected 1 2 240 500 kcmils 0748 BU 960 5 6T 2 0 6Ohm 100000 series connected 1 2 240 500 kcmils 0831 BU 960 5 6T 2 0 6Ohm 100000 series connected 1 2 240 500 kcmils 0964 BU 1440 5 6T 4 0 8 64000 series paralle conn 0 8 3 120 250 kcmils 1130 BU 1440 5 6T 6 1 20hm 64000 series parallel conn 0 8 3 120 250 1296 BU 1440 5 6 6 1 20hm 64000 series parallel conn 0 8 3 120 250 kcmils Applications with a braking duty cycle of 50 Braking Resistors Inverter Size Braking Unit y pn Wire Cross section Quantity Recommended Power Resistor Wiring Ohm mm AWG or Rating Ohm W kcmils 0250 BU 720 5 6T 4 2 4 64000 sernes pardlelcon 2 4 120 250 kcmils 0312 BU 720 5 6T 4 2 4 64000 series parallelconn 2 4 185 400 kcmils 0366 BU 720 5 6T 4 2 4 64000 seres pardlelcon 2 4 185 400 kcmils 0399 BU 720 5 6T 4 2 4 64000 series parallelconn 2 4 240 500 kcmils 0457 BU 720 5 6T 4 1 6 100000 1 6 240 500 kcmils 0524 BU 720 5 6T 4 1 6 100000 seres pardlelcon 1 6 2 150 300 kcmils 0598 BU 960 5 6T 8 2 4 64000 sres porallelconn 1
357. the serial link and the control board grounding of the inverter thus avoiding ground loops and enhancing immunity to disturbance of the serial link For more details see section Isolated serial board ES822 in Accessories The activation of ES822 results in the automatic commutation of serial link O which is electrically suppressed from the standard serial connector of the inverter gt 123 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 9 O NM INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 7 5 THE SOFTWARE The serial communication protocol is MODBUS RTU standard Parameters are queried as they are read using the keys and the display Parameter alteration is also managed along with the keypad and the display Note that the inverter will always consider the latest value set either via serial link or by the inverter The terminal board inputs may be controlled by the field or the serial link depending on the condition of the relevant parameters see Programming Manual However the ENABLE command is always to be sent via terminal board regardless of the inverter programming mode 3 7 6 SERIAL COMMUNICATION RATINGS Baud rate configurable between 1200 and 38 400 bps default value 38 400 bps Data format 8 bits Start bit 1 Parity 1 NO EVEN ODD Stop bit 2 1 Protocol MODBUS RTU Supported functions 03 h Read Holding Regi
358. the DC supply stabilized by a Regenerative Penta drive set the type of power supply for the drive access the MOTOR CONTROL MENU and set configuration parameter C008 to the value corresponding to the installation concerned Set Control Algorithm as Voltage Frequency set the motor ratings as follows C015 016 C017 C018 019 C029 For loads with square torque with respect to the rpm centrifugal pumps fans etc set C034 preboost1 to 096 Press SAVE ENTER each time a new parameter value is set fmot1 rated frequency rpmnom rated rpm Pmot1 rated power Imot1 rated current Vmot1 rated voltage lt Speedmax1 max allowable speed For the IFD control algorithm the Autotune function is not necessary but is always recommended First remove the ENABLE command then access the AUTOTUNE MENU and set 1073 1 Motor Tune and 1074 0 All Ctrl no rotation Use the ESC key to accept changes Close the ENABLE command and wait until tune is complete Warning W32 Open Enable is displayed The drive has computed and saved the values for C022 stator resistance and C023 leakage inductance If alarm A097 Motor Wires KO trips check the motor wiring If alarm A065 Autotune KO trips this means that the ENABLE command has opened before autotune was complete In this case reset the drive sending a command from terminal MDI3 or press the RESET key in the display
359. the line master computer is located at the beginning or at the end of the serial link the line terminator of the farthest inverter from the master computer or the only inverter in case of direct connection to the master computer shall be enabled Line terminator enables by setting selector switches 1 and 2 to ON in dip switch SW1 The line terminator of the other inverters in intermediate positions shall be disabled dip switch SW1 selector switches 1 and 2 in position OFF default setting To use line RS 232 DTE no adjustment of dip switch SW1 is required Figure 108 Configuration of terminator dip switch for line RS485 236 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 8 ES847 I O EXPANSION BOARD SLOT 6 8 1 ES847 BOARD FOR SIGNAL CONDITIONING AND ADDITIONAL 1 ES847 Board allows implementing an additional set for any product of the PENTA series Additional functionality includes Three fast sampling analog inputs 12 bit X 10V f s Two fast sampling analog inputs 12 bit for AC current measure ATs or for 0 20mA sensor measures resolution 11 bits Four slow sampling inputs 12 bit configurable as 0 10 f s 0 20 mA f s 0 100 mV f s temperature acquisition via two wire thermistor PT100 Two slow sampling analog inputs 12 bit 0 10V f s Eight PNP 24V multifunction digital inputs three of them are fast propagation inputs and can be
360. the master computer shall be enabled dip switch selector switches 1 and 2 ON The line terminator of the other devices in intermediate positions shall be disabled dip switch selector switches 1 and 2 OFF Communication does not take place is adversely affected if multidrop terminators are not properly set especially in case of high baud rate If more than two terminators are NOTE fitted some drivers can enter the protection mode due to thermal overload thus stopping dialoguing with some of the connected devices 286 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 6 10 1 3 COMI CONFIGURATION AND WIRING DB flying connector COMI brings CN3 CN11 connector of ES851 1 board outside the inverter this should be fastened to a bracket mounted on the right side of the inverter frame Starting from version ES851 1 the type of port 85232 RS485 to be used be selected The flying cable is to be connected to CN3 or CN11 for RS232 or RS485 respectively factory setting CN3 Use SW4 1 to activate the port you chose 000687 8 OFF to activate 485 interface Not used Both ON to activate RS485 terminator 6 10 1 4 COM2 CONFIGURATION AND WIRING DB9 female connector 2 on ES851 is preset as RS485 Modbus Master A special dip switch allows RS485 driver power supply to be set as internal via ES851 or as external and
361. the output current of 196 every 100m above 1000m max 4000m Operating ambient humidity From 596 to 9590 from 1g m3 to 25g m3 non condensing and non freezing class according to EN50178 Storage ambient humidity From 596 to 9596 from 1g m3 to 25g m3 non condensing and freezing class 1k3 according to EN50178 Ambient humidity during transport Max 95 up to 60g m3 condensation may appear when the equipment is not running class 2k3 according to EN50178 according to EN50178 From 70 to 106 kPa class 2k3 according to EN50178 Ambient conditions strongly affect the inverter life Do not install the equipment CAUTIONII in places that do not have the above mentioned ambient conditions COOLING SYSTEM AND DISSIPATED POWER The braking unit is provided with a heatsink reaching a max temperature of 80 Make sure that the bearing surface for the braking unit is capable of withstanding high temperatures Max dissipated power is approx 150 W and depends on the braking cycle required for the operating conditions of the load connected to the motor The max temperature alarm for the braking unit shall be used as a digital signal to control the inverter stop 181 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 8 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS STANDARD MOUNTING The braking unit BU200 must be installed in an upright position inside a cabinet Fix the BU200
362. the signal source grounding and the grounding of auxiliary inputs CMA terminal 9 does not exceed the max allowable voltage value in common mode When an input is used as a current input the differential amplifier detects the voltage value produced by the lugs of a drop resistance low ohm value The max potential for the negative terminal of the differential input must not exceed the voltage value in common mode AIN1 and AIN2 inputs are factory set as 4 0 20mA current inputs Do the following to obtain noise rejection benefits provide a common path of the differential torque make sure that the signal source grounding does not exceed input voltage in common mode The typical wiring is shown below Voltage analog input Analog output 10V P000285 B Figure 51 Wiring of a PLC analog output axis control board etc Wiring between terminal CMA and the signal source grounding is required for NOTE proper data acquisition Wiring may also be performed outside the screened cable gt 101 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 9 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS P000286 B P000287 B 102 321 Figure 53 4 20 mA Sensor wiring WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 4 3 THERMAL PROTECTION INPUT TERMINALS 7 8 The inverter manages the signal sent from or ore more thermistors up to 6 thermistors i
363. ting the sensor P00027 4B PT100 RTD Thermoresistors inputs 27 29 31 33 CMA Tx 4 28 30 32 34 LN UN OV control board Figure 115 Connecting thermoresistors PT100 to analog channels XAIN8 11 T1 4 Software settings must be consistent with dip switch settings Otherwise unpredictable results for real acquisition are produced NOTE A voltage current value exceeding the input range will be saturated at minimum or maximum value NOTE Inputs configured as voltage inputs have high input impedance and must be closed when active The disconnection of the conductor relating to an analog input configured as a voltage input does not ensure that the channel reading is zero Proper zero reading occurs only if the input is connected to a low impedance signal source or is short circuited Do not series connect relay contacts and inputs to obtain zero reading CAUTION gt 246 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 8 7 6 CONNECTING ISOLATED DIGITAL INPUTS All digital inputs are galvanically isolated from zero volt of the inverter control board To activate isolated digital inputs use either isolated supply delivered to terminals 44 and 49 or 24Vdc auxiliary supply Figure 116 shows the digital input control mode exploiting power inside the inverter and exploiting the output of a control device such as a PLC Internal supply 24 Vdc te
364. tionally to the contrast value set Press NZ or AX to adjust the display contrast Press SAVE for at least 2 seconds to store the new contrast setting 3 6 3 2 ADJUSTING THE DISPLAY CONTRAST LANGUAGE BACK LIGHT AND BUZZER Press TX RX SAVE for more than 5 seconds Press NZ or A to scroll through seven parameters relating to the display keypad Press the PROG key to enable parameter alteration and press NZ or ZX to decrement or increment the parameter value Press SAVE to store the new parameter value to non volatile memory The different parameters and their description are detailed in the table below Parameter Possible Description values Vers SW Software version of the display keypad cannot be altered by the user L Inactive parameter please refer to the Programming Instructions Manual to anguage set a new dialog language Contrast LOC Contrast is set on the display REM Contrast is set by the inverter and is forced to the display Contrast value nnn Numeric value of the contrast register ranging from 0 low to 255 high KEY Buzzer beeps whenever a key is pressed Buzzer REM Buzzer controlled by the inverter OFF Buzzer always off ON LCD back light always on Back light REM LCD back light controlled by the inverter OFF LCD back light always off 0 Imposes scanning the addresses of multidrop inverters connected to the Address display keypad 12247 MODBUS address of the
365. tions of the system where the inverter is installed SINUS Rated Output Ratad Input Current Cable Cross section Tightening Motor Cable Cross 6 Current Fitting the Terminal Torque section PENTA Ad mm N mm i AWG kcmils AWG kcmils 0598 900 1000 Bar 35 3x210 3x400kcmils 564 0748 1000 1100 Bar 35 3x240 3x500kcmils 0831 1200 1400 Bar 35 3x240 3x500kcmils 0964 1480 1750 Bar 35 4x240 4x500kcmils S74 1130 1700 2000 Bar 35 6x210 6x400kcmils 1296 1950 2280 Bar 35 6 240 6x500kcmils Always use the correct cable cross sections and activate the protecting devices CAUTION installed on the DC power supply line Failure to do so will cause the non compliance to standard regulations of the system where the inverter is installed 77 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 4 6 3 UL APPROVED FUSES 2T VOLTAGE CLASS UL approved semiconductor fuses which are recommended for the SINUS PENTA drives are listed in the table below In multiple cable installations install one fuse per phase NOT one fuse per conductor Fuses suitable for the protection of semiconductors produced by other manufacturers may be used provided that they have the same ratings and are approved as UL R C Special Purpose Fuses JFHR2
366. to the Fieldbus 2 265 6 9 5 CANopen Fieldbus Communications 267 6 9 5 1 CANopen Fieldbus 268 6 9 5 2 Board Gontigurationisin c sscisccstesaasssccseetcceanctenacesessteans 268 6 9 5 3 Connection to the Fieldbus 269 6 9 6 Ethernet Communications 270 6 9 6 1 Ethernet EE 271 6 9 6 2 Connection to the 271 6 9 6 3 Board enn 273 6 9 7 NIU fe 278 6 9 7 1 LEDs for Fieldbus Interface CPU 278 6 9 7 2 LEDs for PROFIBUS DP Board 279 6 9 7 3 LEDs for DeviceNet Board 279 6 9 7 4 LEDs for CANopen Board 280 6 9 7 5 LEDs for Ethernet Board 280 6 9 8 Environmental Requirements Common to All 280 6 10 5851 DATA LOGGER BOARD SLOT
367. tory setting does not reset alarms at power off Alarms are stored and NOTE displayed at next power on and the inverter is locked A manual reset is then required to unlock the inverter If an alarm trips see the Diagnostics section in the Programming Manual and reset the equipment after detecting the cause responsible for the alarm CAUTION Electrical shock hazard persists even when the inverter is locked on output DANGER terminals U V W and on the terminals used for the connection of resistive braking devices B The motor performs a coast to stop when the inverter is locked due to an alarm trip or when the ENABLE input is inactive In case a mechanical load with CAUTION persistent resisting torque e g lifting applications is used a motor coast to stop cause the load to drop In that case always provide a mechanical locking device brake for the connected load gt 6 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 3 4 CONNECTING THE ENCODER AND FREQUENCY INPUT TERMINALS 19 21 Functionality of the programmable digital inputs is given in the Programming Manual Digital inputs MDI5 MDI6 MDI7 may acquire fast digital signals and be used for the connection of an incremental encoder push pull encoder single ended encoder and or for the acquisition of a frequency input An incremental encoder must be connected to fast inputs MDI6 ECHA FINA 19 an
368. ts and internal load resistors 230 Wiring the encoder cable tr ridet tee 231 Picture of Board ES822 5 aaa 232 Position of the slot for the installation of the serial isolated board 234 Jumper setting RS232 RS485 235 Configuration of terminator dip switch for line 5485 236 9 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 9 CON OOH C N INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Figure 109 Signal and additional I O ES847 conditioner 237 Figure 110 Removing the inverter cover location of slot 238 Figure 111 Fitting the strips inside board ES847 and fixing the board on slot 238 Figure 112 Connection of a bipolar voltage source to a differential input 244 Figure 113 Connecting 0 20 4 20mA sensors to fast current inputs XAIN5 XAIN6 XAIN7 245 Figure 114 Connecting a voltage source to a slow analog input sess 245 Figure 115 Connecting thermoresistors PT100 to analog channels XAIN8 11 T1 4 246 Figure 116 A PNP Command active to 24V via voltage free
369. uding domestic devices and industrial devices which are FIRST ENVIRONMENT connected directly to a low voltage mains with no intermediate transformer for domestic usage SECOND ENVIRONMENT Environment including industrial connections different from First Environment connections PDS of Category C1 PDS with rated voltage lower than 1000 V to be used in the First Environment PDS with rated voltage lower than 1000 V if used in the First Environment they PDS of Cat 2 5 of Category are intended to be installed and commissioned by professional users only PDS of Category C3 PDS with rated voltage lower than 1000 V to be used in the Second Environment PDS with rated voltage equal to or higher than 1000 V or with a current equal to PDS of Category C4 or higher than 400A to be used in complex systems installed in the Second Environment 305 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 7 9 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Emission Limits The standards in force also define the allowable emission level for different environments The diagrams below show emission limits allowed by Pr EN 61800 3 issue 2 corresponding to EN 1800 3 AT 1 FIRST ENVIRONMENT Disturbance Limits 90 80 4 70 dB uV k Quasi Peak Category C2 50 M
370. urrent Typical sources of this type are bridge rectifiers power electronics switching feeders and fluorescent lamps Three phase rectifiers absorb line current with a harmonic content 6 1 with K 1 2 3 e g 5th 7th 1 1th 13th 17th 19th etc Harmonic current amplitude decreases when frequency increases Harmonic current carries no active power it is additional current carried by electrical cables Typical effects are conductor overload power factor decrease and measurement systems instability Voltage generated by current flowing in the transformer reactance may also damage other appliances or interfere with mains synchronized switching equipment 205 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK c r INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS Solving the problem Harmonic current amplitude decreases when frequency increases as a result reducing high amplitude components determines the filtering of low frequency components The better way is to increase low frequency impedance by installing an inductance Power drive systems with no mains side inductance generate larger harmonic currents than power drives which do have an inductance The inductance may be installed both on AC side as a 3 phase inductance on the supply line and on DC side as a single phase inductance installed between the rectifier bridge and the capacitor bank inside the inverter Even greater benefits are obtained if inductance is i
371. used for the acquisition of a PUSH PULL 24V encoder six multifunction digital outputs OC outputs free from potential to be used both as PNP and NPN inputs Vomax 48V lomax 50mA providing short circuit protection through resettable fuse P000266 B SW3 dip switch 2411117 Fast Analog Slow Analog Digital Digital Inputs Inputs Inputs Outputs Figure 109 Signal and additional ES847 conditioner board 6 8 2 DATA Description Ordering code Compatibility Additional I O PENTA ES847 board 770101812 Any inverter of the SINUS series 0 2 3 4 J 8 237 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 6 8 3 INSTALLING BOARD ES847 ON THE INVERTER SLOT C 1 Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 5 minutes 2 Remove the inverter cover by loosening the four hexagonal screws located on the top side and bottom side of the inverter to reach the fixing spacers and the signal connector Figure 110 Slot C OPEN 7mm PIPE KEY Figure 110 Removing the inverter cover location of slot C 3 Insert the two contact strips supplied in the bottom part of board ES847 make sure that each contact enters its slot in the connector Insert board ES847 over the control board of the PENTA inverter make sure that each contact enters its slot in the sig
372. ut used as a frequency output at 100kHz 40 50 60 96 Isolation test voltage between CMDOI 26 and CMDO2 27 based GNDR 1 and GNDI 9 500Vac 50Hz Imin Voltage and current limit for relay contacts MDO3 MDO4 3A 250Vac Residual resistance with closed contact for outputs MDO3 and MDO4 30 Durability of relay contacts MDO3 and MDOA from mechanical and 5x107 oper electrical point of view 10 Max allowable frequency for relay outputs MDO3 and MDO4 30 5 Avoid exceeding min and max input voltage values not to cause irreparable CAUTION damages to the equipment Digital outputs MDO1 and MDO2 are protected against transient short circuits by a self resetting fuse After wiring the inverter make sure that the output Isolated supply output is protected by a self resetting fuse capable of preventing NOTE the inverter internal feeder from damaging due to a short circuit Nevertheless if a short circuit occurs the inverter could lock and stop the motor voltage is correct as a persistent short circuit may damage the equipment 110 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 3 5 6 ANALOG OUTPUTS TERMINALS 10 13 common terminal CMA terminal 13 They can be set as voltage outputs or current outputs Each analog output is controlled by a DAC digital to analog converter that can be configured
373. uty cycle and the connected braking resistor 187 Table 2 Max braking time depending on the duty cycle and the connected braking resistor 187 10 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Inverters are electronic devices capable of powering an AC electric motor and imposing speed and torque values Inverters of the PENTA series manufactured by Walther Flender AT GmbH allow to adjust speed and torque values of three phase asynchronous motors and brushless permanent magnet AC motors with several control modes Control modes may be user defined and allow to obtain the best performance in terms of fine tuning and energy saving for any industrial application The basic control modes that can be selected for PENTA inverters are the following IFD voltage frequency scalar control for asynchronous motors FOC vector control for asynchronous motors VTC sensorless vector control for asynchronous motors SYN sinusoidal vector control for synchronous motors brushless motors Special application software is also available including the most well known automation functions programmable by the user See section 1 2 for more details Available SINUS PENTA models range from 1 3 kW to 2010 kW AVAILABLE SINUS PENTA MODELS Products may have different ratings and or appearance than the ones shown in the picture a
374. when ot least one of the command sources is represented by the keypad if depressed it enters the Jog reference set in the relevant parameter If enabled at least one of the command sources is represented by the keypad it reverses the sign of the overall reference Press this key again to change the reference sign gt 00700000000 Parameter increment or decrement flashing cursor is immediately effective or is enabled after quitting the programming mode fixed cursor depending on the NOTE parameter type Numeric parameters activate as soon as they are altered alphanumeric parameters activate after quitting the programming mode Please refer to the Sinus Penta s Programming Instructions Manual for any detail gt 113 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK 0 2 3 4 J 6 9 INSTALLATION SINUS PENTA INSTRUCTIONS 3 6 3 SETTING THE OPERATING MODE The display keypad allows to select two different configuration modes To do so press the SAVE key for a few seconds or press TX RX SAVE for a few seconds If the SAVE key is pressed only the LCD contrast may be adjusted press TX RX SAVE to set the display language adjust the display contrast enable or disable the buzzer and turn on off the display backlight 3 6 3 1 ADJUSTING THE DISPLAY CONTRAST Press the SAVE key for more than 5 seconds TUNING is displayed the indicator Leds come on and configure as a 5 dot bar extending propor
375. with four 4 screws d T 0 1 2 3 4 6 dod sdb 8 d Distance between fixing Type of Weight Kg points mm screws W H D X n 139 247 196 23 Dimensions mm Figure 76 Dimensions and fixing points of BU200 Walther Flender AT GmbH reserves the right to make any technical changes to this manual and to the device without prior notice 182 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS 6 2 4 2 ELECTRIC INSTALLATION WIRING DIAGRAM The braking unit must be connected to the inverter and the braking resistor The braking unit is connected directly to the inverter terminals or copper bars for sizes greater than 540 of the DC output while the braking resistor must be connected to the inverter on one side and to the braking unit on the other side The wiring diagram is shown in the figure below he inverter L 1 2 FAN external alarm M e INVERTE 77 x TCH ES 8 the inverter 8 45 2 Figure 77 Connecting one BU200 to the inverter The braking resistor must be connected between terminal B of BU200 and ter
376. y 42 Through panel assembly and piercing templates for SINUS PENTA 550 42 Piercing templates for modular 44 Piercing templates for control unit stand alone 44 Installation example of a SINUS Penta 564 570 45 Installation example of a SINUS Penta 574 580 45 Installation example for Sinus Penta S65 in cabinet 46 Piercing template for inverter 54 47 Wiring EE Eai 50 External connections for modular inverters 65 870 sss 51 External connections for modular inverters 75 S80 seen 52 External connections for modular inverters 564 02 54 External connections for modular inverters 574 55 Layout of 12 phase conneclion 56 Single optical a Sage VEI 57 Double optical fibre nnne 58 Internal wiring for SINUS PENTA 565 570
377. y out cabling using conduits shared with encoder signals and signals in the inverter terminal board otherwise the isolation will be invalidated Correctly fix the cable and connecters either to the Encoder side or the ES860 WARNING Card side The disconnection of a cable or of a single conductor can lead to damage of the inverter and overspeed the motor 300 321 V WALTHER FLENDER ANTRIEBSTECHNIK SINUS PENTA 6 11 8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Operating temperature ambient temperature O to 4 50 C contact Walther Flender AT GmbH for lower higher temperatures Relative humidity 5 to 9596 non condensing Max operating altitude 4000 m 5 1 6 11 9 ELECTRICAL RATINGS Value Encoder output supply Min Type Max Unit Encoder current output in 12V configuration 300 MA Encoder current output in 5V configuration 500 MA Short circuit protection level 900 MA Encoder supply voltage regulation range in 5V Mode 54 5 3 8 0 V Encoder supply voltage regulation range in 12V Mode 10 5 12 0 157 V Signal static input characteristics Value Input signal type A B Differential analogue type 1Vpp e Peak to peak input differential voltage range Common input mode voltage range 0 8 1 0 1 2 Vpp 0 5 V Input Impedance 120 Ohm Input signal type C D Differential analogue type 1Vpp e Input di

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

第67回定時株主総会招集ご通知  Dell ST2220M User's Manual  Manual de usuario  NGS Raptor  ®-SOFT-Orthese  Termostato de Ambiente Digital - Manual  Como instalar um Alambrado    Helmet cameras  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file